Top Countries Receiving U.S. Green Cards in 2022: Mexico and India Lead the Way

Who’s Receiving U.S. Green Cards: A Look at the Leading Countries of Origin

The United States remains a beacon for many around the world who aspire to live in a country known for its opportunities, safety, and freedom. Whether driven by the hope for better prospects or the need to escape adverse conditions, people from across the globe see the U.S. as a land of promise. In fact, the U.S. hosts more immigrants than any other country, with its numbers surpassing those of Germany, Saudi Arabia, Russia, and the United Kingdom combined.

In 2022, over a million people realized their dream of permanent residency in the U.S., with the exact figure standing at 1,018,340. This data, provided by the Office of Homeland Security Statistics, reveals the diversity of immigrants and highlights the nations most represented among new green card holders. Among the top 15 countries of origin, Mexico and India lead the pack, reflecting longstanding migration trends and the search for opportunities in the U.S.

Mexico and India Lead in U.S. Green Card Distribution

Mexico continues to be the primary source of immigrants to the U.S., with a staggering 10.7 million Mexican-born individuals currently residing in the country. This longstanding migration pattern is also evident in the number of green cards issued, with Mexicans receiving 139,000 green cards in 2022 alone. The reasons for this substantial movement are varied but often include the pursuit of economic opportunities, improved living conditions, and the chance to reunite with family members already in the U.S.

India, on the other hand, holds the second position in terms of green cards granted, with 127,000 Indian nationals becoming permanent residents in 2022. The surge in Indian immigration is closely tied to the country’s growing population of skilled professionals. Many Indian immigrants are drawn to the U.S. by the promise of better job prospects, especially in the technology and healthcare sectors, as well as the chance to pursue higher education in some of the world’s leading universities.

The Growth of Indian Immigration

The flow of immigrants from India to the U.S. has seen significant fluctuations in recent years. Notably, in 2020, the number of new permanent residents from India dropped to a decade-low figure of 46,363. This decline was largely attributed to the COVID-19 pandemic, which led to stricter travel restrictions and disruptions in global mobility. However, this downward trend did not last long, as the numbers began to rise again in the following years. By 2021, the figure had climbed to 93,450, and by 2022, it reached 127,012.

The combined total of green cards issued to immigrants from Mexico and India in 2022 was 265,784, representing 26% of the total green cards distributed that year. This significant share underscores the importance of these two countries in the broader landscape of U.S. immigration.

This analysis sheds light on the patterns and trends that shape U.S. immigration today, illustrating how people from different parts of the world continue to view the U.S. as a land of opportunity and a place to build a new life.

WHO Declares Public Health Emergency as Deadly Mpox Outbreak Spreads in Africa

The World Health Organization (WHO) has declared a public health emergency due to the rapid and deadly spread of a new strain of mpox in Africa. This is the second such declaration in three years, with the previous emergency having been lifted in May 2023. However, the current threat is considered to be much more severe.

“The detection and rapid spread of a new clade of mpox in eastern [Democratic Republic of the Congo], its detection in neighbouring countries that had not previously reported mpox, and the potential for further spread within Africa and beyond is very worrying,” WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus said.

The Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC) has been particularly hard-hit, reporting a record 15,600 mpox cases and 537 deaths. The outbreak has also affected 13 countries, including several that had never previously reported cases of the disease.

This outbreak is linked to a strain of mpox that descends from clade I, which is endemic to the DRC and the Republic of the Congo. Those most at risk from the current outbreak are women and children under the age of 15.

In response to the worsening situation, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) issued a health alert last week, urging both clinicians and the general public to remain vigilant for signs of the virus. The Africa Centers for Disease Control and Prevention also declared a “public health emergency of continental security” on Tuesday.

The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services has expressed its support for both the WHO and Africa CDC declarations. In a statement, the department emphasized the importance of international cooperation in addressing the outbreak. “The United States will continue to work closely with African governments, Africa CDC and WHO to ensure an effective response to the current outbreak and to protect the health and lives of people of the region,” the agency said.

As of now, no cases of this clade I mpox have been detected outside the affected African countries. However, the WHO’s declaration is intended to encourage other nations to prepare for a possible spread of the virus and to coordinate a response, including sharing resources like vaccines.

The declaration of a public health emergency by the WHO highlights the seriousness of the situation and the need for a coordinated global response. The rapid spread of this new strain of mpox in Africa, particularly in the DRC, underscores the potential for the virus to spread to other regions if not contained.

The WHO’s decision to declare a public health emergency is not taken lightly, as it is a rare and significant step that signals the need for immediate action. The last time the WHO declared an emergency over mpox, it was due to a less severe outbreak that was eventually brought under control. However, the current outbreak presents a much greater threat, both in terms of its rapid spread and its potential impact on vulnerable populations.

The situation in the DRC is particularly concerning, as the country has reported a record number of cases and deaths from mpox. The virus has spread to 13 countries in total, including some that had never previously reported mpox cases. This suggests that the outbreak is not confined to a specific region and has the potential to spread even further if not contained.

The WHO’s declaration is also a call to action for other countries to prepare for the possibility of the virus spreading beyond Africa. By coordinating a response and sharing resources like vaccines, countries can work together to prevent the virus from becoming a global threat.

The U.S. CDC’s health alert is another indication of the seriousness of the situation. The alert urges clinicians and the public to be on the lookout for signs of the virus and to take precautions to prevent its spread. This is particularly important in light of the fact that the current outbreak is linked to a strain of mpox that is endemic to the DRC and the Republic of the Congo.

The Africa CDC’s declaration of a “public health emergency of continental security” is another significant development, as it underscores the need for a coordinated response across the continent. The declaration highlights the potential for the virus to spread beyond Africa if not contained, and the importance of international cooperation in addressing the outbreak.

The U.S. government’s support for both the WHO and Africa CDC declarations is a positive sign that the international community is taking the outbreak seriously. By working closely with African governments and international organizations, the U.S. can help ensure an effective response to the outbreak and protect the health and lives of people in the region.

The current outbreak of mpox in Africa is a stark reminder of the importance of global health security and the need for a coordinated response to emerging infectious diseases. The WHO’s declaration of a public health emergency is a call to action for the international community to come together and address the outbreak before it becomes a global threat.

In the meantime, countries must remain vigilant and take steps to prepare for the possibility of the virus spreading beyond Africa. This includes monitoring for signs of the virus, sharing resources like vaccines, and coordinating a response to prevent the virus from becoming a global threat.

The rapid spread of the new mpox strain in Africa, particularly in the DRC, underscores the urgency of the situation and the need for immediate action. The international community must work together to contain the outbreak and prevent the virus from spreading further. The WHO’s declaration of a public health emergency is a critical step in this effort, and it is up to the global community to respond accordingly.

As the situation continues to evolve, it will be important for countries to stay informed and prepared for the possibility of the virus spreading beyond Africa. By working together and sharing resources, the international community can help ensure an effective response to the outbreak and protect the health and lives of people around the world.

Allegations Against SEBI Chief Madhabi Puri Buch Raise Questions of Conflict of Interest

Madhabi Puri Buch, the head of India’s Securities and Exchange Board (SEBI), is facing scrutiny for allegedly breaching regulations during her seven-year tenure by continuing to earn revenue from a consultancy firm, according to public documents examined by Reuters.

Hindenburg Research has raised concerns about a potential conflict of interest involving Buch in her investigations into the Adani Group. The allegations, which surfaced in January of the previous year, led to a significant drop in the share prices of Adani Enterprises and other affiliated firms. Although these shares later recovered, the SEBI is currently investigating the matter.

In response to the allegations, Buch issued a statement on August 11, rejecting the claims as an attempt at “character assassination” and denying any conflict of interest. The U.S. short-seller Hindenburg Research has also highlighted two consultancy firms, Agora Partners based in Singapore and Agora Advisory in India, run by Buch and her husband.

Buch, who joined SEBI in 2017 and became its chairperson in March 2022, had a notable financial stake in Agora Advisory Pvt Ltd, which she owned 99% of. Public documents reviewed by Reuters show that Agora Advisory earned 37.1 million rupees ($442,025) during her tenure. This financial activity potentially conflicts with a 2008 SEBI policy that prohibits officials from holding an office of profit or receiving professional fees from other activities.

Buch asserted that the consultancy firms were disclosed to SEBI, and her husband utilized these firms for his consulting business following his retirement from Unilever in 2019. However, Buch and SEBI have not responded to inquiries seeking further comment.

Hindenburg’s latest report notes that Buch transferred all her shares in Agora Partners to her husband in March 2022, yet company records for the fiscal year ending March 2024 indicate that Buch still retains shares in the Indian consultancy firm.

The documents reviewed do not provide details about the business conducted by these consultancy firms, nor is there any evidence suggesting that the revenue generated was linked to the Adani Group. Subhash Chandra Garg, a former senior Indian government official and SEBI board member during Buch’s tenure, criticized Buch’s ongoing ownership of the firm as a “very serious” breach of conduct.

Garg stated, “There was no justification for her to continue to own the firm after she joined the board. She could not have been allowed even after making disclosures.” He added, “This makes her position completely untenable at the regulator.”

Buch has yet to clarify whether she received a waiver to maintain her shareholding in the Indian consulting firm, and a specific query on this issue has not been addressed. The controversy has spurred calls for Buch’s resignation, including from opposition leaders, while a spokesperson for the ruling Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) labeled the allegations as baseless.

Garg and another SEBI board member revealed that no disclosures regarding Buch’s business interests were made to the board. According to the board member, “There was a requirement to make annual disclosures, but board members’ disclosures were not placed in front of the board for information or scrutiny.” This member, who preferred to remain anonymous, added, “To be sure, no members’ disclosures were discussed. If the disclosures were made only in front of Ajay Tyagi, the then chairperson, I am not privy to that.”

Inquiries to Ajay Tyagi about whether he had received disclosures were not answered.

The investigation into Buch’s consultancy activities continues amid ongoing debates about regulatory oversight and conflict of interest in India’s financial sector.

US Stock Market Rebounds Strongly After Recent Global Sell-Off

Barely a week after experiencing a significant global sell-off, US stocks have made a remarkable recovery. The turbulence was initially triggered by the Bank of Japan’s decision to raise interest rates for the second time this year in late July. This action led to the unwinding of the yen carry trade, a strategy where investors borrow yen at low interest rates to invest in higher-yielding assets elsewhere. The unraveling reached its peak last week when Japanese stocks faced their worst day in decades. In the US, a disappointing July jobs report stoked fears of an impending recession, causing a sharp decline in both stocks and bond yields.

However, a series of positive economic data released this week has helped the market regain some of its lost ground. The Dow Jones Industrial Average has risen above 40,000 once again. All three major US stock indexes recorded their best week of the year, with the Dow gaining 2.9%, the Nasdaq Composite surging by 5.3%, and the S&P 500 rising by 3.9%. Both the Nasdaq and the S&P 500 have not only recovered last week’s steep losses but are also showing gains for the month.

The Cboe Volatility Index (VIX), often referred to as Wall Street’s fear gauge, dropped to 15, a sharp decline from over 65 just a week ago. The index had experienced its most significant single-day point increase since March 2020 last Monday. Ed Clissold and Thanh Nguyen from Ned Davis Research noted in a Thursday report, “The bull market has not been derailed. While more aftershocks are possible, traders seem to be moving past the initial earthquake of the yen carry trade unwind.”

Despite the recent calm, investors remain cautious and are closely monitoring economic data as they anticipate the Federal Reserve’s next meeting in September. Geoffrey Strotman, senior vice president at Segal Marco Advisors, pointed out that the Fed will closely analyze the July Personal Consumption Expenditures price index, as well as labor and inflation data from August, before making its policy decision on September 18.

While many traders are anticipating an interest rate cut in September, some Federal Reserve officials have recently expressed a more cautious stance. Raphael Bostic, the President of the Atlanta Fed, remarked on Tuesday that while inflation has cooled in recent months, he wants to see more sustained progress in bringing prices down. “We need to make sure that the trend is real,” Bostic stated at a conference organized by the American College of Financial Services. “So, I’m willing to wait, but [a cut is] coming.”

Recent data does indicate that inflation is indeed cooling. According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, consumer prices rose by 2.9% over the 12 months ending in July, dipping below 3% for the first time since March 2021. Additionally, the rate of wholesale price increases has also slowed.

Further good news came from the latest retail sales report, which showed that sales at US retailers increased by 1% in July compared to the previous month. This was a significant improvement from June’s downwardly revised decline and far exceeded economists’ expectations. This strong performance by the US consumer, a crucial pillar of the economy, suggests that consumer spending remains resilient.

This string of encouraging economic reports has strengthened the case for a rate cut in September, though it remains uncertain whether the Fed will opt for a quarter-point or a half-point reduction. According to the CME FedWatch Tool, traders have lowered their expectations for a half-point cut from 51% a week ago to 26%.

The Russell 2000 index, which tracks the performance of US small-cap stocks, climbed by 3% this week, reflecting traders’ bets that the Fed will reduce rates in September. Small-cap stocks often perform well following the Fed’s initial rate cut in an easing cycle.

Before the Fed’s September meeting, however, all eyes will be on Fed Chair Jerome Powell’s upcoming speech at the annual economic summit in Jackson Hole, Wyoming, next week. Powell has historically used this event to signal the Fed’s future policy direction. His remarks have sometimes led to significant market volatility. For instance, after last year’s speech, stocks fluctuated before ultimately closing slightly higher. In contrast, in 2022, stocks plummeted, with the Dow dropping more than 1,000 points after Powell warned of further economic pain due to higher interest rates.

In other market developments, US crude oil prices declined this week following the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries’ (OPEC) decision to cut its global oil demand growth forecast for both 2024 and 2025. OPEC now anticipates demand will increase by 2.11 million barrels per day in 2024, down from the 2.25 million barrels per day it had projected last month, citing weakening economic expectations in China.

In corporate news, Starbucks shares surged by 26.3% this week after the company announced that CEO Laxman Narasimhan would be stepping down immediately. He is set to be succeeded next month by Brian Niccol, currently the CEO of Chipotle. Niccol is credited with revitalizing Chipotle following its 2018 E. coli outbreak crisis, which resulted in the hospitalization of 22 people.

Walmart also experienced a significant boost, with its shares rising by 8.1% this week. The retail giant reported that sales at US stores open for at least one year had jumped last quarter, and its operating income saw substantial growth.

As the US stock market continues its recovery, investors remain focused on the upcoming Federal Reserve meeting and other key economic indicators. While the market has shown resilience, uncertainty lingers, and traders are closely watching for any signals that could influence future market movements.

Kamala Harris’ Nomination Sparks New Enthusiasm Among Female Voters, Shaping 2024 Election Dynamics

The nomination of Vice President Kamala Harris as the Democratic presidential candidate has introduced a significant shift in the race, with implications that are still unfolding. Her potential to become the first female U.S. president brings the role of the women’s vote into sharp focus for the upcoming November election.

Looking back at the 2022 midterm elections, the women’s vote played a crucial role in countering the expected “red wave,” leading Democrats to perform better than anticipated. This election took place shortly after the Supreme Court’s Dobbs decision, which overturned Roe v. Wade, allowing states to impose strict limitations on abortion access. The ruling galvanized a higher-than-expected turnout among women, particularly young women, who supported Democratic candidates in the House of Representatives and state elections.

Now, with Vice President Harris stepping into the role of the Democratic candidate, there is a renewed wave of enthusiasm among Democrats, especially women. Polls conducted weeks before Harris’ nomination showed President Joe Biden trailing behind his Republican opponent, Donald Trump. However, Harris’ emergence has energized many, with women’s health, abortion rights, and reproductive freedom—issues Harris has long championed—taking center stage in the campaign. According to Brookings Institution’s Elaine Kamarck, these issues will be pivotal in the election. Harris has also advocated for policies important to women, including paid parental leave, child care, and economic policies that resonate with younger and minority women. The support for Harris from women’s groups is already visible through increased funding and outreach efforts.

With Harris leading the ticket, the question arises: Will this newfound enthusiasm and potential surge in female voter turnout be sufficient to secure her victory in November? To explore this, it’s essential to review the role of women’s votes in recent presidential elections, identify the demographics most favorable to Democratic candidates, and examine how gender differences in voter turnout could provide women with an electoral advantage. Additionally, analyzing the demographic shifts among female voters from 2012 to the present reveals a rise in Democratic-leaning groups within this electorate. Finally, a simulation of the 2024 election, based on recent polling data, offers insights into Harris’ chances if this enthusiasm translates into increased voter turnout and support among women.

Historically, women have shown a consistent preference for Democratic candidates in presidential elections. Since 1984, women have consistently voted for Democrats over Republicans. This trend is evident in recent elections, as illustrated by the Democratic-Republican (D-R) vote margins by gender from 2000 to 2020. In each election, the D-R margins have been positive for women, who have leaned more Democratic than men, regardless of the party that ultimately won the presidency.

The 2020 election, in particular, highlighted significant gender disparities in voting patterns across battleground states. In seven key states, only one of which (North Carolina) was won by Trump, women exhibited positive D-R margins, while men showed negative margins. The most pronounced gender disparities were observed in Wisconsin, Pennsylvania, Michigan, and Georgia, where women’s votes were crucial in securing Democratic victories.

These gender differences extended across various demographic groups in the 2020 election. Women’s D-R margins were higher than men’s in groups that traditionally lean Democratic, such as Black voters, Hispanic voters, and young voters aged 18 to 29. Even among non-college-educated white women, who generally favor Republicans, the negative D-R margins were smaller compared to their male counterparts. The only exception was among Asian American voters, where men’s D-R margins were higher than women’s.

Beyond partisan preferences, voter turnout rates will play a crucial role in determining women’s influence in the upcoming election. Since 1980, women have consistently exhibited higher turnout rates than men in presidential elections. In the 2020 election, these turnout rates reached their highest levels in decades. Due to their higher turnout and longer life expectancy, there were 9.7 million more female voters than male voters in 2020.

Women’s higher turnout rates also contributed to their majority share of the electorate, comprising 53% of all voters in 2020. However, this share varies across different demographic groups. For instance, women accounted for 58% of Black voters, 55% of Asian voters, and 54% of Hispanic voters. Among voters aged 65 and older, 54% were women. Even within the white non-college graduate group, which tends to favor Republicans, women still made up a majority of 52%.

As the size of the female electorate continues to grow, its demographic composition is also evolving. Between 2012 and 2024, there have been notable shifts in the profile of eligible female voters by race and education. Specifically, there have been gains in women’s groups that are more likely to vote Democratic—such as white college graduates and women of color—and a decline in the women’s group that tends to favor Republicans—white non-college graduates. For the first time in a presidential election, the latter group will comprise less than 40% of the female electorate.

Similar demographic shifts are evident in the battleground states, where the female electorate has become more diverse and Democratic-leaning. In states like Wisconsin, Pennsylvania, Michigan, Arizona, Nevada, Georgia, and North Carolina, there has been a decline in the share of white non-college-educated women and an increase in the share of women of color. For example, in Nevada, the proportion of white non-college-educated women decreased from 48% in 2012 to 35% in 2024, while the proportion of women of color increased from 36% to 47% over the same period. These demographic changes have contributed to a more Democratic-leaning voter profile among women in these states.

As polls conducted before and after Harris’ nomination reveal, there are early indications of how the 2024 election might unfold. Three polls of likely voters conducted by the New York Times/Siena College on June 26, July 3, and July 25—after Biden’s endorsement of Harris—show shifts in D-R voting margins among men and women. Notably, the D-R margin for women stood at 14% in favor of Harris versus Trump on July 25, while the negative D-R margin for men remained high at 17%.

Vice President Kamala Harris’ nomination as the Democratic presidential candidate has the potential to reshape the dynamics of the 2024 election, particularly with regard to the women’s vote. The enthusiasm and support for Harris among women, coupled with the changing demographic composition of the female electorate, suggest that women will play a decisive role in the outcome of the election. If this newfound enthusiasm translates into higher voter turnout and increased support for Harris among women, it could significantly boost her chances of winning the presidency in November.

Rahul Gandhi’s U.S. Visit: Diaspora Engagements, University Interactions, and Meetings with Lawmakers

Rahul Gandhi, in his inaugural trip abroad as the Leader of the Opposition, is scheduled for a week-long visit to the United States during the first week of September. This trip will involve addressing the Indian diaspora, engaging with students at two prominent universities, and meeting with U.S. lawmakers.

According to sources, Gandhi is expected to depart India on September 7 and will remain in the U.S. until September 14-15. His itinerary includes visits to several cities across the country, such as Washington DC, New Jersey, Los Angeles, and Texas. During his stay, he is anticipated to interact with students at the University of Texas at Austin and Howard University in Washington DC.

“In every city, there will be a diaspora event and a meeting with business leaders, followed by a dinner organized by the Indian Overseas Congress. However, in Washington DC, there won’t be a diaspora event. Instead, we will have meetings with lawmakers from both the Republican and Democratic parties,” a Congress leader mentioned.

Kamala Harris, the U.S. Vice President and a Democratic Presidential candidate, is an alumnus of Howard University. Sam Pitroda, who has resumed his role as head of the Indian Overseas Congress, is coordinating Gandhi’s meetings with U.S. lawmakers in Washington DC. “There is a lot of interest in the U.S. regarding Indian politics after the elections,” stated a Congress leader. Rahul Gandhi had previously visited the U.S. in May last year.

Kamala Harris Targets High Food and Housing Costs in Economic Policy Push

Vice President Kamala Harris is intensifying her focus on high food and housing costs, a central concern for voters, as she prepares to deliver an economic policy speech in North Carolina. In her speech, Harris is expected to advocate for a federal ban on price gouging in groceries and outline strategies to reduce other living costs, positioning these initiatives as extensions of the current administration’s efforts.

Although inflation has recently hit its lowest point in over three years, food prices remain significantly elevated, with a 21% increase compared to three years ago. Former President Donald Trump, now the Republican presidential nominee, has been critical of the Biden administration’s handling of inflation, making it a key issue in his campaign.

Housing costs, another major contributor to inflation, are also a focal point of Harris’s policy proposals. She plans to leverage federal resources to facilitate the construction of three million new housing units, legislate to curb rent hikes, and offer $25,000 in down-payment assistance to first-time homebuyers if elected. Harris is aligning herself closely with President Joe Biden’s legislative and economic record, framing her plans as continuations of their joint work over the past three and a half years.

The proposed Harris housing plan includes the introduction of a tax credit for builders who develop starter homes aimed at first-time buyers and the expansion of a $20 billion “innovation fund” from the Biden administration to support housing construction. The down-payment assistance plan would also significantly build on Biden’s existing proposal to offer federal aid to first-time homebuyers.

Earlier this week, both Biden and Harris celebrated their administration’s achievements in lowering prescription drug prices at an event in Maryland. This marked Harris’s first joint speaking engagement with Biden since she assumed the lead on the Democratic ticket nearly four weeks ago. During the event, they announced that negotiated drug prices would reduce the costs of ten of Medicare’s most expensive drugs, cutting prices by hundreds or even thousands of dollars. This program, a result of the 2022 Inflation Reduction Act focused on health care and climate, was made possible through Harris’s tiebreaking vote in the Senate, which allowed Democrats to overcome unified Republican opposition. As Biden noted, “The tiebreaking vote of Kamala made that possible,” adding his confidence that Harris would be a formidable president.

Biden has also undertaken initiatives to combat rising food prices, including the establishment of a “competition council” aimed at reducing costs by fostering competition within the meat industry. This is part of a broader strategy to demonstrate that his administration is actively working to tackle inflation. When questioned on Thursday about whether he was concerned Harris might distance herself from his economic policies, Biden assured reporters, “She’s not going to.”

Public opinion, however, reveals a mixed response to Harris’s economic capabilities. According to the latest poll from the Associated Press-NORC Center for Public Affairs Research, 45% of Americans believe Trump is better suited to handle the economy, while 38% favor Harris. Notably, about one in ten respondents expressed trust in neither candidate regarding economic management.

Speaking at his golf club in Bedminster, New Jersey, Trump criticized Harris’s proposals, labeling them as “communist price controls” that would exacerbate shortages, hunger, and inflation. As he made these remarks, Trump was flanked by popular grocery items to underscore his point about rising food costs.

Harris’s housing plan also includes measures to address data-sharing and price-setting tools used by landlords to determine rents and the elimination of a tax incentive that has led investment firms to acquire substantial portions of the nation’s housing stock. Harris plans to contrast her approach with Trump’s, referencing a lawsuit brought against him by the Justice Department five decades ago for housing discrimination.

Consumer confidence surveys indicate that high prices continue to frustrate shoppers, especially those in lower-income brackets, despite the overall cooling of inflation. Prices across the board are about 21% higher than they were before the pandemic, although average incomes have risen slightly more, sustaining consumer spending even as many Americans report a pessimistic outlook on the economy.

Certain meat prices have risen even more steeply than overall inflation: beef prices have surged nearly 33% since the pandemic began, chicken by 31%, and pork by 21%, according to government data. Pandemic-related supply chain disruptions played a role in these increases, as many meat processing plants temporarily shut down due to COVID-19 outbreaks among workers.

The Biden administration, however, has argued that corporate consolidation in the meat processing industry has been a more significant factor, enabling a few large companies to hike prices beyond their costs. In late 2021, the White House noted that four major companies control between 55% and 85% of the beef, chicken, and poultry markets, naming Tyson Foods and JBS among the dominant players. These companies have paid out hundreds of millions of dollars to settle price-fixing lawsuits for chicken, beef, and pork, though they have not admitted to any wrongdoing.

Some economists have suggested that large food and consumer goods companies took advantage of pandemic-era disruptions, a phenomenon economist Isabella Weber at the University of Massachusetts, Amherst, termed “seller’s inflation.” Others have referred to it as “greedflation.”

Harris’s proposals to curb price gouging come at a time when there is some evidence that this “seller’s inflation” is easing. Consumers are becoming more selective and are opting for lower-cost alternatives over more expensive options. The government reported Wednesday that grocery prices, on average nationwide, have risen just 1.1% in the past year, aligning with pre-pandemic price increases.

The meat industry has long been defending against allegations of price gouging and price-fixing. Major players in the industry dispute claims that their consolidation is responsible for high prices. Glynn Tonsor, an agricultural economist at Kansas State University, explained that the increased costs of raising animals, processing meat, and delivering it to consumers have contributed to higher prices. “Yes, consumers are seeing higher prices, but it doesn’t necessarily mean somebody is gouging them,” Tonsor said.

Julie Anna Potts, President, and CEO of the Meat Institute trade group, echoed this sentiment, arguing that Harris’s proposal would not address the underlying causes of inflation. “Consumers have been impacted by high prices due to inflation on everything from services to rent to automobiles, not just at the grocery store,” Potts said. “A federal ban on price gouging does not address the real causes of inflation.”

Winners Announced for 70th National Film Awards; Aattam and Rishab Shetty Among Top Honorees

The winners of the 70th National Film Awards were disclosed at the National Media Center in New Delhi on Friday. The awards ceremony, scheduled for a future date, will celebrate the finest Indian films produced in various languages throughout 2022. The honorees will be recognized by the President of India. To be eligible for these awards, feature and non-feature films needed to be certified by the Central Board of Film Certification (CBFC) between January 1, 2022, and December 31, 2022. This year’s jury was led by Rahul Rawail, Chairperson of the Feature Film Jury, with Nila Madhab Panda heading the Non-Feature Film Jury, and Gangadhar Mudalair overseeing the Best Writing on Cinema Jury.

The Malayalam-language film Aattamemerged as the Best Feature Film, while Rishab Shetty was awarded Best Actor, and the Best Actress title was shared between Nithya Menen and Manasi Parekh. The film Ponniyin Selvan: 1 stood out, clinching four awards.

Full List of Winners at the 70th National Film Awards:

Feature Film Categories

Best Feature Film: Aattam

Best Actor: Rishab Shetty for Kantara

Best Actress: Nithya Menen for Tiruchitrabalam, Manasi Parekh for Kutch Express

Best Director: Sooraj Barjatya for Uunchai

Best Supporting Actress: Neena Gupta for Uunchai

Best Supporting Actor: Pawan Malhotra for Fouja

Best Feature Film Providing Wholesome Entertainment: Kantara

Best Debut: Pramod Kumar for Fouja

The regional film awards were also part of the announcement, recognizing outstanding works in various Indian languages:

Best Telugu Film: Karthikeya 2

Best Tamil Film: Ponniyin Selvan – Part 1

Best Punjabi Film: Baaghi Di Dhee

Best Odia Film: Daman

Best Malayalam Film: Saudi Velakka CC.225/2009

Best Marathi Film: Vaalvi

Best Kannada Film: KGF: Chapter 2

Best Hindi Film: Gulmohar

Best Tiwa Film: Sikaisal

Best Bengali Film: Kaberi Antardhan

Best Assamese Film: Emuthi Puthi

The jury also provided special mentions, recognizing Manoj Bajpayee for his performance in Gulmohar and Sanjoy Salil Chowdhury for his work in Kadhikan.

Additional Feature Film Awards:

Best Action Direction: KGF: Chapter 2

Best Choreography: Tiruchitrabalam

Best Lyrics: Fouja

Best Music Director: Pritam (Songs), AR Rahman (Background Score)

Best Makeup: Aparajito

Best Costumes: Kutch Express

Best Production Design: Aparajito

Best Editing: Aattam

Best Sound Design: Ponniyin Selvan – Part 1

Best Screenplay: Aattam

Best Dialogues: Gulmohar

Best Cinematography: Ponniyin Selvan – Part 1

Best Female Playback Singer: Bombay Jayashri for Saudi Velakka CC.225/2009

Best Male Playback Singer: Arijit Singh for Brahmastra

Best Child Artist: Sreepath in Mallikappuram

Best Film in Animation, VFX, Gaming, and Comic (AVGC): Brahmastra

Best Non-Feature Film Promoting Social and Environmental Values: Kutch Express

Film Writing and Criticism Awards:

Best Critic: Deepak Dua

Best Book on Cinema: Kishore Kumar: The Ultimate Biography

Non-Feature Film Categories:

Best Non-Feature Film: Ayena

Best Debut Film: Madhyantara

Best Biographical/Historical/Compilation Film: Aanakhi Ek Mohenjo Daro

Best Arts/Culture Film: Ranga Vibhoga/Varsa

Best Script: Mono No Aware

Best Narrator: Murmurs of the Jungle

Best Music Direction: Fursat

Best Editing: Madhyantara

Best Sound Design: Yaan

Best Cinematography: Mono No Aware

Best Direction: From the Shadow

Best Short Film: Xunyota

Best Animated Film: The Coconut Tree

Best Non-Feature Film Promoting Social and Environmental Values: On the Brink Season 2 – Gharial

Best Documentary: Murmurs of the Jungle

The National Film Awards ceremony was delayed by two years due to the COVID-19 pandemic. The 69th National Film Awards took place in 2023, recognizing films certified in 2021. Rocketry won Best Feature Film, while Allu Arjun was named Best Actor, and Alia Bhatt and Kriti Sanon shared the Best Actress title. The 68th National Film Awards honored Soorarai Pottru as Best Feature Film, while the late filmmaker Sachy won Best Director for Ayyappanum Koshiyum. Ajay Devgn and Suriya shared the Best Actor award, and Aparna Balamurali received Best Actress.

The National Film Awards, established in 1954, are administered by the Directorate of Film Festivals. The first-ever Best Feature Film award was given to the Marathi film Shyamchi Aai. The most honored film in the awards’ history is Ashutosh Gowariker’s Lagaan, which secured eight awards in 2002. Alongside recognizing the nation’s best films, the awards also celebrate regional cinema and industry legends with the Dadasaheb Phalke Award for lifetime achievement, with last year’s award going to Waheeda Rehman.

Nationwide Protests Erupt in India Over Trainee Doctor’s Rape and Murder, Demanding Justice and Safer Medical Workplaces

Thousands of protesters took to the streets in several Indian cities on Friday, rallying against the rape and murder of a trainee doctor at a government hospital. The demonstrations, calling for justice and improved security at medical institutions, were marked by people holding signs and demanding accountability. The most significant gatherings occurred near Parliament in New Delhi, while other protests were reported in Kolkata, the capital of West Bengal, where the crime occurred, as well as in Mumbai and Hyderabad.

The nationwide protests began on August 9, following the discovery of the bloodied body of the 31-year-old trainee doctor at the state-run R.G. Kar Medical College and Hospital in Kolkata. Found in a seminar hall, the body’s condition immediately raised suspicions. An autopsy later confirmed that the victim had been sexually assaulted. A police volunteer was subsequently detained in connection with the crime. However, the victim’s family alleged that this was a case of gang rape and insisted that more individuals were involved in the heinous act.

Initially, the case was handled by state government officers, who have since faced accusations of mishandling the investigation. As public outrage grew, the case was transferred to federal investigators, following a court directive. The situation has escalated into nationwide indignation, sparking protests against violence towards women and prompting thousands of doctors and paramedics to strike, demanding safer working conditions in hospitals across the country.

Sexual violence against women is a pervasive issue in India. According to the National Crime Records Bureau, there were 31,516 reported rapes in 2022, marking a 20% increase from the previous year. However, these figures are believed to represent just a fraction of the actual cases, as many incidents go unreported due to the stigma associated with sexual violence and a lack of trust in law enforcement. This problem is particularly pronounced in rural areas, where victims often face social ostracism, and families are concerned about their reputation.

Richa Garg, a doctor participating in the New Delhi protests, expressed her fears for her safety at work, stating, “As a woman, it boils my blood. The culprits of this crime should be found immediately… and our workplaces should be made safer.”

On Wednesday night, the hospital where the trainee doctor was murdered came under attack. While police have not yet identified those responsible, they have arrested 19 individuals so far. The Indian Medical Association (IMA), the nation’s largest body of medical professionals, responded to the escalating situation by calling for a “nationwide withdrawal of services,” excluding essential services, for 24 hours starting Saturday. In a statement issued on the social media platform X, the IMA emphasized the vulnerability of doctors, particularly women, to violence due to the nature of their profession. “It is for the authorities to provide for the safety of doctors inside hospitals and campuses,” the IMA declared.

The crime has also drawn reactions from political figures, Bollywood celebrities, and other high-profile personalities, all of whom have condemned the incident and demanded harsher penalties for perpetrators of such crimes. Prime Minister Narendra Modi addressed the nation on its 78th Independence Day, stating, “Monstrous behavior against women should be severely and promptly punished.”

For many, this attack has evoked memories of the brutal 2012 gang rape and murder of a 23-year-old student on a New Delhi bus. That case sparked massive protests across the country, sometimes violent, and led to significant changes in India’s laws regarding sexual violence. In response to public pressure, lawmakers enacted stricter penalties for such crimes, including the creation of fast-track courts dedicated to handling rape cases. The government also introduced the death penalty for repeat offenders as part of these legal reforms. The 2013 amendment to the rape law also expanded the definition of sexual violence to include stalking and voyeurism and lowered the age for being tried as an adult from 18 to 16.

Despite these legal reforms, the current case demonstrates that the issue of sexual violence in India remains deeply entrenched, with widespread calls for more effective implementation of the laws and greater accountability from authorities. The ongoing protests reflect a nation grappling with the persistent threat to women’s safety and the need for systemic change to protect them.

Controversy Arises Over Ram Mandir Float at New York City India Day Parade

Several South Asian American organizations and lawmakers are expressing strong disapproval of a planned float at the upcoming India Day Parade in New York City, claiming it promotes anti-Muslim sentiments.

The contentious float, featured in a promotional video, will showcase a large replica of the Ram Mandir, a Hindu temple constructed on a disputed religious site in Ayodhya, a city in northern India. This temple was erected on the remnants of the Babri Masjid, a 16th-century mosque demolished by Hindu nationalist groups in 1992. The destruction of the mosque sparked widespread riots across India during the 1990s, resulting in the deaths of thousands, most of whom were Muslims.

In 2019, India’s Supreme Court approved the construction of the Hindu temple on this contested site. Earlier this year, the temple was officially opened by Prime Minister Narendra Modi. For Hindus, Ayodhya is a sacred city, believed by some to be the birthplace of the deity Ram. However, for Muslims, the temple’s grand opening is seen as further marginalization under Modi’s right-wing Hindu nationalist government.

The India Day Parade in New York City has historically attracted tens of thousands of participants. However, advocates are concerned that featuring the Ram Mandir float could convey a divisive message.

“A float celebrating the construction of the Ram Temple would be divisive, and runs counter to the values of New York City,” stated a letter addressed to NYC Mayor Eric Adams. The letter was signed by three South Asian lawmakers in New York: councilmembers Shekar Krishnan and Shahana Hanif, and state assembly member Zohran Mamdani.

Mayor Adams, responding to the public outcry during a larger news conference on Tuesday, emphasized that hate has no place in the city. “I want to send the right symbolic gesture that the city’s open to everyone and there’s no room for hate,” he said. “If there is a float or a person in the parade that’s promoting hate, they should not.” Adams added that while he has participated in the parade in previous years, this year he was neither invited nor informed about the event. Addressing concerns raised by Muslim New Yorkers, he affirmed his long-standing support for the Muslim community, saying, “I have a long record on standing up on behalf of the Muslim community, probably a record that’s more impressive than any other elected officials. I’m not going to be judged by man, God judges me.”

The event organizers, in a July press release, highlighted that the parade is intended to celebrate the diversity of all Indian communities. “This celebration is an inclusive event that proudly represents the rich tapestry of India’s cultural diversity and will feature floats from various communities, including Hindu, Muslim, Sikh, and Christian faiths, underscoring the belief that we are all integral parts of this community, regardless of caste, creed, or religion,” said Dr. Avinash Gupta, president of the Federation of Indian Associations, which organizes the parade.

Despite these reassurances, Muslim and progressive South Asian groups argue that the inclusion of the Ram Mandir float is contrary to the event’s inclusive intent. “Allowing such a hateful and bigoted celebration in NYC is an affront to American values and to harmony and peaceful coexistence among our diverse communities,” stated another letter addressed to Mayor Adams and Governor Kathy Hochul by a coalition of 22 organizations. “It emboldens Hindu extremists to advance their supremacist agenda in the United States and glorifies acts of violence, injustice, and discrimination against Muslims.”

The lawmakers underscored the importance of considering the sentiments of all South Asian communities in New York. “As proud Indian-American and Bangladeshi-American, Hindu and Muslim elected officials representing New York City communities, we welcome the celebration of Indian culture and heritage on the streets of our great city. However, such public celebrations should not include symbols of division or bigotry,” they wrote.

The controversy surrounding the Ram Mandir float has sparked a broader debate about the role of religious symbolism in public celebrations and the need for inclusivity in multicultural events like the India Day Parade. While the organizers maintain that the parade aims to reflect the cultural diversity of India, critics argue that certain symbols and representations, particularly those tied to contentious historical and religious events, can alienate and marginalize specific communities.

As the India Day Parade approaches, the debate over the Ram Mandir float highlights the complexities of balancing cultural celebration with the need for sensitivity to the diverse communities that make up New York City’s vibrant social fabric. The response from both city officials and community leaders will likely influence how such events are organized and perceived in the future, with implications for the broader discourse on multiculturalism and inclusion in the United States.

Americans Rank Last in Life Expectancy Among English-Speaking Nations, New Study Reveals

A recent study has found that Americans continue to have the shortest life expectancy among English-speaking countries. The research, published in the BMJ Open journal, highlights that people in the United States are more likely to die at younger ages due to accidental deaths, homicides, and chronic diseases.

In contrast, Australians enjoy the longest life expectancy of any English-speaking nation, despite living in a country known for its dangerous wildlife, including sharks, spiders, and snakes. On average, Australian women live nearly four years longer than their American counterparts, while Australian men outlive American men by about five years.

The study also found that the United States lags behind other English-speaking nations such as Canada, Ireland, the United Kingdom, and New Zealand in terms of life expectancy. The researchers suggest that these findings should serve as motivation for Americans to set and achieve better health goals.

“Yes, we’re doing badly, but this study shows what can we aim for,” said Jessica Ho, a senior researcher and associate professor of sociology and demography at Penn State. “We know these gains in life expectancy are actually achievable because other large countries have already done it.”

The researchers analyzed data from the World Health Organization and the international Human Mortality Database, comparing life expectancy across English-speaking nations. The data revealed that the United States has consistently ranked last in life expectancy among these countries since the early 1990s.

Currently, American women have an average life expectancy of 81.5 years, while men have a life expectancy of 76.5 years. Meanwhile, the Irish have seen the largest improvements in life expectancy, with men’s lifespans increasing by about eight years and women’s by more than 6.5 years.

The study also pointed out that life expectancy within the United States varies significantly depending on the state in which a person lives. States like California and Hawaii have some of the highest life expectancies in the country, with women living 83 to 84 years and men living 77.5 to 78.4 years on average.

On the other hand, states in the American South have some of the lowest life expectancies observed among all the nations in the study, with women living an average of 72.6 to 80 years and men living an average of 69.3 to 74.4 years.

“One of the main drivers of why American longevity is so much shorter than in other high-income countries is our younger people die at higher rates from largely preventable causes of death, like drug overdose, car accidents and homicide,” said Ho.

She also noted that middle-aged Americans, particularly those aged 45 to 64, have higher death rates from drugs, alcohol, and chronic illnesses such as heart disease. “Some of the latter could be related to sedentary lifestyle, high rates of obesity, unhealthy diet, stress and a history of smoking,” Ho explained. “It’s likely that these patterns of unhealthy behaviors put Americans at a disadvantage in terms of their health and vitality.”

Australia’s success in achieving the highest life expectancy among English-speaking nations is attributed to several factors. Ho pointed out that despite being a large country where many people use cars for transportation and own firearms, Australia has implemented policies like gun control laws that have significantly reduced gun deaths and homicides. This, in turn, has helped Australia attain a high ranking in life expectancy.

“What the study shows is that a peer country like Australia far outperforms the U.S. and was able to get its young adult mortality under control,” Ho said. “It has really low levels of gun deaths and homicides, lower levels of drug and alcohol use and better performance on chronic diseases, the latter of which points to lifestyle factors, health behaviors and health care performance.”

In conclusion, Ho emphasized that Australia serves as a model for the United States, demonstrating how Americans can improve their life expectancy and reduce geographic inequality in health outcomes. “Australia is a model for how Americans can do better and achieve not only a higher life expectancy but also lower geographic inequality in life expectancy,” she said.

This study sheds light on the disparities in life expectancy between the United States and other English-speaking nations, offering insights into how public health strategies and policies could be improved to enhance the longevity and well-being of Americans.

Mortgage Applications Surge as Rates Drop Amid Persistent Housing Affordability Crisis

The standard 30-year fixed-rate mortgage saw a slight increase this week, reaching 6.49%, according to Freddie Mac’s report on Thursday. While this rate is slightly higher than last week, it remains significantly below this year’s peak and last fall’s two-decade high, which has motivated many homeowners to refinance their mortgages.

Last week, mortgage applications rose by 17%, driven mainly by a remarkable 35% increase in refinancing applications, as reported by the Mortgage Bankers Association on Wednesday. Freddie Mac’s data shows that mortgage rates fell to their lowest level in over a year last week.

Looking ahead, borrowing costs are expected to decrease further this year if the Federal Reserve implements the interest rate cuts that economists and investors widely anticipate.

Despite the decline in mortgage rates, the housing market in the United States remains out of reach for many, especially for those with low incomes living in urban areas experiencing rapid home-price growth, such as San Diego and New York. Home prices have hit record highs multiple times this year, based on data from S&P Global and the National Association of Realtors.

“Housing has a lot of challenges ahead of it, not the least of which are high mortgage rates, high home prices and a lack of inventory,” Tom Porcelli, chief U.S. economist at PGIM Fixed Income, shared with CNN in an interview. He noted that the average mortgage payment is still double what it was four years ago.

A persistent shortage of available housing in many markets across the country continues to drive home prices up. Although there has been progress toward a more affordable market, with total housing inventory improving each month in 2024, as per NAR data, demand continues to outpace supply.

In some areas like Tampa, Denver, and Minneapolis, a rise in residential construction has helped ease housing costs. The pace of homebuilding in these areas depends on factors such as local zoning laws, land availability, and population growth trends. In Tampa, the combination of an influx of new residents and ample land availability has spurred home construction, leading to a significant slowdown in shelter-cost growth. This deceleration in housing costs has contributed to a substantial reduction in overall inflation in the metropolitan area, bringing it down to 2.4% for the year ending in May, a significant decrease from over 11% in 2022.

However, the persistently high cost of housing continues to be a challenge for the Federal Reserve’s ongoing efforts to combat inflation. Although inflation has decreased significantly from the 40-year highs observed in the summer of 2022, reaching an annual rate of 2.9% in July—marking the first time in more than three years that the Consumer Price Index (CPI) has been below 3%—the Fed’s target remains at 2% year over year. Shelter costs accounted for nearly 90% of the increase in consumer prices last month.

When excluding shelter costs, the CPI was up 1.7% for the 12 months ending in July, according to the Labor Department.

For Americans concerned about the country’s housing affordability crisis, there is some hope in the form of expected lower interest rates. As inflation has been brought under enough control and the job market has shown signs of weakening, economists believe the Federal Reserve may begin lowering borrowing costs as early as next month. The unemployment rate, currently at 4.3%, the highest since October 2021, could potentially climb higher in the coming months, adding to the argument for reducing rates.

However, the expected rate cuts are not anticipated to be substantial. The Fed is likely to lower its benchmark lending rate, which influences borrowing costs throughout the economy, by a quarter-point in September. Some traders speculate that the Fed might opt for a larger cut of half a point, though other economic indicators suggest the economy remains strong. Data released by the Commerce Department on Thursday indicated that consumer spending is still driving economic growth.

Federal Reserve officials have indicated that the enduring strength of the economy has allowed them to take a cautious approach, waiting for clear evidence that inflation is under control and on a path to the Fed’s 2% target. Additionally, recent comments from central bankers do not suggest any plans for aggressive action in the upcoming month.

Although the Federal Reserve does not directly set mortgage rates, its actions do influence them through movements in the benchmark 10-year U.S. Treasury yield. Bond yields typically decrease after weak economic data increases the likelihood of the Fed cutting rates, and they tend to rise when strong economic data suggests the Fed may keep rates higher for longer.

While mortgage rates are expected to decline further this year, it remains uncertain whether they will drop below 6%. Despite the anticipated decrease, rates are still higher than those seen in the decade leading up to 2022, the year when the Federal Reserve began aggressively raising interest rates to combat inflation.

Global Debt Soars to $91 Trillion, U.S. Alone Holds $35 Trillion, Sparking Concerns Over Economic Stability

Global debt has reached a staggering $91 trillion, with the United States alone responsible for over a third of this amount. The U.S. debt has soared to $35 trillion, a figure that has raised alarms at the International Monetary Fund (IMF) due to its potential risks to the global economy.

To put this colossal number into perspective, if $35 trillion worth of dollar bills were laid end to end, they would reach far beyond our planet. Even the moon, which is about 2.5 billion dollar bills away, pales in comparison to this astronomical sum. The sheer magnitude of U.S. debt is difficult to fathom, emphasizing the gravity of the situation.

“Yeah, these are big numbers,” remarked Peter Blair Henry, an economist at Stanford University’s Hoover Institution. Henry joined in visualizing just how far $35 trillion in dollar bills could stretch. This massive trail of debt would easily pass Mars, which is approximately 140 million miles away, requiring roughly 1.5 trillion dollar bills. Even Jupiter, the largest planet in our solar system, would not be far enough. It would take around 4.5 trillion bills to reach Jupiter, but the U.S. debt continues beyond this point. Next in line is Saturn, but with an average distance requiring only 9 trillion dollar bills, even Saturn can’t encapsulate the U.S. debt.

The journey continues past Uranus and finally reaches Neptune, nearly 30 trillion dollar bills away. By the time we reach the last official planet in our solar system, we still have about $6 trillion of U.S. debt left. A dollar bill measures just over 6 inches, and 35 trillion of them would nearly reach Pluto. The realization of this vast amount of debt is truly shocking, making the IMF’s concerns all the more understandable.

“Honestly, the best way to deal with huge numbers like that is to think about ratios,” said Blair Henry. “What really matters is: How big is the debt relative to the size of the economy?” In simpler terms, America’s near-Pluto debt might not be problematic if the U.S. economy was producing an equivalent amount of wealth. However, this isn’t the case. The U.S. economy is generating roughly $30 trillion in gross domestic product (GDP) this year, while the debt has climbed to $35 trillion. The current debt-to-GDP ratio stands at about 120%, meaning the nation owes more than it produces—a situation that worries Henry.

“As your debt ratio rises, your finances are just getting tighter and tighter,” he explained. “And the danger is, at some point, your creditors look at your debt situation and say, ‘Oh my gosh, you are not going to be able to pay me.’” This shift in perception among creditors could lead to higher interest rates on borrowed money, driving up borrowing costs significantly.

“Your borrowing costs go up dramatically, and that can lead to a financial crisis,” Henry added.

This concern isn’t just theoretical—it’s already happening. For a long time, the U.S. enjoyed low borrowing costs, with creditors confident in the country’s ability to repay its debts. The size of the debt seemed irrelevant. However, as the debt has ballooned, lenders have begun demanding higher interest rates from the U.S. “We’ve hit a turning point,” said Harvard economist Kenneth Rogoff. “At least I believe that.”

Rogoff, who served as chief economist at the IMF for years, sees the rising interest on U.S. debt as a significant economic problem. “This is the biggest thing that’s happened in the global economy in the last five or 10 years,” he said. The U.S. debt has reached a level where even a small increase in interest rates can have massive consequences.

“The interest payments that we have to make on U.S. debt have soared,” Rogoff noted. “I think the interest payments alone are the equivalent of our military budget.” This year, interest payments on the debt are expected to approach $1 trillion—a substantial amount that could otherwise be spent on infrastructure, healthcare, or economic growth. The size of the debt is not only immense but is also siphoning resources from other critical areas.

“People got this idea that it was just free—‘Don’t worry about what your debt is!’” Rogoff commented. “That’s the big change that’s happened in the world, is a bucket of cold water on this idea that debt doesn’t matter.” He cautioned that if another global crisis, akin to COVID-19, were to occur, the U.S. might need to spend large amounts of money quickly, making borrowing even more expensive. This scenario could become risky, potentially destabilizing the economy, especially since other major economies are also heavily indebted.

Rogoff emphasized that while debt can be a valuable tool, it should not be used without restraint. “You want to use debt for a rainy day, but you don’t want to just declare every day a rainy day,” he said.

Interestingly, Neptune is known for its diamond rain, but until such a resource becomes accessible, the solution to managing the debt seems straightforward to Rogoff. It would require Congress to make difficult choices, including cutting spending and raising taxes. The country would need to adopt more stringent fiscal policies, and compromise would be essential in Congress.

However, given the political climate, this might be more challenging than reaching for Neptune’s diamonds.

Kamala Harris Faces Economic Messaging Challenge as Inflation Eases, but Recession Fears Loom

Federal Reserve officials and leading economists now agree that the U.S. has made significant progress in controlling inflation. The challenge now falls on Vice President Kamala Harris to convince voters that the economy will remain stable in the wake of this achievement.

The job market is beginning to show signs of slowing down. Major banks such as JPMorgan Chase and Goldman Sachs are revising their forecasts, increasingly predicting a U.S. recession. Additionally, a growing number of Americans are defaulting on credit card and auto loan payments, with delinquency rates—indicating the likelihood of missed debt payments—reaching their highest levels since the peak of the Covid-19 lockdowns.

These economic concerns are arising just as various indicators suggest that the Federal Reserve’s prolonged battle against inflation is nearing its end.

According to the Labor Department’s announcement on Wednesday, inflation has slowed to its lowest rate since early 2021. Prices increased at an annual rate of 2.9 percent, bringing inflation closer to the Fed’s target of 2 percent, and even the growth in “core” economic sectors has moderated.

This new data indicates that the primary concern has shifted from runaway inflation to the broader health of the economy. While controlling prices remains a priority, Federal Reserve policymakers are increasingly focusing on the impact of two years of high interest rates on consumers—particularly those with low or moderate incomes—along with businesses and the labor market.

“This gives [the Fed] permission to do whatever they need to for the employment side of the mandate,” said Jason Furman, a Harvard University professor and former chief economist for President Barack Obama, in a post on X following the release of the Consumer Price Index report. He added that if the August jobs report is as weak as July’s, the markets might expect the Fed to cut interest rates by as much as half a percentage point—twice the usual adjustment.

As these dynamics shift, Harris and other Democrats will need to recalibrate how they present their economic policies to voters. The White House and its supporters have spent months emphasizing how their policies have maintained the economy’s stability despite rising prices and high borrowing costs. Now, just as inflation reaches a point where the Fed might consider lowering interest rates, that economic stability is beginning to show signs of strain.

“I’m glad I’m not responsible for messaging about the economy,” remarked Jim Manley, a veteran Democratic strategist and former adviser to ex-Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid (D-Nev.). “You can’t just go out there and tell everyone everything is fine.”

“If you try to jam it, they’re going to balk,” he cautioned.

Instead, Harris is expected to refine her economic message in a speech in Raleigh, North Carolina, on Friday. She plans to outline how her administration intends to lower costs for middle-class families and tackle corporate price gouging.

This speech could bolster her surprising rise in the polls against former President Donald Trump on economic issues. While President Joe Biden has consistently received low marks from voters on economic policy, Harris has enjoyed more favorable ratings.

Trump is scheduled to hold a rally in Asheville, North Carolina, later the same day, where he plans to criticize Harris for the “economic hardships” that he claims are the result of the Biden administration’s policies, according to his campaign.

Trump’s strategy is to tap into the dissatisfaction among voters. A majority of Americans already believe the U.S. is in a recession—although technically it is not, or at least probably not. High prices continue to be a significant burden for many families, particularly in areas like housing. Even if consumer sentiment adjusts to disinflation, voter perceptions of the economy are not solely driven by price increases.

As inflation has slowed through the first half of this year, the percentage of registered voters identifying it as the top issue influencing their vote has decreased from 14 percent to 6 percent, according to surveys conducted by NYT/Siena. A larger portion of voters now express concern about the overall state of the economy—including the labor and stock markets—rather than just cost-of-living issues.

Despite this, the drop in inflation could make Harris’ economic messaging “simpler and cleaner,” noted Tobin Marcus, a former aide who now leads U.S. Policy and Politics at Wolfe Research.

He pointed out that most people will not face job losses or wage cuts, and “it’s already too late for [an economic] softening around the margins to be a political problem.” Instead, he said, “the benefit of lower rates is more immediate.”

Should the Fed decide to cut rates in September, the effects could quickly be seen in reduced credit card borrowing costs, lower rates on new mortgages, and other forms of financing. This could encourage businesses to expand after two years of holding back due to higher interest rates.

“Inflation has fallen below 3 percent and core inflation has fallen to the lowest level since April 2021,” President Biden stated on Wednesday. “We have more work to do to lower costs for hardworking Americans, but we are making real progress.”

U.S. Braces for Potential Iranian-Backed Attacks Amid Rising Tensions

The United States is on high alert, anticipating possible significant attacks by Iran or its proxies in the Middle East as soon as this week, according to John Kirby, the White House national security spokesperson. Kirby announced this heightened state of readiness on Monday, emphasizing the seriousness of the potential threat.

The U.S. has ramped up its military presence in the region, aligning with Israel’s concerns about a possible retaliatory strike orchestrated by Iran. This increased vigilance comes in the wake of accusations from both Iran and the Palestinian Islamist group Hamas, who blame Israel for the assassination of a Hamas leader in Tehran last month.

Kirby elaborated on the shared concerns between the U.S. and Israel, stating, “We share the same concerns and expectations that our Israeli counterparts have with respect to potential timing here. Could be this week.” This statement underscores the urgency of the situation, suggesting that an attack could be imminent. He further stressed the need for preparedness, noting, “We have to be prepared for what could be a significant set of attacks.”

Israel has been on edge since last month when a missile strike claimed the lives of 12 young people in the Israeli-occupied Golan Heights. In retaliation, Israel launched an operation that resulted in the death of a senior Hezbollah commander in Beirut. The situation escalated further the following day when Ismail Haniyeh, the political leader of Hamas, was assassinated in Tehran. This assassination has led to Iranian vows of retaliation against Israel, adding to the already volatile situation in the region.

Kirby expressed the U.S.’s stance on the situation, saying, “We obviously don’t want to see Israel have to defend itself against another onslaught, like they did in April. But, if that’s what comes at them, we will continue to help them defend themselves.” This statement highlights the U.S.’s commitment to supporting Israel in the face of potential aggression.

In a related move, the Pentagon announced on Sunday that Defense Secretary Lloyd Austin had ordered the deployment of a guided missile submarine to the Middle East. Additionally, the Abraham Lincoln carrier strike group has been directed to accelerate its deployment to the region. These actions are part of a broader strategy to deter potential attacks and to reinforce the U.S. military presence in the area.

However, a U.S. official disclosed to Reuters that the Lincoln carrier strike group is currently near the South China Sea, and it would likely take over a week to reach the Middle East. This timeline suggests that while preparations are underway, the full deployment of U.S. forces to the region will take some time.

The anticipation of a widening conflict in the Middle East has already had an impact on global markets. On Monday, oil prices surged by more than 3%, marking the fifth consecutive session of rising prices. This increase is driven by concerns that an escalation in Middle Eastern tensions could disrupt global crude supplies, leading to tighter market conditions.

Meanwhile, Israeli forces continue their operations near the southern Gaza city of Khan Younis. These military activities are ongoing despite international efforts to broker a ceasefire and prevent the conflict from expanding into a larger regional war involving Iran and its allied groups.

The situation remains fluid, with diplomatic efforts aimed at de-escalating tensions running parallel to military preparations. The U.S. and its allies are closely monitoring developments, aware that any misstep could lead to a broader conflict that could have far-reaching consequences not only in the Middle East but also globally.

As the week progresses, the world watches with bated breath, aware that the region is on the brink of a potentially devastating conflict. The U.S.’s increased military posture and its close coordination with Israel signal a readiness to respond to any threat, but the hope remains that diplomacy will prevail and avert a new wave of violence in the region.

Kamala Harris Surges Ahead in Presidential Race: Can She Sustain the Momentum?

Kamala Harris, the current Vice President, has quickly risen to the forefront of the presidential race just three weeks into her campaign. This surge has put her ahead in horserace polling, a challenge that former President Joe Biden struggled to overcome during his time as a candidate. However, the sustainability of this momentum remains uncertain.

The political landscape in the United States has been particularly tumultuous in recent weeks. Significant events, such as the July 13 assassination attempt on Donald Trump, the Republican convention, Trump’s selection of a running mate, Biden’s decision to exit the presidential race, and Harris’s choice of a vice-presidential candidate, have all contributed to the current dynamics. Each of these events alone would typically cause a temporary shift in polling numbers. However, the cumulative impact of these occurrences makes it difficult to determine the true state of the race. With the Democratic convention approaching, yet another potential shift in voter sentiment looms.

As the race evolves, questions arise about its structural changes and the possibility of Trump regaining the lead. A surge of polling in the coming days will begin to shed light on these uncertainties, followed by a critical two-month period of intense polling. Several key metrics have emerged as indicators of Harris’s early success, including her rising personal favorability and the narrowing gap in Trump’s advantage on economic issues, a core aspect of his campaign.

Neil Newhouse, lead pollster for Mitt Romney’s 2012 presidential campaign, commented on the nature of the race, saying, “Presidential campaigns are a marathon, and this one has turned into a sprint. And that tends to favor the candidate who is new on the horizon.”

To gain a deeper understanding of the current state of the race, five key numbers should be closely monitored beyond the basic horserace polling.

Kamala Harris’ Favorability Rating

On June 27, Harris’s favorability rating stood at 39 percent, according to a RealClearPolitics average. As of now, that number has climbed to 45 percent. Voters are beginning to see Harris in a new light since she became the Democratic presidential candidate.

For the past three years, there has been a significant disparity between the number of voters who viewed Harris favorably and those who held an unfavorable opinion of her. However, that gap has narrowed. In a recent New York Times/Siena College poll, likely voters in key battleground states such as Michigan, Pennsylvania, and Wisconsin were nearly evenly split in their views of Harris, with 50 percent holding a favorable opinion and 48 percent an unfavorable one.

Despite this improvement, there is no guarantee that it will last. Trump’s campaign has already launched an advertising blitz in battleground states, attempting to portray Harris as “dangerously liberal.” This negative campaigning could potentially erode her favorability ratings, particularly as her record faces increased scrutiny following the initial excitement of her campaign rollout.

“Image is a precursor to ballot change,” said Newhouse. “You’ll see her image change before the ballot changes. You’ll see her unfavs go up, her very unfavs in particular.”

Trump, too, is experiencing a high point in his favorability, at least since the 2020 election. This surge follows the assassination attempt and the Republican convention, but it’s possible that his numbers might also recede to more typical levels, which have generally been unfavorable.

“With Kamala Harris, it’s like ‘A Star is Born,’” observed Mark Mellman, lead pollster for then-Sen. John Kerry in the 2004 presidential race. “It’s not unreal. It’s not unnatural. It’s not fake. But it’s not necessarily permanent. I can certainly imagine a situation where both candidates’ favorabilities decline a little bit.”

Third-Party Vote Share

On July 21, the percentage of voters indicating support for one of the three independent or third-party candidates—Robert F. Kennedy Jr., Cornel West, or Jill Stein—stood at 12.2 percent, according to a RealClearPolitics average. Today, that number has dropped to 7.1 percent.

While this metric is technically part of the horserace question, it also provides insight into an election where a larger portion of voters now appears to favor their primary options. This shift is attributed to Harris’s surge in popularity and the post-assassination and post-conviction rise in Trump’s favorability. Before Harris replaced Biden on the Democratic ticket, a significant portion of voters expressed dislike for both Biden and Trump, with as many as a quarter of voters falling into this category.

These voters, often referred to as “double-haters,” were seen as potentially decisive in the election. However, their numbers have dwindled. A recent Monmouth University poll revealed that only 8 percent of registered voters now hold unfavorable views of both major-party candidates. Consequently, there are fewer voters inclined to support Kennedy, West, or Stein.

Voter Enthusiasm

Among Democrats, 62 percent are “very enthusiastic” about the election, according to a New York Times/Siena College poll of likely voters in Michigan, Pennsylvania, and Wisconsin. Among Republicans, the figure is slightly higher, at 63 percent.

While higher enthusiasm doesn’t always translate into victory, as seen in the 2012 election where Romney supporters were more enthusiastic than Obama’s, Harris has managed to energize the Democratic base in a way that Biden and the fear of a second Trump term had not. In the New York Times/Siena College polls, Democrats and Harris supporters expressed enthusiasm for voting at levels comparable to Republicans and Trump supporters.

The enthusiasm gap is even more pronounced in the Monmouth poll, where 85 percent of Democrats described themselves as enthusiastic about the Harris-Trump race, compared to 71 percent of Republicans. The level of enthusiasm among Republicans remained unchanged from June, when Monmouth pollsters inquired about a potential Trump-Biden rematch. However, for Democrats, this represents a significant shift, as only 46 percent expressed enthusiasm about the rematch before the debate.

While enthusiasm alone doesn’t guarantee more votes, it could play a crucial role in a close race by closing the energy gap between supporters of different candidates.

Perceptions on Economic Leadership

In June, Trump held a substantial lead over Biden on the economy, with 54 percent of voters favoring him compared to Biden’s 45 percent, according to an NPR/PBS News/Marist College poll. Now, the gap has narrowed significantly, with Trump at 51 percent and Harris at 48 percent.

Trump’s strong advantage on economic issues has been a central feature of his campaign. However, Harris’s entry into the race has disrupted this dynamic. Polls now show a much closer contest on economic leadership between Trump and Harris, with Trump holding a slight edge of 3 points in a national NPR/PBS News/Marist College poll and 6 points in the Rust Belt battlegrounds surveyed by the New York Times/Siena College.

Harris is eager to establish her own record on the economy. She has planned an event in North Carolina to present her plan to lower costs, signaling her intent to differentiate herself from Biden’s record on inflation, which could be a significant challenge for her campaign.

National Direction Perception

On June 27, 25 percent of voters believed the country was heading in the right direction, while 65 percent thought it was on the wrong track. Today, these figures remain unchanged.

Although this metric hasn’t shifted, voters’ perceptions of it may be evolving. Previously, Trump was seen as the candidate representing change, a favorable position given that two-thirds of voters viewed the country as heading in the wrong direction. However, Harris’s entry into the race has complicated Trump’s status as the candidate of change. She is now positioning herself as the fresh, new face of the campaign, with an emphasis on her youth and vision for the future. This contrasts with Trump, who at 78 years old, is the first person in 80 years to be his party’s presidential nominee in three consecutive elections.

Trump and his supporters will likely focus on convincing voters that Harris, as vice president, bears responsibility for the current state of the country and should be held accountable for the perceived wrong direction.

Cease-Fire Hopes Dwindle Amid Ongoing Israel-Hamas Conflict and Regional Tensions

The Israel-Hamas war, often summarized through numbers and statistics, is a conflict deeply embedded in the daily lives of those caught in its midst. For the past ten months, the war has not only instilled a pervasive sense of insecurity but has also worsened the humanitarian crisis in Gaza, where famine, contaminated water, and diminishing resources have become everyday realities. Compounding these hardships is the looming threat of a broader regional conflict, particularly with Iran.

On Thursday, U.S. and Arab mediators are set to initiate new talks aimed at securing a cease-fire between Israel and Hamas. However, the assassination of key figures such as Hamas leader and negotiator Ismail Haniyeh and Hezbollah’s Fuad Shukr has dampened hopes for easing the conflict.

The statistics reveal a grim picture: since October 7, at least 39,929 Palestinians have been killed in Gaza, and 92,240 have been injured, according to the Gaza Ministry of Health. These deaths follow the October 7 Hamas attack, which claimed the lives of 1,200 people at a musical festival in Israel. In addition, approximately 250 hostages were taken by Hamas and other attackers, with 115 of those hostages still in Gaza, 41 of whom are believed to be dead. One Israeli citizen remains missing since October 7, according to the Israeli government.

Amid these developments, skepticism surrounds the possibility of a cease-fire. President Biden has repeatedly expressed confidence in the prospect of a cease-fire over the past several months, yet each effort has faltered. The question now is whether anything will be different this time.

NPR international correspondent Daniel Estrin suggests that a new sense of urgency among the mediators could lead to a different outcome. “They say there is a ticking clock here because they’re hoping that a Gaza cease-fire can dissuade Iran from its threat to attack Israel. They want to prevent a wider regional war through this Gaza cease-fire. And it really is a dramatic moment. You have this military buildup with the U.S. sending warships and combat jets to the region to fend off a possible attack. And at the same time, you also have this very dramatic diplomatic push. We have a senior Israeli delegation on its way to Qatar. The CIA chief is expected to be there, too.”

The basic framework of the cease-fire deal, which includes a hostage-prisoner exchange and the return of Palestinian civilians to North Gaza, has been on the table for months. However, unresolved issues remain. Estrin outlines the key questions: “How many Israeli hostages would be released in the first stage of this deal? What about Palestinian detainees? Who would be released in exchange? Will Israel get to screen Palestinians returning to North Gaza and prevent armed militants from going there, too? What about Israeli soldiers? Will they withdraw from the Gaza Egypt border? And then the biggest question is, will this be the end of the war, the actual permanent end of the war?”

Hamas is seeking a guarantee that the cease-fire will mark the end of the conflict, a goal shared by U.S. and Arab mediators. At the same time, Israel wants the option to resume combat if Hamas drags out the negotiations.

In the end, the success of any cease-fire agreement hinges on the desires of the leaders involved. Estrin notes, “It comes down to whether the leader of Israel and the leader of Hamas want it.” There is uncertainty about whether Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu will ultimately agree to a cease-fire. “He has said all along that he is not succumbing to pressure to end the war. He’s standing up to his security chiefs. They’re all telling him that now is the time to strike a deal with Hamas. They want to shift focus to Iran and to Hezbollah. And then you have the far right in Netanyahu’s government. They actually want to prolong the campaign in Gaza against Hamas much longer.”

This campaign is part of a religious, ultranationalist ideology that envisions permanent Israeli dominion over Gaza, with some even dreaming of establishing Jewish settlements there. Although Netanyahu does not openly endorse these far-right ideologies, many analysts in Israel believe that delaying a cease-fire deal could serve his personal interests. A deal with Hamas could lead to new elections, potentially resulting in Netanyahu losing power or facing a national reckoning for what is considered the worst security failure in Israel’s history. As Estrin explains, “That’s something he wants to avoid as long as possible.”

The path to peace remains uncertain, with deep divisions among the key players and unresolved issues still on the negotiating table. The outcome of the new cease-fire talks, set against the backdrop of ongoing violence and regional tensions, is far from guaranteed.

China’s Expanding Tourism Influence Poses Challenges for Thailand and India

China’s rapid expansion in the tourism sector is increasingly challenging neighboring countries such as Thailand and India. Through aggressive strategies, including disruptive market tactics and the introduction of expansive visa-free travel policies, China is altering the tourism landscape across Asia, presenting a significant threat to the tourism industries of these countries.

Chinese Investments and Market-Disrupting Tours in Thailand

In Thailand, Chinese investments in the tourism sector have seen a rapid increase, particularly through small-scale operations that challenge local businesses. The Association of Thai Travel Agents (ATTA) has expressed concerns about the rise of “market-busting tours,” where Chinese travel agencies use Thai nominees to establish businesses and offer tours at unsustainably low prices. These underpriced packages disrupt the market, making it difficult for local operators to remain competitive and harming Thailand’s reputation when these tours do not meet expectations.

Sisdivachr Cheewarattanaporn, the president of ATTA, stated, “These market-busting tours are even more damaging than the infamous ‘zero-dollar’ tours.” The situation becomes dire when these low-cost tours turn unprofitable, and tourists may be pressured into spending more or even held until they agree to pay additional fees, leading to negative experiences and tarnishing Thailand’s image as a tourist-friendly destination.

To counter these challenges, ATTA is advocating for the regulation of tour package prices to ensure they reflect true market conditions and promote fair competition. This move is crucial in protecting the local tourism industry from long-term harm. Meanwhile, the hotel sector appears to be less vulnerable due to its higher investment requirements and the fact that most Chinese investments in this area involve formal partnerships, making it more stable and less susceptible to such market disruptions.

China’s Expanding Visa-Free Policies and Their Regional Impact

Beyond its economic influence in Thailand, China is expanding its regional reach by implementing new visa-free travel policies as of August 2024, which are set to alter tourist flows in Asia. Starting in early 2024, China introduced a visa-free travel program that initially included 11 European countries, such as Spain, Italy, and France, along with Malaysia. The program has now expanded to include countries like Poland, Australia, and New Zealand. This visa-free policy, valid until the end of 2025, aims to attract more international visitors and further boost China’s tourism sector.

Citizens from Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Spain, and Switzerland are now able to enter China without a visa until the end of next year. This expansion is part of China’s broader strategy to encourage business travel, luxury tourism, and cultural exchanges. Additionally, China’s Hainan Province has opened up to visa-free travel for citizens of 59 countries, including significant markets like Russia, the United Kingdom, and the United States. This policy allows for stays of up to 30 days and aims to promote a variety of activities, ranging from tourism and business to medical treatment and sports competitions.

This initiative is expected to attract large numbers of tourists who might have otherwise chosen destinations such as Thailand and India, thereby intensifying competition in the regional tourism market. China has also introduced a 144-hour visa-free policy for citizens of 54 countries, allowing them to visit 23 major cities, including Beijing, Shanghai, Guangzhou, and Xi’an. This initiative is intended to boost short-term tourism and promote cultural exchange, potentially diverting tourists from other popular Asian destinations.

Furthermore, China has launched a new policy permitting visa-free entry for foreign tour groups arriving by cruise ships. Starting May 15, these groups can enter and stay in China for up to 15 days without a visa, according to the National Immigration Administration. This move is part of China’s broader strategy to attract more international visitors and strengthen its tourism sector, which has faced challenges in recent years. By easing entry requirements for cruise tourists, China aims to boost its appeal as a top destination and compete more effectively with neighboring countries like Thailand and India.

Thailand’s Strategic Visa Regulations

To maintain its status as a leading tourist destination, Thailand is implementing new visa regulations designed to attract a diverse range of international visitors. These measures, set to launch on July 15, 2024, include a 60-day visa-free scheme, an expanded Visa on Arrival (VOA) program, and the introduction of the Destination Thailand Visa (DTV) aimed at remote workers, digital nomads, and students.

Thailand has witnessed a significant surge in tourist arrivals, with a 35% increase as of July 7, 2024, compared to the same period in 2023. This influx has bolstered the local economy, contributing approximately 858 billion baht ($24 billion). The primary sources of these tourists have been China, Malaysia, and India, demonstrating a strong interest in Thailand despite growing competition from China’s tourism sector.

The new visa waiver program expands eligibility to citizens from 93 nations, up from 57, allowing them to enter Thailand without a visa for up to 60 days. This initiative is part of Thailand’s broader strategy to enhance its appeal as a top destination for both tourists and short-term business visitors. The expanded VOA program now includes nationals from 31 countries, an increase from 19, allowing for short-term tourist visits of up to 15 days. The introduction of the Destination Thailand Visa (DTV) is particularly noteworthy, as it targets long-term visitors, including remote workers and students, who can stay in Thailand for up to five years with multiple entries. This initiative positions Thailand as a hub for digital nomads and professionals seeking flexibility in their travel arrangements.

India’s Strategic Expansion of Visa Facilities

India, facing similar challenges from China’s expanding tourism influence, has also introduced new visa-on-arrival facilities and expanded its e-visa program. On August 5, 2024, Union Minister for Tourism and Culture, Gajendra Singh Shekhawat, announced the launch of a visa-on-arrival facility for nationals of Japan, South Korea, and the UAE. This facility allows visitors to enter India for tourism, business, conferences, and medical purposes, with a stay of up to 60 days and the possibility of double entry.

The visa-on-arrival service is available at six major international airports across India—Delhi, Mumbai, Chennai, Kolkata, Bangalore, and Hyderabad—making it easier for travelers from these countries to visit. This initiative is part of India’s broader strategy to attract more international visitors and boost its tourism sector.

In addition to the visa-on-arrival program, India has expanded its e-visa facility to 167 countries, allowing for entry through 30 designated international airports and six major seaports. This expansion significantly improves accessibility for travelers from around the world, positioning India as a more convenient and attractive destination.

India’s efforts to enhance its visa facilities reflect its commitment to competing in the increasingly competitive regional tourism market. By making travel more accessible, India aims to draw more visitors to its diverse cultural and natural attractions, from the snow-capped peaks of the Himalayas to the sun-kissed beaches of Goa.

Navigating Regional Tourism Challenges

As China continues to expand its influence through aggressive tourism policies and strategic investments, neighboring countries like Thailand and India are responding with their own measures to remain competitive. Both nations are implementing new visa regulations and enhancing their tourism offerings to attract international visitors and maintain their appeal in a rapidly evolving regional landscape.

The competition for international tourists is intensifying, and the strategies adopted by these countries will play a crucial role in shaping the future of tourism in Asia. As Thailand and India strive to navigate these challenges, their ability to adapt and innovate will determine their success in the face of China’s growing dominance in the region.

Mpox Outbreak in the DRC Declared a Public Health Emergency by WHO

The ongoing mpox outbreak in the Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC) has prompted the World Health Organization (WHO) to once again declare it a public health emergency of international concern. This declaration mirrors a similar one made in 2022 when the virus began spreading to countries where it was not previously endemic. While wealthy Western nations managed to control the outbreak rapidly, African countries, including the DRC, received little assistance, leaving them at the heart of the epidemic.

Currently, infection rates in the DRC are on the rise, the virus is evolving, and the WHO has raised alarms again. Here’s what you need to know about the situation.

WHO’s Concern and Response

WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus expressed serious concern about the outbreak, stating that everyone should be vigilant. The WHO intends to increase the distribution of diagnostics, treatments, and vaccines to the DRC. However, experts caution that it may take several months for these vaccines to reach the DRC and other affected African regions.

Understanding Mpox

Previously referred to as “monkeypox,” mpox is characterized by a rash of flat sores that develop into liquid-filled blisters, which can be itchy or painful. In addition to the rash, mpox can cause flu-like symptoms such as fever, headaches, body aches, swollen lymph nodes, chills, and overall fatigue. The majority of cases in the outbreak that began in 2022 have not been life-threatening. However, the disease can be fatal for individuals with compromised immune systems. Mpox spreads through close contact and has primarily affected men who have sex with men in the U.S. and Europe, where it has mainly spread within gay and bisexual communities.

Reasons for the Current Situation

There are several factors contributing to the current outbreak, according to Dr. Boghuma Titanji, an assistant professor in Emory University’s infectious disease department. More than 14,000 mpox cases have been reported in the DRC this year, surpassing the total number of cases for all of 2023. Tragically, over 524 people have died, including 240 children. According to the WHO and Save the Children, the infection is four times more deadly for children under the age of 15 than it is for adults.

Titanji notes that it remains unclear why the disease has become so lethal for children, but a variation or subclade of the virus, which has developed mutations making it more adept at human transmission, is suspected. This new subclade might also be responsible for the virus spreading across borders to other African countries, including Burundi, the Central African Republic, Kenya, and Rwanda. This situation led the Africa Centres for Disease Control and Prevention to declare a continent-wide public health emergency on August 13. However, Titanji points out that, so far, no cases of this new subclade have been detected outside of the African subregion.

Assessing the Risk of Mpox

For those outside Central Africa, the risk of contracting mpox has not increased. Although the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) warned in May that the outbreak in the DRC poses a “global threat,” the agency still considers the overall risk to the general American public to be “very low.” For men who have sex with other men and have multiple partners, the risk is categorized as “low to moderate.” However, the CDC notes that this group could be at risk if the latest version of mpox reaches the U.S.

Even though the U.S. has an ample stockpile of vaccines and treatments for mpox, Dr. Titanji emphasizes the interconnectedness of the world today, stating, “We live in a very, very interconnected global village.” There are now outbreaks in 13 African countries. “These outbreaks are connected to the U.S. or Europe by just a couple of hours because it’s easy to get on a flight and travel,” Titanji explains. “If we don’t address problems when they’re still small and affecting a relatively confined geographic location, then we could potentially have to deal with it within our own shores.”

Implications of WHO’s Declaration for Africa

The practical implications of the WHO’s declaration remain uncertain, according to Titanji. “The global outbreak has been going on since 2022,” she points out, “and we still haven’t really seen containment of the outbreak in the African region.” She questions what will be different this time.

The WHO’s declaration is intended to act as a signal, emphasizing the gravity of the emergency in the hope that it will rally resources to the affected areas, thereby preventing the outbreak from spreading further. Ideally, this would mean that the international community would come together to provide funding, diagnostics, treatments, and vaccines to the DRC and other severely impacted African regions. However, Titanji recalls that in 2022, the declaration “did not necessarily translate to the tools needed to fight the outbreak in Africa.” She highlights that about 10% of mpox cases in the DRC remain unconfirmed due to a lack of diagnostic tools. Additionally, the vaccines and antiviral medications that were instrumental in controlling the outbreak in the U.S. are still in short supply in Africa.

During the press conference announcing the public health emergency declaration, the WHO estimated that an initial investment of $15 million would be required to fund surveillance, response, and preparedness measures. While the WHO has released $1.5 million toward this effort, they have called on donors to contribute additional funds to meet the necessary requirements.

Understanding the Subtle Signs of Attraction: A Guide to Decoding Her Interest

Navigating the world of dating and relationships can often feel like venturing into an unknown territory without a clear path. You’re drawn to her, and you believe she might feel the same, but how can you be sure? This uncertainty may have kept you awake on more than one occasion. The signals aren’t always clear or obvious, often leaving you questioning if you’re overanalyzing her behavior.

Rather than expecting grand gestures or straightforward conversations, it’s often the smallest signs that reveal the most about her true feelings. Below is a guide to help you recognize those subtle cues that often indicate a woman is highly attracted to you, even if they are not as evident as one might hope.

  1. Increased Eye Contact

Attraction is frequently communicated through our eyes, an instinctual behavior that’s difficult to conceal. When a woman is significantly attracted to you, you may catch her making more eye contact than what is considered typical. This is not in a way that feels invasive but rather one that shows genuine interest. It’s as if she’s trying to capture every detail about you, observing your expressions and mannerisms closely. You might even notice her pupils dilating when she looks at you, a physiological response commonly linked to attraction.

It’s important to note that this doesn’t necessarily mean she’ll maintain constant eye contact. Some people are naturally shy or uncomfortable with prolonged eye contact. However, if you notice that her eyes often find their way back to you, it’s a good sign she’s attracted. The way she looks at you matters as well—if her gaze lingers, if she smiles with her eyes, or seems genuinely engaged when you’re talking, these are all subtle indicators of her attraction.

Of course, this is just one sign and should not be taken as definitive proof of her feelings. But it certainly suggests a promising beginning.

  1. Laughter at Your Jokes

Laughter is a universal sign of enjoyment and comfort. When a woman finds you funny, it indicates that she feels at ease around you and appreciates your company. A personal experience of this is when I was out with friends, and a woman in the group laughed at even my most lackluster jokes. I’m aware that I’m not a stand-up comedian, but she found everything I said amusing. It wasn’t just polite laughter; it was genuine, hearty laughter that caused her eyes to crinkle at the corners. At first, I assumed she was simply a cheerful person, but when I noticed she didn’t laugh as much or as heartily with others, I realized she might be attracted to me.

Laughter is a potent sign of attraction because it shows that she appreciates your sense of humor and enjoys being around you. So if you observe her laughing more with you than others, consider it a positive indication of her feelings.

  1. Initiating Physical Contact

Ralph Waldo Emerson once said, “We touch things to know if they are real,” and this applies to attraction as well. When a woman is attracted to you, she may find subtle ways to initiate physical contact. This could be a light touch on your arm while laughing at your joke, brushing off lint from your shirt, or even a playful punch when you say something teasing.

These touches, though brief, are not accidental. They represent her way of establishing a connection with you and gauging your reaction. These touches often carry a certain energy that’s difficult to define but easy to feel.

Naturally, some individuals are more touchy-feely than others by nature. However, if she doesn’t touch others the way she touches you, it’s a strong indication of her attraction. Remember, consent is essential. If her touches make you uncomfortable, it’s important to communicate that clearly and respectfully.

  1. Mirroring Your Actions

Mirroring is a psychological phenomenon where people subconsciously mimic the gestures, speech patterns, or attitudes of those they interact with. If you notice her copying your body language, it’s a sign that she’s attuned to you and trying to establish rapport. For instance, if you lean in while talking, she might do the same. If you touch your face during the conversation, she might mirror that action.

This behavior is typically subconscious and happens when we’re trying to connect with someone. So the next time you’re with her, pay close attention to her body language. If she’s mirroring your actions, it’s a promising sign that she’s attracted to you.

  1. Initiating Conversations

Imagine you’re at a social gathering and notice that she’s often the one starting conversations with you. Or perhaps she’s sending more texts than you are. This behavior clearly indicates that she’s interested in getting to know you better.

When a woman is highly attracted to you, she will want to keep communication open and will not wait for you to initiate every conversation. She may ask about your day, your interests, and your thoughts on various topics, all of which are signs that she genuinely wants to understand you better.

It’s about more than just small talk. Her desire to create deeper connections and understandings signifies her attraction. If she’s making an effort to engage in conversation regularly, it’s a strong indication that she’s drawn to you.

  1. Compliments

Receiving compliments from someone we’re attracted to is always a wonderful feeling. When a woman is highly attracted to you, she will often express her feelings through compliments. These could range from comments on your appearance to your intellect, sense of humor, or even your taste in music. Essentially, she appreciates you and isn’t afraid to show it.

While friends also compliment each other, there’s usually a different tone when it comes from someone who’s attracted to you—it feels more personal, more intimate. So pay attention to her words. If her compliments feel genuine and personal, it’s likely she’s attracted to you.

  1. Genuine Interest in Your Life

When a woman is attracted to you, she becomes genuinely interested in your world. She wants to know the details of your day, your likes and dislikes, and your dreams and fears. She will ask about your family, hobbies, work, and even the most mundane aspects of your life. And when you speak, she listens—really listens.

Attraction goes beyond just physical appearance; it’s about connection, compatibility, and mutual interest. If she’s showing genuine interest in your life, it means she wants to understand you deeply, not just on a surface level.

  1. Making Time for You

Perhaps the most telling sign of all is when a woman makes time for you. No matter how busy her schedule is, if she’s attracted to you, she’ll find a way to fit you in. This is because, despite our busy lives filled with commitments and responsibilities, when we’re truly attracted to someone, we prioritize them.

If she’s always there, willing to make time for you, it’s a very good sign that she values the connection you share.

Final Thoughts

Decoding attraction is an intriguing journey. While these signs offer guidance, it’s essential to remember that each woman is unique and may express her interest differently. Mutual respect and understanding are key in any interaction. Authentic attraction is about more than just surface-level signs; it’s about shared values and genuine connection.

Don’t rush to conclusions based on a few signs. Take your time to understand her, respect her individuality, and allow the relationship to develop naturally. As Maya Angelou wisely said, “People will forget what you said, people will forget what you did, but people will never forget how you made them feel.” If she’s truly attracted to you, she’ll make you feel valued and respected. Ultimately, that’s what really matters.

News Outlets Decline to Reveal Details of Leaked Trump Campaign Material Amid Speculation of a Hack

At least three major news outlets, including Politico, The New York Times, and The Washington Post, have been leaked confidential materials from inside Donald Trump’s campaign, including a report that vetted JD Vance as a potential vice presidential candidate. Despite receiving this sensitive information, each outlet has chosen not to disclose the specific details of what they obtained.

These media organizations have instead focused on reporting about the potential breach of the Trump campaign and have described the materials they received only in broad terms. This approach contrasts sharply with the 2016 presidential campaign, when a Russian hack led to the exposure of emails related to Hillary Clinton’s campaign manager, John Podesta. The website Wikileaks published these emails, leading mainstream news outlets to cover the content extensively.

Politico reported over the weekend that it began receiving emails on July 22 from an individual identified only as “Robert.” These emails included a 271-page campaign document about JD Vance and a partial vetting report on Senator Marco Rubio, who was also considered as a possible vice president. Both Politico and The Washington Post stated that two sources independently confirmed the authenticity of these documents.

The New York Times described the Vance report, noting that “like many such vetting documents, they contained past statements with the potential to be embarrassing or damaging, such as Mr. Vance’s remarks casting aspersions on Mr. Trump.”

The source of the leaked materials remains unknown. Politico reported that it did not know the identity of “Robert,” and when they communicated with the supposed leaker, he advised them not to inquire about the origins of the documents.

The Trump campaign claimed that it had been hacked and suggested that Iranian agents were behind the breach. However, the campaign has not provided any evidence to support this assertion. This accusation surfaced a day after a Microsoft report outlined an attempt by an Iranian military intelligence unit to compromise the email account of a former senior advisor to a presidential campaign, though the report did not specify which campaign was targeted.

Steven Cheung, a spokesperson for Trump’s campaign, stated over the weekend, “any media or news outlet reprinting documents or internal communications are doing the bidding of America’s enemies.”

On Monday, the FBI released a brief statement confirming that they are investigating the matter.

The New York Times declined to discuss the reasons behind its decision not to publish the details of the internal communications. Meanwhile, a spokesperson for The Washington Post commented, “As with any information we receive, we take into account the authenticity of the materials, any motives of the source, and assess the public interest in making decisions about what, if anything, to publish.”

Brad Dayspring, a spokesperson for Politico, explained that the editors there determined “the questions surrounding the origins of the documents and how they came to our attention were more newsworthy than the material that was in those documents.”

In fact, it didn’t take long after Vance was announced as Trump’s running mate for various news outlets to uncover unflattering statements that the Ohio senator had made about Trump.

Reflecting on the 2016 campaign, it’s easy to recall how candidate Trump and his team eagerly encouraged media coverage of documents related to the Clinton campaign that Wikileaks had obtained from hackers. The coverage was widespread: for instance, a BBC story highlighted “18 revelations from Wikileaks’ hacked Clinton emails,” and Vox even detailed Podesta’s advice on making superb risotto.

At that time, Brian Fallon, a spokesperson for the Clinton campaign, remarked on how quickly the initial concern about Russian hacking gave way to a fascination with the content of the emails. “Just like Russia wanted,” he noted.

Unlike the current situation, the Wikileaks material in 2016 was made publicly available, creating significant pressure on news organizations to publish. This led to some regrettable decisions, as in certain cases, outlets misrepresented some of the material to be more damaging to Clinton than it actually was, according to Kathleen Hall Jamieson, a communications professor at the University of Pennsylvania who authored “Cyberwar,” a book about the 2016 hacking.

Jamieson believes that news organizations have made the right decision this year not to publish details from the Trump campaign materials because they cannot be certain of the source. “How do you know that you’re not being manipulated by the Trump campaign?” she questioned, adding that she takes a cautious approach to publishing decisions “because we’re in the misinformation age.”

Thomas Rid, director of the Alperovitch Institute for Cybersecurity Studies at Johns Hopkins, also agrees that the news outlets made the correct choice, but for different reasons. He believes that an effort by a foreign agent to influence the 2024 presidential campaign is more newsworthy than the leaked material itself.

However, some journalists believe that the media could have done more. Jesse Eisinger, a senior reporter and editor at ProPublica, suggested that the outlets could have provided more insight than they did. While he acknowledged that many of Vance’s past statements about Trump are easily accessible, he argued that the vetting document could have revealed which statements were of most concern to the campaign or disclosed information that journalists were previously unaware of.

Once the accuracy of the material is confirmed, Eisinger believes that newsworthiness should take precedence over the source. “I don’t think they handled it properly,” he said, adding, “I think they overlearned the lesson of 2016.”

White House Reaffirms Commitment to Strengthening US-India Partnership Amid Key Diplomatic Moves

During a news conference on August 12, White House Press Secretary Karine Jean-Pierre highlighted President Joe Biden’s continued dedication to enhancing the relationship between the United States and India. Addressing the administration’s priorities for the next six months, Jean-Pierre stressed the importance of this partnership.

Jean-Pierre remarked, “We look forward to continuing to expand our critical and critically important partnership and how it’s going to benefit the American people.” She emphasized that the administration remains focused on fostering a more prosperous and secure Indo-Pacific region and global environment, stating, “That is going to continue to be our focus as we move forward.”

Jean-Pierre further underscored the president’s view of the US-India relationship as “one of the most consequential in the world.” She noted, “We work closely with India on our most vital priorities, including through the Quad and the US-India initiative on Critical and Emerging Technology.”

Earlier in the day, Vinay Mohan Kwatra, India’s Ambassador-designate to the US, arrived in Washington, D.C. Kwatra, who previously served as Minister of Commerce at the Indian Embassy, is expected to present his credentials to President Biden soon. His arrival comes during a period marked by an intense presidential election campaign, significant developments in Bangladesh, and ongoing US involvement in two international conflicts.

Looking ahead, high-level diplomatic engagements between India and the US are anticipated, including visits by cabinet-level officials from both countries. The US-India relationship has seen notable growth, particularly following Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s state visit to Washington last June and President Biden’s participation in the G20 summit in India last September.

Fresh Controversy Hits India’s Stock Market: Hindenburg Accuses Regulator Chief of Conflict of Interest

India’s stock market has been abuzz recently, with hashtags about it trending on social media. The surge in attention is not just due to investor activity but rather due to issues surrounding its regulator, the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Sebi). Here’s a detailed look at the situation.

The controversy began when Hindenburg Research, a US-based activist-investor firm, hinted at a major development over the weekend via X (formerly Twitter). Shortly after, it published a report alleging that Madhabi Puri Buch, the chairperson of Sebi, had connections with offshore funds associated with the Adani Group. Both Ms. Buch and the Adani Group have denied any wrongdoing.

Hindenburg had previously accused the Adani Group, founded by Indian billionaire Gautam Adani, of extensive stock manipulation and accounting fraud. The group, which encompasses ten publicly traded companies across diverse sectors like commodities, airports, utilities, ports, and renewable energy, had firmly rejected these allegations. Despite this, the scandal significantly impacted its market value, although it has since largely recovered. Sebi is continuing its probe into these claims.

According to Hindenburg, Ms. Buch’s connections with the offshore funds have influenced Sebi’s investigation. Ms. Buch, however, has refuted any conflict of interest, stating that the investment in question was made before she joined Sebi. Furthermore, there is no concrete evidence linking her investment with Adani Group stocks or Sebi’s investigation.

The latest allegations resulted in a $2.43 billion drop in Adani Group’s market value by the end of trading on Monday, although it managed to recover from earlier losses.

Hindenburg’s report referenced previous articles by the Financial Times and the Organized Crime and Corruption Reporting Project that connected obscure offshore funds in Bermuda and Mauritius to Adani’s business associates. The firm claimed that Ms. Buch and her husband, Dhaval Buch, invested in these sub-funds in 2015. It alleged that before Ms. Buch joined Sebi as a whole-time member in 2017, her husband requested to be the sole person authorized to operate these accounts. The report also noted that Ms. Buch used her personal email to seek redemption of her husband’s entire investment in the fund.

Hindenburg suggested that Sebi’s reluctance to take decisive action against the Adani Group’s offshore shareholders might be due to Ms. Buch’s involvement with the same funds used by Vinod Adani, Gautam Adani’s brother. The report also criticized Ms. Buch’s husband for becoming an adviser to US investment manager Blackstone in 2019, alleging that Sebi’s regulatory changes under Ms. Buch’s tenure directly benefited firms like Blackstone.

In response, Ms. Buch and her husband have stated that their investments were made in 2015 when they were private citizens in Singapore, almost two years before Ms. Buch joined Sebi. They attributed their investment to Mr. Buch’s longstanding friendship with Anil Ahuja, the fund’s then-chief investment officer. They also clarified that the fund did not invest in any Adani group securities. The couple criticized Hindenburg’s report as an attack on Sebi’s credibility and a character assassination of its chairperson. They asserted that Blackstone was listed on Ms. Buch’s recusal list maintained with Sebi.

Sebi has responded by asserting that it has thoroughly investigated Hindenburg’s allegations against the Adani Group. The regulator also stated that Ms. Buch had made all necessary disclosures regarding her securities holdings and recused herself from matters involving potential conflicts of interest.

The Adani Group, in a statement, labeled the allegations as recycled and discredited claims. It emphasized that its overseas holding structure is transparent and all relevant details are regularly disclosed. The group clarified that Anil Ahuja had been a nominee director of its 3i investment fund and a director of Adani Enterprises but had no commercial relationship with the individuals or issues mentioned in the allegations.

Hindenburg’s previous report had led to a significant decline in the Adani Group’s market value, though it has largely rebounded. In January, India’s top court had dismissed requests for an additional investigation into these allegations and gave Sebi three months to complete its probe. Despite the deadline passing, Sebi reported that it had completed 23 inquiries and was nearing completion of the final one.

In June, Sebi issued a “show-cause notice” to Hindenburg Research for allegedly violating US securities laws by collaborating with an investor who shorted the Adani Group before the report’s release. Hindenburg dismissed these allegations.

The controversy has sparked a political debate. Rahul Gandhi, the leader of India’s opposition, claimed that the allegations have severely undermined Sebi’s integrity, which is tasked with protecting small investors. The Congress party has called for a parliamentary inquiry into the accusations and urged the government to eliminate any conflicts of interest in Sebi’s investigation of the Adani Group.

Adani is seen as close to Prime Minister Narendra Modi, and opposition politicians have long alleged that he has benefited from political ties, which he denies. The BJP has accused Congress of creating economic chaos and harboring anti-India sentiments.

A top finance ministry official stated that the government had no additional comments as Sebi and Ms. Buch had already addressed the issue.

Moving forward, Hindenburg has reiterated its accusations, suggesting that Ms. Buch’s responses raise new critical questions. Sebi, Ms. Buch, and the Adani Group have yet to react to these latest comments. The opposition is expected to continue raising the issue, indicating that the controversy is far from over.

Vyjayanthimala: A Trailblazer in Indian Cinema and Politics

Vyjayanthimala, whose name evokes images of a precious pearl necklace adorning Lord Vishnu, remains a mesmerizing figure even at 91, captivating audiences with her timeless dancing skills. Her legacy in Indian cinema is profound, though her personal life often drew mixed reactions. Despite achieving unparalleled fame for her acting and dancing, her relationships sparked controversy. She was labeled a “home-breaker” for her romance with a married man and was linked with the legendary actor Dilip Kumar. Rumors suggested that Kumar was so enchanted by her that he personally selected the sarees she wore in every scene of the classic film *Gunga Jumna* (1961). Another prominent rumor connected her with Raj Kapoor, which Vyjayanthimala dismissed as mere publicity, leading to a public spat with Kapoor’s son, Rishi Kapoor.

Vyjayanthimala’s journey into the film industry began at the age of 16, shortly after her arangetram, the debut performance of a Bharatnatyam dancer. She quickly defied societal norms, not only with her acting but also by transitioning into politics, challenging conventional expectations at every turn.

Her cinematic debut came with the Tamil film *Vaazhkai* in 1949, followed by a successful career in Tamil, Telugu, and Hindi cinema. Her role as Chandramukhi in Bimal Roy’s *Devdas* (1955) was a turning point, although she was far from the first choice for the role. The part was initially offered to actresses Nargis, Suraiya, and Bina Rai, all of whom turned it down. Vyjayanthimala was cast with little confidence from the filmmakers, and the scriptwriter Nabendu Ghosh expressed doubts, believing she was too young for the role. However, her stellar performance proved the skeptics wrong, earning her the Filmfare Award for Best Supporting Actress. Demonstrating her maturity, she declined the award, insisting she was as much a leading lady as Suchitra Sen, who played Paro.

Vyjayanthimala also broke cultural barriers by becoming the first South Indian actress to wear a swimsuit on screen, a daring move considering her orthodox Tamil Brahmin Iyengar background. This was during a time when actresses were expected to embody traditional values, and such bold choices were often met with disapproval. She made this bold statement in Raj Kapoor’s *Sangam*, cementing her status as arguably India’s first female superstar, dominating three film industries and becoming one of the earliest pan-India stars.

At the height of her career, Vyjayanthimala made the surprising decision to retire from acting after marrying Dr. Chamanlal Bali, the love of her life. In her memoir *Bonding*, she recalls how she fell ill while shooting in Kashmir, prompting Chamanlal to travel from Bombay to treat her. Though he was already married with three children, their love flourished, leading Chamanlal to divorce his first wife and marry Vyjayanthimala. The couple later had a son, Suchindra Bali.

Beyond her success in cinema, Vyjayanthimala also made significant strides in politics. She joined the Indian National Congress (INC) in 1984 and won the Tamil Nadu General Election that year with a substantial margin, overcoming skepticism. Reflecting on her entry into politics, she wrote in her memoir *Bonding*, “Being a member of Parliament also meant facing people’s preconceived notions about her. ‘How would she fare?’ they asked derisively. A pretty fairy from the arena of fine arts, what was she doing in the hard-as-nails battleground of politics? Would she make it? She won like she had always done, by silently proving the detractors wrong.”

Her political career continued to flourish as she secured another victory in 1989 and was later nominated to the Rajya Sabha for a six-year term in 1993. However, by 1999, she became disillusioned with the direction of the INC and resigned. In her resignation letter to Sonia Gandhi, she expressed her concerns, stating, “Painfully watching the party drifting from its avowed principles after the death of Rajiv Gandhi, the party has lost touch with its grassroots and one can see day in and day out that sincere party workers are being steadily ignored.” Subsequently, she joined the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) in 1999.

In recognition of her contributions to Indian cinema and society, Vyjayanthimala was awarded the Padma Shri by the Government of India in 1968. More recently, she was honored with the Padma Vibhushan, India’s second-highest civilian award. Despite her age, she remains deeply connected to dance, continuing to practice and perform. Her 90th birthday celebrations were marked by a graceful dance performance that took the internet by storm, proving that her passion and talent remain undiminished.

Vyjayanthimala’s life is a testament to her indomitable spirit, her ability to break boundaries, and her unwavering dedication to her craft and beliefs. From her groundbreaking roles in Indian cinema to her successful political career, she has left an indelible mark on both fields, continuing to inspire generations with her achievements and grace.

Telangana Secures $3.8 Billion in Investments During U.S. Visit

Chief Minister Revanth Reddy of Telangana wrapped up his inaugural official visit to the United States with a successful outcome, securing approximately $3.8 billion (INR 31,500 crore) in investments for the state.

The tour, characterized by its high profile, involved over 50 business meetings, three roundtable conferences, and numerous field visits. These activities culminated in 19 investment agreements and memorandums of understanding, promising to create 30,750 new jobs in Telangana.

The delegation, which included IT and Industries Minister D. Sridhar Babu along with key officials, showcased Telangana as the “Future State” and its capital city Hyderabad as “Hyderabad 4.0” to American business leaders. Their interactions with CEOs, founders, and various business groups across major cities like New York, Washington D.C., Dallas, and California were aimed at positioning Telangana as a viable alternative to China for U.S. investments.

The visit resulted in significant deals across diverse sectors, including IT, AI, Pharma, Life Sciences, Electric Vehicles, Data Centres, and Manufacturing. Notable announcements featured the establishment of a new Global Capability Center (GCC) by Charles Schwab, substantial expansions by global IT giants Cognizant and Arcesium, and a new research and development tech facility by the biotech leader Amgen.

Chief Minister Revanth Reddy reflected on the visit, stating, “The trip opened up myriad areas for accelerated partnerships, setting new horizons and showcasing our wealth of potential for newer opportunities. From our plans in AI to building the Future City, corporations, startups, and business leaders have agreed to take our breathtaking vision forward.”

Minister D. Sridhar Babu expressed his satisfaction with the results, noting, “We have exceeded our goals, which were audacious to begin with. I am delighted we could generate so much excitement in the American business world, which will lead to a multifold impact on investments and new jobs. The pipeline ahead is exciting, and we will rigorously follow up to ensure many more closures in the coming months.”

New Molecule Shows Potential to Restore Cognitive Function and Memory in Alzheimer’s Mouse Trials

In groundbreaking research, scientists have identified a molecule that may reverse cognitive decline and restore lost memories in Alzheimer’s disease, at least in mouse models. The study, published in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, was conducted by researchers at the University of California at Los Angeles (UCLA) and represents a novel approach to tackling the debilitating effects of Alzheimer’s.

Unlike existing Alzheimer’s treatments, the new molecule, synthesized at UCLA’s Drug Discovery Lab and named DDL-920, operates through a different mechanism. Traditional Alzheimer’s treatments focus on the accumulation of amyloid plaques in the brain, which is widely believed to be a key driver in the disease’s progression. Over the years, scientists have developed various strategies to eliminate these plaques, but with limited success. Recent studies have revealed that even though monoclonal antibodies can remove these plaques, they fail to restore cognitive abilities or reverse memory loss.

UCLA neurologist and lead researcher Istvan Mody pointed out this limitation. “They leave behind a brain that is maybe plaqueless,” Mody explained, “but all the pathological alterations in the circuits and the mechanisms in the neurons are not corrected.” This statement underscores the need for treatments that go beyond plaque removal and address the underlying neuronal dysfunctions associated with Alzheimer’s.

In addition to plaque buildup, another hallmark of Alzheimer’s, particularly in its early to mid-stages, is the disruption of gamma oscillations in the brain. These oscillations are crucial for functions like memory recall, such as remembering a phone number. The decline in these gamma oscillations is one of the processes that DDL-920 aims to target.

The UCLA research team conducted trials using both “wild-type” mice and mice genetically engineered to develop Alzheimer’s-like symptoms, a method that, while effective for research, has raised ethical concerns among some experts. The researchers hypothesized that DDL-920 could counteract the mechanisms that slow down these vital gamma oscillations.

Following two weeks of oral administration of the drug containing DDL-920, the mice with Alzheimer’s were able to perform on par with the wild-type mice in maze tests designed to measure memory and cognitive function. Remarkably, the treated mice also did not exhibit any abnormal behaviors after receiving the drug, suggesting that DDL-920 may not have adverse effects on behavior, which is an encouraging sign for the molecule’s potential as a treatment.

Despite these promising results, Mody emphasized that there is still a significant amount of research needed to determine whether DDL-920 is safe and effective for use in humans. The transition from mouse models to human clinical trials is a complex and often lengthy process, with many promising treatments failing to make it through. However, if successful, DDL-920 could also have implications for other neurological disorders characterized by disrupted gamma oscillations, including autism spectrum disorder, depression, and schizophrenia.

“We are very enthusiastic about that,” Mody said, reflecting on the broader potential of this research, “because of the novelty and the mechanism of action that has not been tackled in the past.” His optimism highlights the significance of this discovery, which could open new avenues for understanding and treating Alzheimer’s and possibly other neurological conditions.

This study marks an important step forward in the quest to find effective treatments for Alzheimer’s, a disease that affects millions of people worldwide and currently has no cure. While the journey from laboratory research to a marketable treatment is fraught with challenges, the discovery of DDL-920 offers a glimmer of hope for those affected by this devastating condition.

Google Funds Classroom Mental Health Initiatives to Address Student Wellbeing Crisis

The ongoing mental health crisis among children in the United States has become increasingly evident within schools, where students spend much of their time. In response, Google’s philanthropic branch is taking direct action by funding mental health projects in high schools through a classroom crowdfunding platform.

On Monday, Google.org announced a major initiative, flash funding all mental health-related projects listed on DonorsChoose, an online charity where public school teachers can request supplies. With an infusion of $10 million and the involvement of actress Selena Gomez, Google aims to make mindfulness a central focus as the new school year begins.

The COVID-19 pandemic has exacerbated issues like childhood depression, anxiety, and behavioral problems, prompting school districts to seek help from teachers in addressing these challenges. However, experts have noted that while awareness of mental health issues has grown, it has not been matched by a significant increase in philanthropic funding for mental health initiatives.

Google.org had previously pledged support for nonprofits working on children’s mental health and online safety. Monday’s announcement boosts this commitment to $25 million, including the provision of $500 vouchers for eligible DonorsChoose campaigns in the near future.

This move by Google comes amid growing criticism and legal action against Google-owned YouTube and other social media platforms, which have been accused of contributing to the mental health crisis among children by incorporating addictive features into their designs.

Justin Steele, Director for Google.org in America, emphasized that this initiative is part of Google’s effort to lead a crucial conversation and contribute positively to addressing the mental health crisis. He pointed out that searches for “teen mental health” have doubled over the past four years, highlighting the rising concern.

“Obviously, we want people to be able to take advantage of all the amazing things technology has to offer,” Steele stated. “But we also want them to be able to do it in a healthy and safe way.”

Google.org’s contributions include $6 million to DonorsChoose. Additionally, the company announced donations totaling $1.5 million to the Jed Foundation, the Steve Fund, and the Child Mind Institute—organizations that focus on the emotional wellbeing of young adults, people of color, and children, respectively. These groups will develop 30-minute training sessions to help educators manage new mental health challenges, with teachers earning $200 DonorsChoose credits upon completing the course.

Selena Gomez’s Rare Impact Fund, which seeks to increase funding in this underfunded area, will receive $1.25 million. Gomez, who has been open about her own bipolar diagnosis, stressed the importance of having supportive adults in teenagers’ lives.

In a blog post on Monday, Gomez wrote, “As young people find their way through the world, it’s crucial that they get guidance in building healthy, positive and productive mental health habits. Few people are in a better position to help do this than teachers.”

The urgency to address behavioral issues in schools was underscored by a recent report from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, which revealed that students are experiencing higher rates of bullying and school absences due to safety concerns compared to previous years.

Yes, there has been an uptick in funding for mental health initiatives, noted Mindful Philanthropy Executive Director Alyson Niemann, but she added that the financial support still falls short of meeting the elevated awareness and needs. One significant challenge, according to Niemann, is that donors are often uncertain about which solutions are effective. Nevertheless, school-based mental health support is one of the most promising strategies, as it is often the first place where students seek help and find trusted adults like teachers or coaches.

DonorsChoose CEO Alix Guerrier clarified that while teachers are not a replacement for mental health professionals, there has been a fourfold increase in the number of mental health-related requests from teachers on their platform over the last four years. These requests often include items like saucer chairs for a “calm corner” or meditative stuffed animals that aid in deep breathing exercises.

“There is no limit to teachers’ creativities,” Guerrier remarked.

Aileen Gendrano Adao, a high school English teacher in Los Angeles, has long prioritized mental health in her classroom. She begins her classes by asking students to ground themselves with three deep breaths and has decorated her classroom walls with posters that affirm students’ self-worth.

Adao appreciates the flexibility that DonorsChoose offers, allowing her to creatively engage with her students, especially when district funding falls short of meeting immediate needs. During the pandemic, when Asian Americans were facing racially motivated attacks, she used DonorsChoose to acquire graphic novels about Asian American identity for her students.

She hopes that this additional funding will inspire more educators to prioritize mental health in their classrooms.

“Schools are transforming in a way that’s needed and necessary to heal from post-pandemic chaos,” she said. “There’s an investment. People are seeing us and wanting us to be better and whole again.”

This comprehensive effort by Google.org and its partners reflects a broader recognition of the critical need to support the mental health of students. By providing resources and training for educators, they aim to create a more supportive and mindful educational environment for children facing unprecedented mental health challenges.

Smartphones are Damaging Our Brains and Limiting Our Joy, Warns Neuroscientist

In a recent episode of the podcast “The Diary of a CEO,” neuroscientist Dr. Wendy Suzuki issued a stark warning about the detrimental effects of smartphone addiction. Speaking with host Steven Bartlett, she emphasized that excessive screen time and reliance on digital devices can stunt brain development and inhibit the potential for genuine happiness. “Screen addiction limits your potential for brain growth, for brain plasticity. It is going to limit your possibility for joy in your life,” Dr. Suzuki stated.

The conversation highlighted how the overuse of smartphones is metaphorically “frying” our brains. This phrase refers to the negative impact of constant phone usage, suggesting that the brain is being overstimulated and potentially harmed by the frequent dopamine hits and stress responses triggered by smartphone use. Dr. Suzuki pointed out that this over-reliance on digital devices is rewiring our neural pathways, diminishing our capacity for brain growth, and ultimately affecting our overall well-being.

The neuroscientist expressed particular concern over the correlation between increased screen time and rising levels of anxiety and depression. She explained that prolonged exposure to social media, in particular, is contributing to these mental health issues while also reducing meaningful human connections, which are essential for brain health.

Smartphones and social media are designed to be addictive, according to Dr. Suzuki. She likened the experience to gambling, where the constant flow of notifications, likes, and new content acts like a slot machine that users can’t resist. “Social media is … like pulling the slot machine handle. I pull down on the feed and I get a ping. ‘Oh look there’s a nice picture’. ‘Oh ping, there’s notifications and comments’. It’s that constant… dopamine hit,” she said. This steady stream of dopamine release in the brain’s reward centers can condition users to crave this stimulation, leading to compulsive behaviors such as constantly checking their phones or social media apps.

Dr. Suzuki also highlighted the significant impact of smartphone use on young people. She noted that the widespread availability of smartphones and the increasing amount of time spent on social media correlate with “huge increases in depression and anxiety levels, particularly in young girls.” She expressed concern about how the constant comparison and instant access to metrics like likes and reach are adding unprecedented stress to adolescents.

The neuroscientist warned that this alarming addiction to smartphones is impairing our ability to form genuine human connections. “There’s no substitute for real human connections when it comes to brain health and emotional wellbeing,” she asserted. She explained that face-to-face interactions activate key regions of the brain in ways that digital interactions cannot replicate. “A lot of the social interaction areas including the insula…part of the brain right in the side here just in the area near the ear deep into the cortex gets activated,” she explained.

Moreover, Dr. Suzuki cautioned that by constantly reaching for our smartphones instead of engaging with the people around us, we might be “atrophying” the neural pathways responsible for empathy, emotional intelligence, and deep relationships. This atrophy could lead to a diminished capacity for these essential aspects of human connection and emotional well-being.

To address these concerns, Dr. Suzuki offered several strategies for developing a healthier relationship with digital devices. She suggested that people take long breaks from their smartphones to reset habitual behaviors such as frequently checking their phones. This “digital detox” can lead to healthier ways of spending time and reduce the compulsive urge to stay connected.

In addition to digital detoxes, Dr. Suzuki recommended physical activity as an effective way to combat the negative effects of smartphone addiction. “Exercise immediately decreases anxiety and depression levels… Ten minutes of walking can significantly decrease your anxiety and depression levels,” she said. Physical activity provides a natural mood boost and helps reduce stress, offering a healthier alternative to the constant stimulation provided by digital devices.

Conscious breathing is another technique Dr. Suzuki advocated for managing the stress that comes with constant connectivity. She suggested taking “three deep breaths” as a simple yet powerful way to activate the relaxation response and slow down the heart rate, helping to counteract the stress induced by frequent smartphone use.

Mindful meditation is another practice Dr. Suzuki encouraged for strengthening one’s ability to be present in the moment instead of constantly seeking stimulation. This practice can help individuals resist the urge to constantly check their phones and instead focus on more fulfilling, real-life interactions. Having more face-to-face interactions can satisfy one of our most innate needs — that of human connection.

Rather than trying to eliminate anxiety entirely, Dr. Suzuki proposed a different approach: reframing anxiety as a warning system that reveals what we truly care about. By viewing anxiety in this way, individuals can use it as a tool for personal growth rather than something to be feared or avoided.

Despite the challenges posed by smartphone addiction, Dr. Suzuki remains optimistic about our ability to adapt and thrive. She emphasized that humans have the capacity to take control of their brain health and well-being by making conscious choices in their daily lives. “We have an opportunity every single day to make our brain as healthy as it could be,” she concluded.

In sum, Dr. Suzuki’s insights serve as a powerful reminder of the importance of mindful technology use and the need to prioritize real human connections over digital interactions. By adopting healthier habits and practices, individuals can protect their brain health, reduce stress, and enhance their overall quality of life.

Paris 2024 Olympics Conclude with Star-Studded Ceremony, Los Angeles Prepares for 2028

Paris wrapped up an unforgettable two-and-a-half weeks of Olympic sports and emotional moments with a vibrant, celebrity-filled closing ceremony at France’s national stadium on Sunday. The city ceremoniously passed the torch to Los Angeles, the next host of the Summer Games in 2028.

The event featured a dramatic display of Hollywood flair as Tom Cruise made a spectacular entrance, descending from the top of the stadium to the iconic “Mission Impossible” theme. He greeted athletes before receiving the Olympic flag from gymnastics star Simone Biles. Cruise then placed the flag on a motorcycle and exited the stadium. In a prerecorded segment, he continued his adventure, riding past the Eiffel Tower, boarding a plane, and skydiving over the Hollywood Hills. As he descended, three rings were added to the famous Hollywood sign, transforming it into the five interlaced Olympic rings.

This scene was just one of many highlights of the closing ceremony, which marked the end of Paris’ first Olympic Games in a century. The artistic show celebrated Olympic themes with dazzling fireworks, and thousands of athletes joined in the festivities, dancing and celebrating late into the night.

Amidst the excitement, athletes enthusiastically rushed the stage during a highlight reel of the Games, prompting stadium announcements in both French and English to encourage them to return to their seats. Some athletes lingered, surrounding the Grammy-winning French pop-rock band Phoenix as they performed, before security and volunteers gradually cleared the stage.

For Los Angeles, following in Paris’ footsteps could prove to be a formidable challenge. The French capital brilliantly utilized its iconic landmarks, such as the Eiffel Tower, to enhance the spectacle of the Games, making the city itself a star. These landmarks served as backdrops and, in some cases, even as venues for competitions, adding a unique and memorable dimension to the event.

However, Los Angeles is bringing its own star power to the table. Music icons such as Billie Eilish, the Red Hot Chili Peppers, and Snoop Dogg — a familiar face at the Paris Olympics — along with his longtime collaborator Dr. Dre, performed at Venice Beach as part of the handover ceremony from Paris to LA. Each of these artists hails from California, and H.E.R., another California native, performed the U.S. national anthem live at the Stade de France, which hosted Olympic track and field events as well as rugby sevens. The ceremony was attended by an audience expected to exceed 70,000.

The closing ceremony began with a roar from the stadium crowd as French swimmer Léon Marchand, dressed sharply in a suit and tie instead of his usual swimwear, was shown on giant screens collecting the Olympic flame from the Tuileries Gardens in Paris. During the Games, the Olympic cauldron, powered by electricity instead of fossil fuels, lit up the French capital each night, thrilling crowds as it ascended into the sky on a balloon.

As the sun set, casting a pink glow over the stadium, athletes from 205 countries and territories marched in, waving their national flags in a powerful display of global unity. This scene unfolded against the backdrop of global tensions, including conflicts in Ukraine and Gaza, with stadium screens bearing the message, “Together, united for peace.”

With 329 medal events completed, an estimated 9,000 athletes, many proudly wearing their medals, filled the arena, dancing and cheering to the pulsating music. In contrast to the 2021 Tokyo Games, which were delayed by the COVID-19 pandemic and held with minimal fan attendance, the athletes and the crowd in Paris celebrated with unrestrained joy, singing along to Queen’s “We Are the Champions.” French athletes crowd-surfed, while members of the U.S. team jumped and cheered in their Ralph Lauren jackets.

International Olympic Committee President Thomas Bach, who sat alongside French President Emmanuel Macron during the ceremony, delivered a speech emphasizing the Games’ power to foster cultural peace. He highlighted how the athletes “respected each other even if your countries are divided by conflict.”

The Stade de France, France’s largest stadium, has a dark history, having been one of the targets of the Islamic State attacks on November 13, 2015, which claimed 130 lives in and around Paris. The joy and celebration that filled the city during these Games, as Marchand and other French athletes won a total of 64 medals, including 16 golds, marked a significant milestone in the city’s recovery from that night of terror.

The closing ceremony also featured the awarding of the final medals, each containing a piece of the Eiffel Tower. In a fitting gesture for the first Olympics aimed at achieving gender parity, the last medals were awarded to the women’s marathon winners — gold, silver, and bronze — earlier that Sunday. This marked a significant shift from previous Games, where the men’s marathon traditionally closed the event. Paris made a concerted effort to shine a brighter light on the achievements of female athletes, an endeavor fittingly tied to the city that first saw women participate in the Olympics in 1900.

The U.S. team once again topped the medal table, with a total of 126 medals, including 40 golds. Among these, three gold medals were won by Simone Biles, who made a triumphant return to the Olympic stage after prioritizing her mental health over competition at the Tokyo Games in 2021.

In contrast to the rain-soaked but spirited opening ceremony along the Seine River, the closing ceremony took on a more subdued tone, blending space-age and Olympic themes. A golden figure descended spider-like from the sky into a darkened world of smoke and swirling stars, with Olympic symbols taking center stage, including the Greek flag, representing the birthplace of the ancient Games, and the five Olympic rings illuminated in white as tens of thousands of lights glittered in the stadium like fireflies.

Thomas Jolly, the artistic director behind both the opening and closing ceremonies, faced criticism for elements of the opening ceremony. The show was condemned by figures including former U.S. President Donald Trump and French bishops, who believed it mocked Christianity. Jolly and his creative team received death threats and faced online abuse, leading them to file police complaints. The controversy centered on a segment featuring drag queens and a DJ who is also an LGBTQ+ icon, which some critics believed parodied Leonardo Da Vinci’s painting “The Last Supper.” Jolly and his team vehemently denied any such intention, receiving support from President Macron, who expressed his dismay at the backlash, stating he was “outraged and sad” by the controversy.

IIT Madras Tops NIRF Rankings for Sixth Consecutive Year; Hindu College Becomes Top College in India

The Indian Institute of Technology Madras (IIT-M) has maintained its status as the premier educational institution in India for the sixth consecutive year, as revealed by the National Institutional Ranking Framework (NIRF) rankings released recently. Union Education Minister Dharmendra Pradhan announced the ninth edition of these rankings in the national capital, underscoring IIT-M’s consistent excellence in the overall category.

In a significant shift in the rankings, Delhi University’s Hindu College has overtaken Miranda House as the best college in the country, ending Miranda House’s seven-year streak at the top. Minister Pradhan highlighted the significance of these rankings, stating, “Rankings, ratings, and accreditation is a vital recommendation of NEP 2020,” and congratulated institutions for their “excellence in teaching, innovation, research, graduation outcomes and other parameters.”

The Indian Institute of Science (IISc), Bengaluru, and IIT Bombay secured the second and third positions in the overall category, with IIT Delhi, previously ranked third, dropping to fourth place. This year’s NIRF introduced three new categories: State Public Universities, Skill Universities, and Open Universities. Anna University in Chennai led the State Public Universities category, while the Indira Gandhi National Open University (IGNOU) topped the Open Universities ranking.

Anil Sahasrabuddhe, chairman of the National Board of Accreditation, which is responsible for preparing the rankings, announced that a Sustainability Ranking would be launched next year, reflecting an increasing focus on carbon neutrality and sustainability within educational institutions.

The NIRF 2024 edition witnessed participation from 6,517 unique institutions, a significant rise from 2,426 in 2016, when the rankings were first introduced. The total number of applications across various categories reached 10,845, indicating a 204.21% increase since the framework’s inception.

Institutions were assessed based on five key parameters: Teaching, Learning, and Resources; Research and Professional Practice; Graduation Outcomes; Outreach and Inclusivity; and Perception. Additional criteria aligned with the G20 Mission LIFE, based on Sustainable Development Goals, were also incorporated this year.

In specific category rankings, IISc Bengaluru took the top position among universities, followed by Jawaharlal Nehru University and Jamia Millia Islamia. In the engineering category, IIT Madras continued to lead, with IIT Delhi and IIT Bombay following in second and third places, respectively.

In the field of management, the Indian Institute of Management (IIM) Ahmedabad maintained its top spot among management institutions, followed by IIM Bangalore and IIM Kozhikode. The All India Institute of Medical Sciences (AIIMS) Delhi was ranked as the best medical institution, while in the dental category, Saveetha Institute of Medical and Technical Sciences in Chennai, along with Manipal College of Dental Sciences, retained the top two positions, with Maulana Azad Institute of Dental Sciences, New Delhi, ranking third.

In the category of law colleges, the National Law School of India University, Bengaluru, was ranked first. Other top state public universities, apart from Anna University, included Jadavpur University in Kolkata and Savitribai Phule Pune University in Pune.

Minister Pradhan emphasized the importance of comprehensive evaluation, stating, “Knowing the quality, performance, and strengths of an academic institution is a right of students and parents. Therefore, all the 58,000 HEIs (higher education institutions) in the country must come under the ranking and rating framework.” He also advocated for the inclusion of employability and skills as ranking parameters and encouraged institutions to “set ambitious goals and strive for higher rankings in future editions.”

University Grants Commission (UGC) Chairman Jagadesh Kumar praised the participating institutions and urged others to join the process. He remarked, “The NIRF is not merely a ranking exercise but an indicator for institutional change. It encourages institutions to compare their performance with peers, identify strengths, and address areas of improvement.” He further noted, “Let us remember that the NIRF ranking is a signpost, not a destination. It is a continuous process of self-evaluation and growth. I am confident that the collective efforts of our higher education institutions will elevate the standards of education in India.”

The consistent performance of IIT Madras in the NIRF rankings showcases its continued commitment to excellence in various fields, including research, teaching, and overall academic standards. As these rankings evolve and expand to include new categories and criteria, institutions across India are increasingly motivated to improve their standards and aim for higher positions. This spirit of healthy competition is expected to drive further advancements in the Indian education system, aligning with global standards and meeting the diverse needs of students across the country.

The NIRF rankings serve as a crucial tool for evaluating the quality and performance of higher education institutions in India. They provide valuable insights for students, parents, and educators alike, helping them make informed decisions about educational choices. With the continued support and participation of institutions across the nation, the NIRF framework is poised to play an even more significant role in shaping the future of education in India, fostering a culture of excellence, innovation, and sustainability in the years to come.

Shah Rukh Khan Honored with Pardo Alla Carriera Award at Locarno Film Festival: A Journey Through Indian Cinema

Shah Rukh Khan’s universal appeal knows no bounds, recently resonating at Lake Maggiore, where he was bestowed with the prestigious Pardo Alla Carriera award at the Locarno Film Festival. This accolade recognized Shah Rukh for his substantial contributions to Indian cinema. Following the award ceremony, he engaged in an insightful discussion with the festival’s artistic director, Giona A Nazarro, offering a glimpse into his thoughts and reflections on cinema. The conversation was rich, with Shah Rukh sharing his quick wit and profound understanding of how his mind processes the vast landscape of Indian cinema, encompassing its diverse languages and cultures.

A significant part of the dialogue revolved around the diversity inherent in Indian cinema, which is often misunderstood or oversimplified. Shah Rukh emphasized that Indian cinema cannot be confined to regional categories. He articulated, “Honestly, to regionalise Indian cinema is wrong. The country is so vast that we don’t have different dialects across the nation, but different languages altogether. Be it Tamil, Telugu, Marathi, Odia, Bengali, Hindi, Gujarati… it is all Indian cinema.” His words underscore the complexity and richness of Indian cinema, which spans multiple languages, each with its own unique storytelling traditions.

Having collaborated with many prominent figures across these languages, Shah Rukh’s observation was astute and grounded in experience. He remarked, “Some of the best storytelling comes from the South of India. Some of the greatest superstars of Indian cinema are from Tamil, Malayalam, Telugu, etc… Of course, we know of them in India, but with films like Jawan, Baahubali, and RRR, everybody is noticing it.” Shah Rukh has often incorporated South Indian technicians into his Hindi films, recognizing their cinematic and technical expertise. He credited his work with Mani Ratnam on the film “Dil Se” for igniting his desire to explore the “South” genre further. However, working with a South Indian director was not enough; Shah Rukh sought to immerse himself deeper into the vibrant and dynamic world of South Indian cinema.

This desire eventually led to his collaboration with Tamil director Atlee on the film “Jawan.” Shah Rukh explained that different regions of India have distinct approaches to storytelling, with the South known for its grand, larger-than-life narratives. He shared, “South has a larger-than-life approach. It is very robust with a lot of music going on. They love their heroes to be larger-than-life. I really enjoyed acting in such a film. It was very theatrical. It was very colourful, and lovely.” This experience was a new and enriching one for Shah Rukh, who also touched upon the linguistic barriers he faced while working with Atlee. Despite these challenges, they found ways to communicate, often relying on gestures. Shah Rukh recalled, “After a point, we just started gesticulating. Atlee is a wonderful guy, and he was kind enough to name his son after my dad. Whenever I asked him if a take was okay, he would say ‘Mass’. It meant good. It was a lot of shaking of hands, eating idly, dosa, and chilli chicken.”

Shah Rukh’s enthusiasm for South Indian cinema was evident as he highlighted the talent involved in “Jawan.” The film featured acclaimed South Indian actors like Vijay Sethupathi and Nayanthara, with editing by Ruben, making it a unique fusion of Hindi and South Indian cinema. “We had some wonderful actors from the South. We had Vijay Sethupathi. We had Nayanthara ji. We had editing by Ruben. In fact, Jawan was the first fusion of Hindi and South Indian cinema that transcended boundaries. People loved the film, and it did a lot of business. Jawan was such a great experience,” he noted. The film’s success is a testament to the growing recognition and appreciation of South Indian cinema on a global scale, driven by its distinctive style and storytelling prowess.

Looking ahead, Shah Rukh Khan revealed his upcoming project, “King,” directed by Sujoy Ghosh. Describing the film as an “age-centric actioner,” Shah Rukh shared that it required him to undergo rigorous training. This project is particularly special as it reportedly marks the first on-screen collaboration between Shah Rukh and his daughter, Suhana Khan, adding a personal touch to the anticipation surrounding the film. Shah Rukh’s continued dedication to his craft and his willingness to embrace new challenges and collaborations illustrate his enduring passion for cinema.

Shah Rukh Khan’s presence at the Locarno Film Festival and his receipt of the Pardo Alla Carriera award serve as a reminder of his significant impact on Indian cinema. His reflections on the diversity and richness of Indian cinema, coupled with his own experiences working across different regional industries, highlight the evolving landscape of Indian filmmaking. Shah Rukh’s journey, from his work with Mani Ratnam to his recent collaboration with Atlee, reflects a deepening connection with South Indian cinema and a desire to explore new narratives and cinematic expressions. As he continues to push boundaries and take on new roles, both on and off-screen, Shah Rukh Khan remains a pivotal figure in the ever-expanding world of Indian cinema.

Bangladesh’s Interim Leader Addresses Concerns of Hindu and Minority Attacks

In a bid to address the ongoing violence against Hindus and other minority groups in Bangladesh, interim leader Muhammad Yunus has scheduled a crucial meeting with Hindu students and community representatives on Monday. The interim government indicated that the dialogue would center on resolving the current crisis and ensuring the safety and security of the Hindu population.

Reports indicate that minority communities in Bangladesh have experienced at least 205 incidents of violence across 52 districts since the fall of the Sheikh Hasina-led government on August 5. “The attacks on religious minorities in some places have been noted with grave concern,” the interim government stated on Sunday. This marked the administration’s first official communication since the new cabinet members were sworn in.

In light of the escalating situation, minority groups have been vocally demanding the introduction of a minority protection law to secure their rights. A group of Hindu students has compiled an eight-point list of demands, which they plan to present to Yunus during the meeting.

Among their demands are the establishment of a fast-track tribunal for swift prosecution of cases involving attacks on Hindus, the urgent passing of a minority protection law, upgrading the Hindu Religious Welfare Trust to a foundation, modernizing the Pali Education Board, declaring a five-day holiday during the Sharadiya Durga Puja, and creating a Ministry of Minority Affairs.

Muhammad Yunus has previously condemned the violence against minority communities, labeling the attacks as “heinous.” He has also called on the youth to actively protect Hindu, Christian, and Buddhist families.

Sri Ashtalakshmi Temple in Texas Prepares to Unveil 90-Foot Hanuman Statue, the Largest in the State

The Sri Ashtalakshmi Temple, located in Sugarland, Texas, is preparing to unveil a massive 90-foot statue of Lord Hanuman, which will be the tallest statue in Texas and the third-largest in the United States. This grand statue, referred to as the ‘Statue of Union,’ is intended to serve as a symbol of unity and strength, inspired by the vision of the Indian spiritual leader Chinna Jeeyaar Swami. Chinna Jeeyaar Swami, who also inspired the creation of the Statue of Equality in Hyderabad, India, will be present to inaugurate the statue during a ceremony scheduled to take place from August 15-18 at the temple.

The temple officials describe the Statue of Union as “North America’s tallest statue of Lord Hanuman, an embodiment of strength, devotion, and selfless service.” Hanuman, revered for his loyalty and unwavering service to Lord Rama, is celebrated in Hindu tradition for his role in reuniting Sri Rama with Sita, which is the inspiration behind the statue’s name. The official statement elaborates that “The Statue of Union is about creating a spiritual epicenter where hearts find solace, minds find peace, and souls find a path to transcendence.”

Support for this monumental project has been overwhelming, with well-wishers from India and around the world showing their enthusiasm. Bollywood music director Dilip Sen, known for his work on “Hanuman Tandav” along with Anup Jalota, has expressed his support. He has also contributed Bhajans, devotional songs, sung by Anuradha Paudwal for the Ram Sita Milan, and another devotional track on Lord Ram featuring Udit Narayan.

The inauguration of this significant religious monument is being meticulously organized by a dedicated team led by prominent community leader Arun Mundra, who serves as the international coordinator for Mein BHARAT Hoon and NRI Global, along with Heemanshu Maheshwari.

India to Surpass China as World’s Largest Two-Wheeler Market

India is poised to overtake China as the largest two-wheeler (2W) market globally by the end of this year, driven by strong economic growth, a preference for two-wheelers for short commutes, and rising demand in the shared mobility sector, according to a report from Counterpoint Research released on Friday.

The electric two-wheeler (E2W) market is experiencing rapid growth, with the penetration of electric two-wheelers expected to be 1.5 times that of four-wheeler passenger electric vehicles (EVs) by 2024.

Despite an overall sales growth of less than 1% year-on-year in 2023, the E2W segment is projected to see significant expansion, with more than a quarter of all two-wheelers sold in 2024 anticipated to be electric.

Soumen Mandal, a senior analyst, noted that the two-wheeler market is approaching maturity, but the shift towards electrification is expected to accelerate, particularly after 2025. “Especially, Southeast Asian countries and India will witness mainstream adoption of E2Ws with a faster transition to EVs in these markets,” Mandal stated.

India’s emergence in the E2W market is highlighted by the presence of three Indian brands among the top ten in the segment—Ola Electric, TVS Motor, and Ather Energy. Ola and Ather are greenfield “EV-first” companies that are challenging established players like TVS, Hero, and Bajaj.

“In the premium 2W segment, we are seeing the entry of newer players such as Ultraviolet, Revolt Motors, Energica Motor, Damon, and ARC Vehicle to compete with Harley Davidson, Enfield, Yamaha, and others,” the report added.

The global share of electric two-wheelers in the overall two-wheeler market is projected to reach 44% by 2030. Cumulative sales of electric two-wheelers are expected to exceed 150 million units between 2024 and 2030, significantly driving the global scale for the emerging E2W value chain.

Research Vice President Neil Shah commented on the transformation of the two-wheeler market, which, similar to the four-wheeler market, is embracing connectivity against the backdrop of increasing electrification. “Electrification entails ubiquitous wide area network connectivity, like 4G now or 5G RedCap in the future, along with related software and services,” Shah explained. He also predicted that the overall semiconductor consumption by two-wheelers would increase to 15% by 2030.

Ellis Island: A Gateway to America’s Complex Past

Ellis Island, located under the shadow of the Statue of Liberty, served as the entry point for millions of immigrants arriving in the United States at the turn of the 20th century. From 1892 to 1954, the U.S. Immigration Station on Ellis Island processed over 12 million immigrants, shaping the diverse cultural landscape of America. Today, this 27.5-acre island holds a significant yet complex place in American history. Here are five key facts that highlight its pivotal role.

An Island of Many Names

Before European settlers arrived in North America, the island was known as Kioshk or Gull Island by the Mohegan Indigenous peoples. In 1630, the Dutch purchased the island and named it Little Oyster Island due to its abundance of oysters. By the 1700s, the island had become a site for public executions, earning the grim nickname “Gibbet Island,” which refers to gallows. Over the years, it was also called Bucking Island, Dyre Island, and Anderson’s Island. The island’s name changed to Ellis Island in 1774 when Samuel Ellis, who owned a tavern on the island, purchased it. Following Ellis’ death in 1794, his family retained ownership until 1806, when the island was sold to John A. Berry. In 1808, Berry sold it to the U.S. government, marking the beginning of its role in American history.

The Immigration Process: A Half-Day of Hope and Fear

For many European immigrants, arriving at Ellis Island marked the start of a new life. Those who disembarked from their ships in good health and with proper documentation underwent a half-day inspection process. This included medical examinations, reading tests, and a series of questions about their background, such as whether they had family in America, had ever been imprisoned, or held anarchist beliefs. These inquiries were partly influenced by the rising fears of communism and anarchy in the United States at that time. While most immigrants passed through without issue, about 20% were detained for political, legal, or health reasons, and approximately 2% were sent back to their home countries.

A Record-Breaking Year in 1907

Ellis Island saw its busiest day on April 17, 1907, when 11,747 immigrants were processed. That year was the peak of activity for the immigration station, with over 1 million newcomers arriving in the United States. However, the flow of immigrants significantly declined after 1924, following the passage of the National Origins Act, which was part of the Immigration Act of 1924. This legislation imposed strict quotas on the number of immigrants allowed into the country, marking the end of Ellis Island’s golden era as an immigration hub.

Tracing the Roots of Nearly Half of America

A significant number of immigrants who passed through Ellis Island were from Southern and Eastern Europe, fleeing hardships such as poverty, religious persecution, and ethnic discrimination. Today, it is estimated that around 40% of Americans can trace their ancestry back to Ellis Island. The Ellis Island National Museum of Immigration offers visitors the opportunity to delve into their family histories at the Family History Center, providing a tangible connection to the island’s rich heritage.

A Unique Geographical Position

Ellis Island is uniquely situated in New York Harbor, lying between the states of New York and New Jersey. Despite being federally owned as a historic site, the island is officially part of both states. In a 1998 ruling, the U.S. Supreme Court determined that both New York and New Jersey have jurisdiction over the island. The main building, which is a popular tourist attraction, is located in New York, while a 21-acre portion of the island, created through land reclamation, falls within New Jersey’s borders.

Ellis Island’s history is not only a testament to the millions who passed through its gates but also a reflection of the broader immigrant experience in America. Its legacy continues to resonate with the many descendants of those who sought a new life on its shores

Housing Market Sees Increase in Price Cuts as Sellers Adjust to High Costs and Rates

The housing market appears to be shifting towards favoring buyers, as indicated by a significant rise in price reductions for homes listed for sale. According to a new report from Realtor.com, the share of available listings that saw a price cut increased to 18.9% in July, marking a 3.4% rise compared to the same period last year. This figure represents the highest level of price reductions in two years.

Typically, July is a peak month for home sales, and price cuts during this time are unusual. However, this year presents a different scenario, as sellers are attempting to attract buyers who are hesitant due to high costs and elevated interest rates. Ralph McLaughlin, a senior economist at Realtor.com, explained, “First, rates remain higher than expected, which means there is less buyer activity. Second, the prospect of lower mortgage rates coming this fall may have induced some buyers to wait. This combo has led sellers to lower their prices in order to attract more buyers.”

The report also noted a decline in median home prices, which fell to $439,950 in July, down from $445,000 in June. This trend was observed across the majority of the 50 metro areas monitored by Realtor.com, with 47 of these cities seeing an increase in the share of price reductions compared to last year.

Some cities experienced particularly notable increases in price reductions. Tampa, Florida, saw a 9.7% rise, Charlotte, North Carolina, observed a 9.5% increase, and Phoenix recorded a 9.4% jump. McLaughlin commented on these trends, saying, “These are places where sellers have had a good run over the past few years with rising prices, but with the effects of higher rates fully settling in, sellers are having to come back down to earth with their price expectations.”

Several factors contribute to the current affordability crisis in the housing market. Years of underbuilding have led to a shortage of homes, a situation that was further aggravated by the rapid rise in mortgage rates and the high cost of construction materials. Over the past three years, elevated mortgage rates have created what some are calling a “golden handcuff” effect in the housing market. Sellers who secured record-low mortgage rates of 3% or less during the pandemic are now reluctant to sell, further constraining the supply of homes and leaving few options for potential buyers.

Economists predict that mortgage rates will remain high throughout most of 2024, with a decline only expected once the Federal Reserve begins cutting rates. However, even then, rates are not likely to return to the historically low levels seen during the pandemic.

Freddie Mac, a major mortgage buyer, reported that the average rate on a 30-year loan recently dropped to 6.47%, the lowest level in over a year. Although this is down from a peak of 7.79% in the fall, it remains significantly higher than the pandemic-era lows of around 3%.

A survey conducted by Zillow indicates that most homeowners would be nearly twice as likely to sell their home if their mortgage rate were 5% or higher. Currently, about 80% of mortgage holders have a rate below 5%, which further limits the number of homes entering the market.

This combination of factors—high mortgage rates, the reluctance of current homeowners to sell, and the affordability crisis—continues to shape the housing market, making it increasingly challenging for buyers to find suitable homes within their budget. As sellers adjust their expectations and the market responds to ongoing economic conditions, the landscape of home buying and selling may continue to evolve in the months ahead.

US Christian Leaders Call on State Department to Address India’s Religious Persecution

More than 300 Christian leaders in the United States, including notable denominational figures, are urging the U.S. State Department to classify India as a “Country of Particular Concern” (CPC) in light of escalating violations of religious freedoms, particularly targeting Christians.

A letter, sent earlier this month, was written in response to the growing violence and systematic persecution occurring under the Hindu nationalist government led by Prime Minister Narendra Modi. The letter’s signatories represent a broad spectrum of church leaders from various denominations, including 18 bishops, three archbishops, and numerous clergy members from theological schools and Christian organizations.

The leaders express deep concern over the worsening persecution of religious minorities in India since Modi’s administration came to power in 2014. This letter marks the first major effort by U.S. Christian leaders to address the issue of religious persecution in India directly.

“This surge in violence is propelled by a Hindu ethno-nationalist or Hindutva supremacist political ideology, which conflates a militant Hindu ideology with Indian citizen identities,” the letter states. It goes on to say, “As a result, both the Hindu religion and India’s Constitutional secular democracy have been severely distorted, leading to alarming levels of state-sanctioned violence against Christians, lower-caste Dalits, and other religious minorities both on the streets and within state structures.”

The letter, organized by the Federation of Indian-American Christian Organizations in North America, references a petition from January 2024 signed by more than 3,000 ecumenical Christian leaders in India. This petition condemned the Indian government’s alleged state-sanctioned human rights abuses against religious minorities.

A report from the United Christian Forum is cited in the letter, highlighting a dramatic increase in attacks on Christians, from 127 incidents in 2014 to 720 in 2023. The persecution has led to the displacement of over 65,000 people in Manipur, and more than 400 churches have been destroyed or damaged as of May 2023. Another report from Chhattisgarh noted that over 2,500 Christians were forcibly displaced between December 2022 and February 2023 due to their refusal to convert to Hinduism.

The letter also draws attention to international rankings, such as those from the U.S.-based persecution watchdog International Christian Concern, which ranks India as the third-worst persecutor of Christians globally. The letter’s signatories are calling on the State Department to take specific actions, including designating India as a CPC under the International Religious Freedom Act. Countries that receive this designation face potential negative consequences, including the possibility of crippling sanctions.

In addition to calling for India’s designation as a CPC, the Christian leaders are urging the State Department to hold Indian government officials accountable for violations of religious freedoms. They are also advocating for targeted sanctions and support for independent religious and human rights organizations, both in India and the U.S.

The letter to Secretary of State Antony Blinken emphasizes that the U.S.’s silence on these issues starkly contrasts with its geopolitical alliance with India. The leaders urge the State Department not to overlook these severe violations of religious freedom.

“The Indian government has cut off funding to hundreds of Christian schools and hospitals which have educated and cared for all people regardless of caste or religion,” the letter notes. It continues, “International support is severed by draconian application of India’s Foreign Contribution Regulation Act, impacting thousands of internationally respected organizations such as Amnesty International, Compassion International, World Vision, and Mother Teresa’s Missionaries of Charity. This leaves Indian Christians isolated, fearful, and precarious.”

International human rights organizations like Amnesty International and Human Rights Watch have criticized the Indian government for advocating violence against minorities with impunity. The letter also references the “anti-conversion” laws enforced in at least 10 Indian states that criminalize religious conversion, leading to the arrest of thousands of Christians.

In January, the U.S. Commission on International Religious Freedom (USCIRF), a bipartisan commission that advises the federal government and Congress on international religious freedom matters, criticized the State Department for its refusal to include India and Nigeria on the CPC list. “We met with the State Department on many occasions to sound the alarm about these countries, but not all of our recommendations have been followed,” said then-USCIRF Chair Abraham Cooper and Vice Chair Frederick A. Davie in a January statement.

The State Department’s annual international religious freedom report addresses concerns about religious freedom in India. During a press conference in June to launch this year’s report, Blinken discussed the “concerning increase in anti-conversion laws, hate speech, and demolitions of homes and places of worship for members of minority faith communities” in India. The report noted that at least 10 of India’s 28 states have enacted policies that restrict “religious conversions for all faiths.”

U.S. Ambassador-at-Large for International Religious Freedom Rashad Hussain also spoke at the press conference, stating, “Christian communities reported that local police aided mobs that disrupted worship services over accusations of conversion activities or stood by while mobs attacked them and then arrested the victims on conversion charges.”

Kamala Harris Surpasses Trump in Key Swing States, Boosting Democratic Hopes Ahead of Election

A significant new poll indicates Kamala Harris has overtaken Donald Trump in three pivotal swing states, marking a substantial momentum shift for the Democratic party just three months before the election.

The poll shows the vice-president leading the former president by four percentage points—50% to 46%—across Wisconsin, Pennsylvania, and Michigan. This survey, conducted by the New York Times and Siena College, sampled nearly 2,000 likely voters between August 5 and 9.

This polling period coincided with Harris’s announcement of Tim Walz, the governor of Minnesota and a former high school teacher from the Midwest, as her running mate for the November Democratic ticket.

The poll results offer the most definitive snapshot yet of voter sentiment in critical battleground states since Joe Biden exited the race, throwing his support behind Harris amid increasing concerns about his cognitive health and capacity to serve a second term. This development follows months of polling that showed Biden either neck-and-neck with or slightly trailing Trump.

Registered voters in these states perceive Harris as more intelligent, honest, and temperamentally suited to govern the country compared to Trump.

These findings, released on Saturday by the New York Times, are likely to energize the Democratic base as Harris and Walz continue their campaign across the country. This week marks their first together on the campaign trail, with multiple events planned in swing states that could determine the election outcome.

On Saturday, Harris and Walz held a rally in Las Vegas, Nevada—a state that Biden and Harris won by over two points in the 2020 election.

Although the poll offers only a brief glimpse into the current state of the race, Democrats may find optimism in the fact that 60% of surveyed independent voters—a crucial demographic in determining election outcomes—expressed satisfaction with the presidential candidates. This is a marked increase from the 45% reported in May.

The shift appears to be largely influenced by changing voter perceptions of Harris, who has garnered praise for her positive and forward-looking speeches on the campaign trail. In Pennsylvania, where Biden narrowly defeated Trump by just over 80,000 votes in the previous election, Harris’s favorability rating among registered voters has increased by 10 points since last month, according to the Times/Siena polling data.

To secure a Democratic victory, Harris must win in Wisconsin, Pennsylvania, and Michigan—key battleground states that Biden won in 2020.

The latest polls may further frustrate Trump, whose recent campaign events have been dominated by anger and apparent disbelief at the swift change in momentum. Just weeks ago, Trump announced JD Vance, Ohio senator and former venture capitalist, as his running mate during the Republican national convention, which had a celebratory atmosphere.

Vance has faced criticism from Democrats, who have labeled him as “weird” due to his controversial comments in 2021 about the United States being run by “childless cat ladies.” The new poll shows that the majority of independents, Democrats, and even some Republicans view Vance unfavorably or with little enthusiasm.

Despite this, Democrats still face challenges in effectively communicating Harris’s vision for the country. The poll reveals that 60% of registered voters believe Trump has a clear vision for the nation, compared to 53% for Harris.

Moreover, Trump continues to lead in voter confidence on handling the economy and immigration—two of the three most critical issues for voters, according to the polls.

Nevertheless, Harris holds a significant 24-point lead over Trump on the issue of abortion, which Democrats hope will mobilize voters in crucial swing states like Arizona and Wisconsin. Harris is also perceived far more favorably than Trump regarding democracy. Trump remains embroiled in legal challenges, including charges related to his alleged efforts to overturn the 2020 election results and his involvement in the January 6 Capitol insurrection.

In response to the poll, Tony Fabrizio, the Trump campaign’s chief pollster, asserted that the new surveys “dramatically understated President Trump’s support,” pointing to polling errors in the 2020 election that overestimated Biden’s margin of victory.

The Future of Social Security: Global Comparisons and Potential Reforms

Social Security, established in 1935, has become a vital safety net for Americans approaching retirement and their families. It’s a program that has integrated deeply into the lives of millions and is viewed as essential. Despite its importance, members of Congress and the Senate are hesitant to alter it, even though projections suggest its funding might be depleted by 2037.

To provide some context, approximately $1.5 trillion in Social Security benefits will be distributed monthly to around 68 million Americans and over 67 million beneficiaries in 2024, operating under a budget of $14.2 billion. The complexity of the Social Security Administration’s Program Operations Manual System, which spans over 20,000 pages, underscores its status as a sensitive topic in American politics.

As Americans grapple with economic challenges, including inflation, many are exploring strategies to protect their wealth. From considering investments in tangible assets to securing life insurance without extensive medical tests, individuals are seeking ways to secure their financial futures. Additionally, financial moves that can quickly elevate one’s net worth are becoming increasingly popular.

In the realm of Social Security reform, there is a divide between political parties. Some Republicans are proposing an increase in the full retirement age from 67 to 70, while Democrats are advocating for higher contributions from the wealthy to support the program. Given these differing perspectives, it might be helpful to examine how retirement systems in other countries operate.

United Kingdom: National Insurance System

The UK’s National Insurance system, which functions similarly to social security, was introduced in 1912 and is managed by the Department for Work and Pensions. As of 2021, it oversaw an expenditure of 220 billion pounds (approximately $280 billion USD), making it the largest government program in the UK.

Both employers and employees contribute a minimum of 8% of salaries to this system, which is notably lower than the 12.4% contribution rate in the U.S. Currently, the state pension age in the UK is 66, but it is set to rise to 67 between 2026 and 2028, with the possibility of reaching 68 in the coming years, depending on parliamentary decisions.

For those eligible to receive the full pension, the UK’s State Pension provides 221.20 pounds per week, which translates to over $1,125 USD monthly. In contrast, if someone in the U.S. were to retire at 70 in 2024, the maximum monthly benefit would be $4,873 USD, significantly higher than in the UK.

India: Employees’ Provident Fund

In India, the Employees’ Provident Fund Organisation (EPFO) manages the Employees’ Provident Fund, where both employers and employees contribute 12% of the employee’s salary. However, navigating the system can be challenging, as evidenced by the 427 questions listed on its FAQ page, which would take more than 35 hours to read through if one spent 5 minutes on each answer.

India’s Employees’ Provident Fund covers only a small segment of the organized workforce, specifically those in a direct and regular employer-employee relationship. This means that out of a labor force of 400 million, only about 35 million people are covered for old-age income protection, according to Dezan Shira and Associates.

For those eligible, benefits can be accessed as early as age 50, with full pension available at 58. In 2023, it was reported that employees receive around 38% of their last salary as a pension.

Canada: Old Age Security and Canada Pension Plan

Canada’s retirement system involves contributions of 11.9% of a salary, divided equally between employer and employee. The country supports retirees through two primary programs: Old Age Security (OAS) and the Canada Pension Plan (CPP).

OAS is a monthly payment available to those 65 and older, with the amount based on the number of years lived in Canada after turning 18. For those aged 65 to 74, the maximum monthly OAS payment is $718.33 CAD, and it increases to $790.16 CAD for those 75 and older, which is approximately $518 and $570 USD, respectively.

The CPP provides a taxable monthly benefit that replaces part of an individual’s income upon retirement and continues for life. While the standard retirement age for CPP is 65, individuals can start receiving it as early as 60 or as late as 70. In 2024, the maximum monthly amount for those starting their CPP pension at 65 is $1,364.60 CAD, though the average monthly payment as of April was $816.52 CAD, equivalent to $984 and $589 USD, respectively. This is still lower than the maximum benefit available in the U.S.

Potential Reforms in the U.S.

One potential solution for the United States, inspired by international trends, is to raise the retirement age. Denmark, for instance, plans to increase its retirement age from 66 to 68 by 2030 and to 69 by 2035. Similarly, Germany will raise its retirement age to 67 by 2031.

However, there is no straightforward solution to the looming issue of a depleting Social Security fund. Any resolution is likely to be contentious, with options including benefit cuts or reduced spending, which could lead to a decline in the quality of retirement life. Alternatively, increasing taxes on higher income brackets might also be an unpopular choice. What is clear, though, is that inaction over the next decade could jeopardize the security of those nearing retirement.

U.S. Stock Market Ends Week Flat After Volatile Rollercoaster Ride

The leading U.S. stock market index, the S&P 500, ended the first week of August nearly unchanged, masking a week of significant volatility. The S&P 500 experienced both its highest and lowest points in the last 18 months, serving as a reminder of the unpredictable nature of the stock market. Despite a 0.5% gain on Friday, the index closed the week down by a mere 0.05%, slipping from 5,346.56 to 5,344.16.

The S&P 500 has now recorded its fourth week with less than a 0.1% movement in the past two years, but this calm exterior belied the major turbulence underneath. On Monday, the S&P 500 plunged by 3% due to global concerns over a potential stock market crash, partially triggered by worse-than-expected U.S. monthly unemployment data. The market’s “fear gauge” spiked to a level not seen since March 2020, reflecting investor anxiety. However, the index quickly rebounded as secondary employment data alleviated fears of an imminent recession.

“Investors have become quite reactive following a strong and steady period for the market,” observed Mark Hackett, Nationwide’s head of investment research, in an email commentary. This sentiment echoed across the other two leading American equity indexes. The Dow Jones Industrial Average and the Nasdaq Composite both recovered most of their losses from earlier in the week. The Dow ended the week down 0.2%, while the tech-focused Nasdaq booked a 0.6% loss for the week.

The week was marked by a swift shift in market narratives. As Raymond James’ Chief Investment Officer Larry Adam wrote to clients, “Market narratives can change quickly, but they are not always right.” This week’s events highlighted the speed at which market sentiment can shift and the difficulty of predicting its direction.

The volatility was initially sparked by last Friday’s jobs report, which triggered recession fears based on the Sahm indicator, a metric that tracks changes in the unemployment rate. Compounding these concerns were signals from the Bank of Japan, traditionally known for its conservative monetary policy, indicating it might raise interest rates to stabilize the yen. This combination of factors led to a flash crash in the markets, with investors fearing long-term consequences.

Globally, stock indexes remain depressed from their all-time highs reached earlier this year, even after a brief recovery. Europe’s Stoxx index is down 5% from its May peak, the S&P 500 is down 6% from its July apex, and Japan’s Nikkei has fallen 17% from its July high. This underlines the ongoing uncertainty and the potential for further declines in the stock market.

Despite the bounceback, the threat of a recession looms large. Goldman Sachs and JPMorgan Chase have both estimated the odds of a U.S. recession at 25% or higher over the next year. This outlook suggests that further stock losses could be on the horizon. However, it is also important to note that stock market declines are a normal part of the journey toward long-term gains.

Between 1928 and 2019, the S&P 500 experienced an average annual drawdown of 16%, according to Bespoke Investment Group. In comparison, this year’s drawdown, defined as an asset’s steepest decline from its all-time high, stands at just 8.5%. This is relatively moderate and does not set off major historical alarms.

“While sell-offs are never comfortable, this year has been fairly calm from a historical perspective,” remarked Larry Adam. His assessment highlights that while the recent market volatility has been unsettling, it is not unusual in the broader context of market history.

As the market continues to navigate these turbulent waters, investors are reminded of the inherent unpredictability of the stock market. The past week’s fluctuations serve as a potent reminder that market stability can be fleeting, and the road to long-term gains is often paved with short-term volatility.

US Dominates Olympic Games with Impressive Gold Medal Haul

The U.S. men’s basketball team has once again proven its dominance on the world stage, securing its fifth consecutive Olympic gold medal at the Paris Olympics. In a highly anticipated match, the star-studded American team faced off against a resilient French squad. Despite the passionate support from the home crowd, France was unable to overcome the relentless American team, which showcased their skill and teamwork throughout the game.

This victory further cements the U.S. men’s basketball team as one of the most successful in Olympic history. The team’s consistent excellence has drawn comparisons to the legendary “Dream Team” of 1992, with this latest iteration being dubbed the “Re-Dream Team.” The Americans’ ability to maintain their winning streak in such a competitive field is a testament to their preparation and talent.

In another thrilling event, the U.S. women’s soccer team reclaimed its place at the pinnacle of international soccer by defeating Brazil 1-0 in the gold medal match. Veteran forward Mallory Swanson scored the decisive goal, leading her team to victory. Swanson’s experience and composure under pressure were instrumental in securing the win. The U.S. team also benefited from outstanding goalkeeping, which kept Brazil at bay and ensured the narrow victory.

This win marks a significant achievement for the U.S. women’s soccer team, which had faced criticism and doubts in the lead-up to the tournament. The victory is a powerful reminder of the team’s resilience and ability to perform when it matters most. “We knew we had to give everything we had out there, and we did,” Swanson said after the match.

The track and field events also brought success for the U.S., as both the men’s and women’s teams won gold in the 4×400-meter relays. The men’s team delivered a nail-biting performance, narrowly edging out their competitors in a thrilling race. In contrast, the women’s team dominated their race, leaving the other teams far behind and securing a comfortable victory.

One of the standout moments in track and field came from Kenyan runner Faith Kipyegon, who made history by winning her third consecutive Olympic gold in the 1,500-meter event. Kipyegon’s performance solidified her status as one of the greatest middle-distance runners of all time. “Winning three golds in a row is something I never imagined, but I worked hard for it,” Kipyegon said, reflecting on her historic achievement.

China also had a successful day at the Olympics, completing impressive gold medal sweeps in both table tennis and diving events. The Chinese athletes demonstrated their superiority in these sports, showcasing precision, skill, and consistency. Their dominance in these events is a reflection of the rigorous training and dedication that Chinese athletes are known for.

In addition to these traditional sports, the Olympics saw the debut of breaking, a sport that has been eagerly anticipated by fans of urban dance. The event did not disappoint, with medals being awarded to athletes who impressed both the judges and the audience with their creativity, athleticism, and style. The inclusion of breaking in the Olympics marks a significant moment for the sport, bringing it into the global spotlight and providing a platform for dancers from around the world to showcase their talents.

As the Olympics continue, athletes from around the world remain focused on their goals, striving to achieve personal bests and bring pride to their countries. The performances so far have been a testament to the spirit of competition and the enduring appeal of the Olympic Games.

U.S. Appeals Court Upholds Work Authorization for H-1B Spouses, Benefiting Indian Tech Workers

An appeals court in the United States has upheld a federal rule allowing spouses of H-1B visa holders to work in the country, a decision that has been met with relief by many in the tech community. The U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit made this ruling, dismissing a challenge by Save Jobs USA, a group representing American-born tech workers. This judgment maintains the “Employment Authorization for Certain H-4 Dependent Spouses” regulation, which was introduced during the Obama administration and has been in effect since 2015.

Key Aspects of the Ruling

The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) implemented this rule under President Obama in 2015. It permits certain spouses of H-1B visa holders, who are in the U.S. on H-4 visas, to seek employment. This ruling came after Save Jobs USA appealed a March 2023 decision that favored the rule. The appeals court justified its decision by citing precedent and affirming the DHS’s authority to implement such a regulation.

Support for this rule has been strong among leading technology companies and business groups, which argue that it is vital for retaining highly skilled foreign professionals.

Overview of H-1B and H-4 Visas

The H-1B visa is a nonimmigrant work visa that allows U.S. employers to hire foreign workers with specialized skills, typically requiring at least a bachelor’s degree. H-1B visa holders are often employed in fields such as technology, engineering, finance, and architecture. This visa is crucial for the U.S. tech industry, which depends heavily on the expertise of foreign professionals.

The H-4 visa, on the other hand, is granted to the dependents of H-1B visa holders, including their spouses and unmarried children under the age of 21. This visa allows them to live in the U.S. while the primary visa holder works. In certain cases, H-4 visa holders can apply for work authorization, enabling them to seek employment in the country.

Eligibility and Process for H-4 Visa

To be eligible for an H-4 visa, applicants must be the spouse or unmarried child under 21 of an H-1B visa holder, have a primary visa holder in valid status, demonstrate financial support from the primary visa holder, and have no criminal record. The process involves determining eligibility, collecting necessary documents, completing the application, scheduling and attending a visa interview, and receiving the visa upon approval. The government filing fee for an H-4 visa is $205.

Legal Challenge by Save Jobs USA

Save Jobs USA, representing U.S.-born tech workers, argued that the DHS lacked the authority to permit H-4 spouses to work in the U.S. The group first challenged the H-4 employment authorization rule in 2015, but the case was put on hold during the Trump administration. Save Jobs USA contended that the rule posed a threat to American jobs and should be rescinded.

The court, however, rejected this argument, referencing previous litigation involving Optional Practical Training (OPT) for F-1 students. In that case, the court had interpreted the Immigration and Nationality Act (INA) in favor of DHS’s authority to regulate employment conditions for visa holders. “Save Jobs USA failed to provide a meaningful distinction between their case and the precedent, leading the court to uphold the district court’s summary judgment in favor of DHS,” Reuters reported.

Impact of Supreme Court Ruling

Save Jobs USA also argued that the Supreme Court’s ruling in the Loper Bright Enterprises v. Raimondo case, which limited the powers of federal agencies, should affect their lawsuit. The Supreme Court decision ended the practice of “Chevron deference,” where courts deferred to federal agencies’ interpretations of ambiguous laws they enforce.

The DC Circuit court acknowledged the Supreme Court ruling but clarified that their earlier decision was not solely based on Chevron deference. They also found that federal law clearly authorized the DHS rule in question. As a result, the Supreme Court’s ruling did not impact the appeals court’s decision to uphold the H-4 employment authorization regulation.

Support from the Tech Industry

The H-4 rule has garnered strong support from leading technology companies and business organizations. Firms like Google, Amazon, and Microsoft filed briefs with the lower court, arguing that allowing H-4 spouses to work would benefit the U.S. economy. They asserted that removing H-4 work authorization could harm the U.S. gross domestic product and drive talent and innovation to other countries.

The business community also emphasized that allowing H-4 spouses to work would encourage H-1B workers to pursue permanent residency (green cards), making it easier for companies to retain highly skilled employees. “This retention is important for maintaining the competitiveness and innovation of the U.S. tech industry,” these companies stated.

Implications for Indian Skilled Workers

The court’s decision has significant implications for the U.S. tech industry and its ability to attract and retain highly skilled foreign workers. By allowing H-4 spouses to work, the regulation helps create a more favorable environment for H-1B visa holders, who might otherwise be reluctant to relocate to the U.S. without their spouses having the opportunity to work.

Indian outsourcing firms are the leading users of H-1B visas, with half of the top thirty employers of H-1B visa holders in 2021 being outsourcing firms. This move is likely to be particularly beneficial to the spouses of H-1B visa holders, many of whom are from India.

Wall Street Giants Face Scrutiny Over Alleged Cash Sweep Account Mismanagement

Wells Fargo, Morgan Stanley, and Bank of America are among several Wall Street banks facing accusations of depriving customers of billions of dollars in interest payments. According to a recent report, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) is investigating these financial institutions to determine whether they intentionally steered clients into “cash sweep” accounts that generated little or no interest.

Cash sweep accounts are typically used to transfer idle cash into investment vehicles designed to earn interest. However, all three banks are now embroiled in proposed class action lawsuits, which claim that they prioritized their own profits by placing clients’ funds in low-interest options without providing adequate disclosure.

These allegations have come to light through recent quarterly filings with the SEC. In these filings, Wells Fargo disclosed that it is currently engaged in “resolution talks” with the SEC over the issue. Meanwhile, Morgan Stanley reported that the SEC began its inquiries into the matter in April. Bank of America also confirmed that it is under scrutiny.

Despite the growing concerns, none of the three banks have provided public comments on the ongoing investigations.

The scope of the issue extends beyond these three banks, as other financial firms such as LPL Financial and Ameriprise are also involved in lawsuits related to cash sweep accounts. LPL Financial has stated that it intends to “vigorously” defend itself against these allegations, while Ameriprise has not made any public statements regarding the matter.

Indian Americans Lead Asian Americans in Median Income While Maintaining Cultural and Political Ties

A recent Pew Research Center survey has highlighted that Indian Americans hold the highest median household income among Asian Americans, at $145,000. This group, which is rapidly growing and gaining economic influence in the United States, is distinguishing itself with a unique identity while preserving strong cultural and political ties, as reflected in the survey findings.

Indian Americans have a substantial immigrant presence, with 66 percent born outside the United States and 34 percent being U.S.-born. The community’s population is geographically concentrated, with nearly half residing in four states: California (20 percent), Texas (12 percent), New Jersey (9 percent), and New York (7 percent).

Culturally, Indian Americans maintain a robust connection to their heritage. The majority identify themselves as “Indian” (41 percent) or “Indian American” (21 percent), with only a small percentage (10 percent) opting to describe themselves as “American.” This pattern shows that Indian Americans are more likely than other Asian groups to identify by their ethnicity, emphasizing their pride in their origins.

The survey also reveals that one in five Indian Americans has felt the need to conceal aspects of their cultural or religious heritage from non-Asians. This finding indicates the challenges some individuals face in expressing their identity in a diverse society.

Politically, Indian Americans predominantly align with the Democratic Party. A significant portion of the community’s registered voters, 68 percent, identify with or lean toward the Democrats. This trend is more pronounced than among Asian Americans as a whole, suggesting a strong political cohesion within the Indian American community.

This political alignment is expected to play a crucial role in future U.S. elections, given that approximately 46 percent of Indian Americans—about 2.2 million people—were eligible to vote in 2022. Their influence in the political landscape is likely to grow as the community continues to expand and engage in the political process.

The survey also provides insight into Indian Americans’ perceptions of the U.S. and India. A significant majority, 86 percent, hold a favorable view of the United States, with 56 percent expressing a very favorable opinion. Similarly, 76 percent view India positively, though most do not wish to return to live there. For the 35 percent who would consider relocation, family ties are cited as the primary motivation.

In terms of religious affiliation, the Indian American community is predominantly Hindu, with 48 percent identifying with the religion. Additionally, about two-thirds of the community either identify with Hinduism or feel a close connection to it through family or cultural ties. Other religious affiliations within the community include Christianity (15 percent), Islam (8 percent), and other faiths (11 percent). Meanwhile, 15 percent of Indian Americans describe themselves as religiously unaffiliated.

Overall, the Pew Research Center survey paints a picture of a vibrant and economically successful community that remains deeply connected to its cultural roots while actively participating in the political and social fabric of the United States. Indian Americans’ unique blend of cultural pride and political engagement positions them as a significant and influential demographic in the U.S.

Baramulla Youth Set World Record with Largest Kashmiri Folk Dance Performance

In a historic and culturally significant event, the youth of Baramulla district in Jammu and Kashmir set a world record by performing the largest-ever Kashmiri folk dance. The record-breaking event took place during the ‘Kashur Riwaaj’ cultural event, with a staggering 10,000 young women participating.

The remarkable achievement was widely shared and celebrated on social media, with All India Radio News posting a video of the massive dance performance on its official Instagram handle. The event was organized by the Dagger Division of the Indian Army, in collaboration with the Punit Balan Group and the Baramulla District Administrative agencies. The Defence Spokesperson expressed the significance of the event, stating, “The mega event has successfully united the youth of Kashmir, celebrated their cultural heritage, and instilled a sense of pride and unity that will resonate for years to come.” The celebration was held in Baramulla and extended to several nominated schools across the district.

This record-setting event in Baramulla is reminiscent of a similar achievement last year by Kudumbashree, an all-woman network from Kerala. Kudumbashree organized a massive Thiruvathira dance performance at Kuttanellur Government College, which also set a world record. On that occasion, 7,027 Kudumbashree members came together to perform the ancient group dance form on the college campus. Thiruvathira, a dance traditionally performed during the Onam festival in the Malayalam month of Chingam, and sometimes in the month of Dhanu, was showcased on a grand scale.

Due to the sheer number of participants, the gigantic “Thiruvathirakali” (Thiruvathira dance) made its way into the Limca Book of Records and the Talent Record Book. Organizers are also considering submitting this achievement to the Guinness Book of World Records.

Kudumbashree, recognized as the world’s largest women’s network, was praised as a model of women’s empowerment by Revenue Minister K Rajan. He also emphasized the network’s significant status and influence. The district’s Onam celebrations, which included this record-breaking dance performance, were coordinated by the municipal corporation, the tourism department, and the district government.

Both events, one in Kashmir and the other in Kerala, exemplify the power of cultural traditions in bringing communities together and achieving global recognition. The success of these large-scale performances not only highlights the rich cultural heritage of the regions but also showcases the unity and empowerment of women through the preservation and celebration of traditional art forms.

Efforts to Combat Infant Malnutrition in India: A Focus on Breastfeeding and Nutritional Training

Infant malnutrition remains a pressing issue in India, contributing significantly to high infant mortality rates and ongoing health problems. Data from the National Family Health Survey (NFHS-5, 2019-2020) indicates alarming levels of malnutrition among children under five: 36% are stunted, 33% are underweight, and 17% are wasted. The exclusive breastfeeding rate for infants under six months is only 55.6%, reflecting the lack of awareness and knowledge about proper breastfeeding practices. On average, infants receive only about 28% of the milk available from their mothers, underscoring the widespread challenges related to infant nutrition in India despite government efforts to tackle the problem.

To address these concerns, WHEELS Global Foundation, a social impact platform formed by IIT alumni, has partnered with the National Health Mission and the Department of Public Health and Family Welfare, Government of Madhya Pradesh, to launch the New Born Nutritional Health Initiative. This initiative is financially supported by a significant grant from the Rural India Supporting Trust (RIST). The program aims to improve the health and nutrition of over 10 million mothers and babies in rural Madhya Pradesh, using a technology-driven approach.

The initiative draws on successful outcomes from similar programs in districts across Maharashtra, Gujarat, and Chhattisgarh, focusing primarily on improving breast milk intake from mothers as the critical source of nutrition for newborns. This approach is based on original research by Dr. Rupal Dalal, a pediatrician with experience in Mumbai and the United States, who has studied and identified poor breastfeeding practices in slum areas. Additionally, the initiative utilizes the pioneering work of an IIT Bombay team led by Professor Kannan Moudgalya, particularly through the Health Spoken Tutorials (HST).

The collaboration between WHEELS and these experts allows for cost-effective and time-efficient nationwide scaling of training programs in breastfeeding techniques. These programs are designed for frontline community health workers, including Anganwadi Workers (AWW) and Community Health Officers (CHOs). Training is provided through a series of 10-minute self-learning modules, available both online and offline, and in more than 20 spoken languages.

The training program emphasizes several key components to improve breastfeeding practices. One major focus is teaching correct breastfeeding techniques, such as the CC hold, which ensures efficient milk transfer from mother to baby. The program also educates participants on the direct correlation between effective milk transfer and the baby’s weight gain. Moreover, the importance of maternal nutrition is highlighted, with training on how to calculate protein intake for mothers and prepare homemade powders for complementary feeding (CF) for babies.

Participants, including field and hospital staff like AWWs, ASHA Workers, CHOs, doctors, and nurses, are also trained to interpret WHO growth charts to monitor and achieve adequate weight gains in infants. The program addresses and dispels common misconceptions, such as the belief that a 500-gram weight gain or a birth weight of 2.5 kg is sufficient. In addition to these nutritional aspects, the training includes skills related to the Breast Crawl, which promotes early initiation of breastfeeding and strengthens the bond between mother and child.

The training process spans over a month, beginning with participants completing a 3-hour content module and adopting three mother-baby (M-B) dyads. After two weeks, participants take a familiarization test, followed by an additional 6 hours of content. By the end of the four weeks, a screening test selects the top 250 performers out of the initial 350 participants. These top performers then undergo a more intensive 30-hour mentoring module.

Armed with an Information, Education, and Communication (IEC) kit, participants are equipped to apply their training effectively in real-world settings. The program also integrates scientific metrics to measure newborn growth during the critical first two years of life, supports ongoing progress tracking, identifies areas requiring further training, and complements existing government programs like maternal supplements and vaccinations.

The Health Spoken Tutorial program is a comprehensive educational resource, covering over 102 topics with detailed tutorials on Appropriate Maternal, Infant, and Young Child Feeding (A-MIYCF). These tutorials are translated into multiple languages, ensuring they are accessible to a wide range of populations. The content includes videos and materials on maternal nutrition, breastfeeding, complementary nutrition, general nutrition parameters, recipes, and newborn care, offering crucial guidance to support the health and well-being of mothers and children across different communities.

Currently, this initiative is operational in seven districts of Madhya Pradesh and has expanded to states like Jharkhand and Meghalaya. As the social impact arm of the PanIIT Community, WHEELS Global Foundation aims to scale this technology-driven initiative across all 29 states in India and potentially beyond, ensuring that every baby has the opportunity to develop fully and lead a healthy life.

WHEELS leverages its extensive Pan IIT alumni network, including corporate leaders, CSR associations, IAS officers, NGO partners, and various professionals, to facilitate rapid scaling, create awareness, and provide support for the initiative. By deploying these programs, the foundation aims to contribute to the broader goal of achieving a technology-driven transformation for 20% of India’s “Rurban” population, roughly 180 million people, by 2030. This effort aligns with India’s vision of becoming a developed economy by 2047.

Kamala Harris Eyes Wealth Tax and Income Inequality in Potential Presidency

In the current economic landscape, having substantial wealth has always been advantageous, but now more than ever, it seems to be a particularly opportune time to be affluent. The Institute for Policy Studies highlights that during the COVID-19 pandemic, American billionaires saw their wealth increase by 62%. Meanwhile, Oxfam reports that the wealthiest 1% of the world amassed two-thirds of the $42 trillion in new wealth generated in the years following the pandemic.

Vice President Kamala Harris, who is positioning herself as a strong candidate for the presidency, shares concerns with her current superior, President Joe Biden, regarding these statistics. Both see these figures as indicative of an unhealthy level of wealth inequality and economic disparity in the country. Should Harris secure a victory in the November election and work with a cooperative Congress, the wealthy in America might find themselves facing significant changes, particularly those with large fortunes.

Harris’s Wealth Tax Proposal

One of Harris’s primary focuses as a potential president would be to implement tax policies that target the wealthiest Americans. Dennis Shirshikov, a professor of finance, accounting, and economics at the City University of New York, and a seasoned real estate investor, anticipates that a Harris administration would advocate for significant tax reforms aimed at increasing the tax burden on high-income earners. “A Kamala Harris presidency could bring significant changes to the tax landscape for the wealthy,” Shirshikov notes.

A critical component of these potential changes is the introduction of a wealth tax. This idea is embedded in the Biden-Harris 2025 budget proposal, which argues that the current tax code is skewed in favor of the wealthy, allowing them to pay disproportionately low taxes compared to middle-class Americans. The proposal aims to impose a minimum tax of 25% on individuals with wealth exceeding $100 million, addressing what it describes as a glaring inequity in the tax system.

Taxing Capital Gains and Unrealized Gains

Another area of focus for Harris would be closing tax loopholes that disproportionately benefit the wealthy. The Biden-Harris budget proposal plans to treat capital gains as regular income for individuals earning $1 million or more, a significant shift from current tax policies. This change would also eliminate the carried interest loophole, which allows investment fund managers to pay lower tax rates than average workers, and the like-kind exchange loophole, which lets real estate investors defer taxes indefinitely.

Perhaps the most groundbreaking proposal is the taxation of unrealized gains for the ultra-wealthy, a concept described by IFC Media as a “radical departure from normal taxation.” Traditionally, unrealized gains — the increase in value of an asset that has not yet been sold — are not taxed. However, Harris’s proposed 25% tax on these gains for individuals with fortunes exceeding $100 million would mark a significant shift in U.S. tax policy.

Implications for High Earners

Harris’s tax proposals are not limited to the ultra-rich. She also supports raising the top marginal tax rate, a move that would affect a broader range of high-income earners. According to Shirshikov, “This approach aligns with her broader goal of addressing income inequality and ensuring that the wealthiest Americans contribute a fairer share to public revenues.”

The Biden-Harris 2025 budget proposal specifically seeks to repeal the tax cuts implemented under former President Donald Trump’s 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which reduced the top tax rate for high earners to 37%. Under the new proposal, the top tax rate would be restored to 39.6% for single filers earning more than $400,000 annually and married couples earning more than $450,000. Although these income levels might seem modest compared to billionaire wealth, they place individuals in the top 2% of earners, according to the Tax Foundation. The Biden-Harris administration believes that targeting this group is a reasonable step in addressing income inequality.

The anticipated tax changes under a Harris presidency are intended to generate revenue for social programs and address the widening wealth gap in America. However, these measures are also expected to have significant implications for investment strategies and financial planning among the affluent. As Shirshikov advises, individuals in this income bracket would be wise to start preparing now by consulting with their financial advisors.

Final Thoughts

A Kamala Harris presidency could bring about profound changes in the way the wealthy are taxed in the United States. Her proposals, embedded in the Biden-Harris 2025 budget, aim to create a more equitable tax system that ensures the wealthiest Americans pay a fairer share. Whether through the introduction of a wealth tax, the taxation of unrealized gains, or the increase in the top marginal tax rate, Harris’s potential policies are likely to have a significant impact on the financial landscape for high-income earners in America.

India Faces Diplomatic Challenges Amid Shifting Dynamics in South Asia

In South Asia, the traditional sources of power are being replaced by the influence of its vast populations. Recent events highlight this shift. In Myanmar, the military junta led by Min Aung Hlaing, which overthrew Aung San Suu Kyi’s democratically elected government in 2021, is now embroiled in a civil war with rebels controlling half the country. Sri Lanka’s once-dominant Rajapaksa brothers, who ruled as president and prime minister, were forced to flee in 2022 after widespread protests against economic hardship. In 2023, Pakistan’s army experienced an unprecedented challenge when protesters, angered by the arrest of ousted Prime Minister Imran Khan, stormed military installations, including the Lahore corps commander’s house and the army headquarters in Rawalpindi. Most recently, Bangladesh’s Prime Minister Sheikh Hasina, who had just completed 20 years in power, faced a major uprising. A student protest escalated into a full-scale insurrection, forcing her to flee to India with only 45 minutes to spare.

For India, the sudden downfall of Hasina’s regime is a significant diplomatic and strategic blow. India had supported Hasina for over a decade and a half, despite her increasingly authoritarian tendencies. Now, experts criticize New Delhi for failing to uphold democratic principles and warn Hasina against crossing those lines. The January elections, boycotted by the opposition, resulted in a fourth consecutive term for Hasina but were widely regarded as flawed, damaging both her legacy and India’s reputation for remaining silent. This anger spilled onto Dhaka’s streets after her ouster, with reports of violence against the Hindu minority and desecration of temples. Mahfuz Anam, editor of the Dhaka-based *Daily Star*, commented, “There were many who felt that given the influence India exerted over Sheikh Hasina, New Delhi should have restrained her. Now, it is facing the flak for being complicit. India should stop looking at us through the prism of religion and instead view us through the prism of democracy. Despite the stray incidents of violence, India can rest assured that Bangladesh is not Afghanistan or Pakistan. We are a moderate Muslim majority country with a strong Bengali culture of our own.”

The United States was also concerned about Hasina’s undemocratic actions but relied on India’s assessment that Hasina’s leadership was crucial in keeping Islamist extremism at bay and preventing Chinese influence from growing in the Bay of Bengal. Ashley Tellis, a senior fellow at the Washington DC-based Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, remarked, “New Delhi followed a policy of supporting Hasina no matter what. India could have warned her of the risks of intensifying authoritarianism that began to define her government in the past several years. But India was afraid that any sort of intensification of her vulnerability would open the door either to the Islamist Opposition that does not wish India well in any case or to exploitation by China. The policy worked when Hasina controlled the reins of power. But the moment the domestic cataclysm ended up with her being on the out, Delhi’s entire Bangladesh policy has come apart and come under criticism about its direction.”

Tellis is sympathetic to India’s predicament, pointing out that “India’s curse” is being surrounded by countries with deep internal divisions, leading to unstable relationships. When pro-India parties are in power, relations improve dramatically, but when other political forces gain ground, ties deteriorate. The problem is compounded by the fact that many of India’s neighbors are relatively new nations, like Bangladesh, which only became independent in 1971. Former National Security Advisor Shivshankar Menon notes that India has significant influence in the region, both economically and culturally, but faces challenges due to the way some of these nations define themselves in opposition to India. Menon highlights a comment attributed to General Zia-ul-Haq, the former Pakistani ruler, who reportedly said, “If an Egyptian stops being a Muslim, he still remains an Egyptian. But if a Pakistani stops being a Muslim, he becomes an Indian.” Menon’s point is that new nation-states often need an external enemy to unify their citizens, making India a convenient target.

Bangladesh, which shares a long border with India, has always been strategically important. After its founder Sheikh Mujibur Rehman was assassinated in 1975, subsequent governments were hostile to India, despite New Delhi’s role in its independence. However, when Hasina returned to power in 2009, India enjoyed a period of cooperation, settling land disputes and enhancing transboundary connectivity. Former foreign secretary Harsh Shringla, who served as high commissioner to Bangladesh, said, “We have made huge progress with Bangladesh in the past 15 years, more than what we did in the previous 35 years. It’s important for us to work with the new dispensation there to continue that level of progress for ourselves and for the people of Bangladesh. Any instability or the lack of goodwill on the part of the new administration in Bangladesh could impact us in the Northeast and on issues such as transit and connectivity. At the same time, India would also have significant leverage over Bangladesh. Cooperation for mutual benefit is best for both neighbors.”

India’s deteriorating influence in its neighborhood is not limited to Bangladesh. The Maldives, another strategically important neighbor, recently saw a regime change that strained relations with India. Under President Ibrahim Solih from 2018 to 2023, India made significant strides in economic and security agreements. However, after Solih lost to Mohamed Muizzu, who campaigned on an “India Out” platform, relations soured. Muizzu ordered the removal of Indian military personnel and signed multiple agreements with China, which could threaten India’s security interests in the Indian Ocean.

In Nepal, the frequent changes in prime ministers have led to fluctuating ties with India. The return of K.P. Sharma Oli, seen as pro-China, has raised concerns. Oli’s previous tenure was marked by nationalistic fervor and contentious border disputes with India. Ranjit Rae, a former ambassador to Nepal, warned against complacency, noting that “The Chinese and Americans are very active in Nepal and India should be far more engaged with all players in the country.”

In Myanmar, where India shares a long border, the Modi government is also at risk of repeating its mistakes in Bangladesh by supporting the unpopular military junta led by General Hlaing. Former Indian ambassador to Myanmar, Gautam Mukhopadhaya, stated, “India is perceived as being with the SAC, which means that the vast majority of Myanmar’s population views us negatively. Myanmar is being driven now by federal and democratic sentiments and India has the opportunity of not being a pale imitation of China but to use its biggest calling card to push for a federal democratic system similar to ours. But we don’t seem to be reading the writing on the wall and remain pro-status quo.” However, not all experts agree, with some believing that India is right to support the current regime, given the military’s entrenched role in the country’s governance.

Pakistan’s military rulers also faced a crisis after ousting Imran Khan as prime minister. Khan’s arrest led to widespread protests, and his political influence remains strong despite attempts to marginalize him. The instability in Pakistan has led to renewed threats of terrorism in India, as the military seeks to strengthen its control.

China has also escalated tensions with India, particularly with its incursions along the Line of Actual Control (LAC) in Ladakh in 2020. Despite multiple rounds of talks, China has not withdrawn from key positions, and relations between the two countries remain strained. China has also been actively engaging with India’s neighbors through its Belt and Road Initiative (BRI), increasing its influence in the region.

To rejuvenate its Neighbourhood First policy, India must focus on economic integration with its neighbors and adopt a more flexible, cooperative approach. Former prime minister I.K. Gujral’s doctrine of offering more than what India takes from its neighbors could be a model to follow. Economically, India could take inspiration from China’s strategy of making adversaries dependent on it. Developing a strong regional trade association and pushing for a free trade agreement could also boost intra-regional trade.

Sri Lanka is an example of how India successfully navigated a crisis. After the 2022 economic collapse, India provided financial aid and investment, improving relations even amid changing political leadership. A similar approach could be adopted with other neighbors, focusing on economic stability and long-term interdependence.

India’s Hockey Hero PR Sreejesh Bows Out: A Legacy of Resilience and Brilliance

As the final whistle blew at the Paris Olympics, India’s hockey team erupted in jubilant celebration, having secured a bronze medal. Yet, amidst the chaos, PR Sreejesh quietly walked to one end of the field and bowed before the goalpost—his home for nearly two decades. While he may miss that home, India will miss him even more. Sreejesh, who played his last international match on Thursday, leaves behind an illustrious legacy that will be remembered for years to come.

Known affectionately as the “Wall of India,” Sreejesh was pivotal in securing India’s place on the podium. With his team leading 2-1, Spain mounted an aggressive attempt to equalize, but Sreejesh, demonstrating the instincts and tactical dives that define his career, thwarted their efforts, especially in the dying moments of the match. The Spaniards earned nine penalty corners, yet failed to convert any—a testament to Sreejesh’s skill and the unyielding defense of his team, who put their bodies on the line to maintain their lead.

Sreejesh’s role in bringing India into medal contention cannot be overstated. During the knock-out match against Great Britain, which went into a penalty shootout, it was once again down to Sreejesh to safeguard his team. With two masterful saves, he did just that, keeping India’s hopes alive. Despite the heartbreak of losing the semi-final to Germany, a match that saw Sreejesh in tears knowing the elusive gold was out of reach, he quickly refocused on the bronze medal match. On Thursday, he wept again—this time, tears of joy.

The emotions of the nation mirrored his own, with social media overflowing with tributes to the man who had been a beacon of hope for nearly two decades. In a country where cricket reigns supreme and athletes from other sports often struggle for recognition, Sreejesh’s journey is particularly remarkable. Goalkeepers, in particular, are often overlooked. “It’s difficult to love a goalkeeper. He is invisible and only in the limelight when he makes a blunder. When I was young, I didn’t know who India’s goalkeeper was then,” Sreejesh shared with the Indian Express in 2021.

Sreejesh never sought fame; he simply loved playing the game. This unassuming attitude helped him persist, even after a challenging debut. He had already garnered attention in the junior circuit for his quick reflexes and ability to judge a ball’s trajectory in mere nanoseconds. However, his 2006 debut in the senior team at the South Asian Games was a mixed experience. Although he performed well overall, he missed a crucial save in the final against Pakistan, India’s arch-rival, leading to harsh criticism—a steep learning curve for the young goalkeeper.

The following years were challenging, with Sreejesh struggling to secure a permanent spot on the team. Indian hockey also faced a rough patch, including the team’s failure to qualify for the 2008 Beijing Olympics. Nevertheless, Sreejesh continued to hone his skills, and his moment of redemption came in 2011. In the final of the Champions Trophy, facing Pakistan once again, he made two crucial penalty saves, leading India to victory. The match catapulted him into the limelight, and he traveled with the team to the London Olympics in 2012. Although India returned without a medal, Sreejesh’s performance remained strong.

Another defining moment came during the 2014 Asian Games final, once again against Pakistan. Sreejesh saved two penalties, ending India’s 16-year gold medal drought at the Games. However, the moment that perhaps best encapsulates his character, grit, and determination occurred during the 2015 Hockey World League bronze medal match against Holland. Despite being badly injured—with thighs wrapped in ice packs, a thumb near broken, and a shoulder encased in protective surgical tape—Sreejesh took his position at the goalpost, humorously likening himself to a mummy. Behind the humor was a steely resolve to win a medal for India in a major international tournament after more than three decades. His stunning saves during the penalty shootout secured the victory for India.

This triumph cemented Sreejesh’s status as a legend in Indian hockey. He was soon entrusted with leading the team at the Rio Olympics. Although India didn’t win a medal, they reached the quarter-finals, improving upon their performance in London. Through it all, Sreejesh remained grounded, never letting success go to his head. His humility and accessibility endeared him to both teammates and fans alike.

In 2017, an injury threatened to end his career. However, defying all odds, Sreejesh made a comeback after undergoing two surgeries and several months of rehabilitation. Though it took time for his performance to peak again, and despite critics questioning whether his reflexes had slowed, Sreejesh stayed focused. He continued to work hard, determined to end India’s 41-year wait for an Olympic hockey medal. At the 2020 Tokyo Olympics, he did just that, guiding India to a bronze with his deep understanding of the game.

Sreejesh’s resilience can be traced back to his upbringing. Born into a farming family in Kerala, he loved sports but disliked running. After experimenting with various sports and positions in hockey, he chose goalkeeping, a role that required less running. Excelling at the state level, he was called to the national trials in Delhi in 2003. At 15, he embarked on a grueling 48-hour train journey to the Indian capital. With limited Hindi skills, he stayed in a hostel with predominantly Hindi-speaking boys, quickly adapting and learning the language, including some colorful phrases heard during tense matches in later years.

Despite being selected for the team, Sreejesh didn’t have a proper kit. His father, a farmer, sold a cow to raise the 10,000 rupees ($119; £93) needed to buy one. Life came full circle on Thursday, as Sreejesh’s father watched his son’s last match surrounded by hundreds of people.

As Sreejesh steps away from the goalpost, his focus shifts to his family, particularly his two children, and his new role as head coach of the Indian junior hockey team. “It’s time for my kids to start their journey and I’m done, and their life starts,” he told Olympics.com.

When asked about his legacy, Sreejesh prefers humility over accolades. “I want people to remember me as a good person who always had a smiling face,” he told the Hindustan Times. “And for the youngsters and kids, when they pad up and step on to the hockey field, they should feel I want to become a keeper like Sreejesh.”

Israeli Strike on Gaza School and Mosque Kills 93 Displaced Palestinians Amid Rising Global Condemnation

In a devastating escalation of violence, at least 93 Palestinians were killed in an Israeli airstrike targeting a school and mosque in Gaza that was sheltering displaced civilians, as reported by local authorities.

According to the Gaza Civil Defense, the strike occurred during dawn prayers at the Al-Tabi’in compound, located in the Al-Daraj neighborhood of eastern Gaza City, overnight into Saturday. Israel confirmed it had carried out the strike, asserting that Hamas operatives were using the location as a base.

“We recovered at least 90 people who had been killed,” stated Mahmoud Basal, spokesperson for Gaza Civil Defense, in an interview with CNN. He further described the horrific scene, saying, “many of them are torn apart, many are still unidentified.”

Videos viewed by CNN depict the aftermath of the strike, showing numerous bodies scattered across the site. Eyewitnesses reported that there was no prior warning before the attack took place.

Fares Afana, director of ambulance and emergency services in northern Gaza, emphasized the civilian nature of the casualties. “All of these people who were targeted were civilians, unarmed children, the elderly, men, and women,” he said.

A bereaved man who lost several family members in the strike expressed his anguish, saying, “These were innocent people praying… where is the entire world?”

The Israel Defense Forces (IDF) confirmed that the compound was targeted by its air force, stating that the strike precisely targeted “Hamas terrorists operating within a Hamas command and control center embedded” in the building.

The IDF also claimed that various measures were taken to minimize civilian casualties, including the use of precise munitions, aerial surveillance, and intelligence gathering. However, when CNN requested evidence to support the IDF’s assertion that the site housed a Hamas command and control center, the military stated that it had intelligence indicating that around 20 Hamas and Islamic Jihad fighters were operating from the building. The IDF also disputed the death toll reported by Gazan authorities, though CNN was unable to independently verify these figures.

This incident marks the fifth time since last Sunday that the Israeli military has struck a school in Gaza, according to previous reports by CNN. The UN Human Rights Office expressed its alarm over the “unfolding pattern” of strikes on educational institutions in Gaza. In a statement issued on August 5th, the office noted that “such attacks are escalating.”

The ongoing Israeli military campaign in Gaza has resulted in the deaths of nearly 40,000 Palestinians and injuries to over 90,000, as reported by Gaza’s Ministry of Health. As of early July, nearly 2 million people in Gaza had been displaced—almost the entire population of the enclave—according to United Nations data.

The Israeli military offensive began on October 7th, following an attack by the militant group Hamas on southern Israel, which led to the deaths of at least 1,200 people and the abduction of over 250 others, according to Israeli authorities.

Mahmoud Basal mentioned that many of the deceased have yet to be identified, and many of those who were transferred to hospitals are in critical condition. “There are still large quantities of body parts and torn bodies inside Al-Ahli hospital,” he said, adding that families are struggling to identify their loved ones.

One woman, known as Um Ahmed, described the horrific scene to CNN, saying she was unable to find her husband after the strike. “I went to look for my husband and I didn’t see anybody, they were all in pieces,” she recounted.

Um Ahmed further explained that the mosque was filled with young people who were “all in pieces and dismembered” after the strike.

Another man who came to inspect the school after hearing about the strike during his morning prayer said, “The bodies here are not identifiable… they are all dismembered body parts.”

The Palestinian Authority condemned the strike and also held the United States accountable, calling it “part of a pattern of daily atrocities committed by Israeli occupation forces.”

The strike has drawn widespread international condemnation. Francesca Albanese, UN Special Rapporteur for the Palestinian Territories, accused Israel of “genociding the Palestinians one neighborhood at the time, one hospital at the time, one school at the time, one refugee camp at the time, one ‘safe zone’ at the time.”

Saturday’s attack is part of a series of lethal strikes by Israel over the past week.

Last weekend, airstrikes on several school buildings sheltering displaced Palestinians resulted in the deaths of at least 47 people, including many children, and left dozens more injured.

Videos obtained by CNN from the site of last Sunday’s strike—also claimed by the IDF to have targeted Hamas infrastructure—show widespread destruction and lifeless bodies scattered in a schoolyard. The footage also captures medics and rescue workers transporting injured children to ambulances.

Palestinian officials informed CNN that Israel did not issue any warnings to civilians before the airstrikes took place.

UK Stock Market Edges Higher Amid Easing US Economic Concerns

The UK’s FTSE 100, an index representing the largest publicly-listed companies, saw an uptick on Friday as concerns over the state of the US economy eased. This index, which includes a variety of major businesses such as banks, airlines, and housebuilders, began the day with a rise in early trading. The positive momentum followed a strong performance in the US stock markets, where Thursday marked the best trading day in almost two years.

In recent days, global financial markets have been on edge due to fears that the world’s largest economy might be heading towards a downturn. These concerns were alleviated somewhat when official data released on Thursday showed that US unemployment claims had risen by less than anticipated.

This news spurred a rally in the US stock markets, with the benchmark S&P 500 index ending the day 2.3% higher. Meanwhile, the Dow Jones Industrial Average saw a 1.8% increase, and the Nasdaq experienced a significant jump of 2.9%. These gains were mirrored in European markets, with the FTSE 100 in London edging up by 0.7%. Similarly, stock market indexes in Paris and Frankfurt followed suit, reflecting a broader sense of relief across the region.

In Asia, stocks made modest gains, recovering from earlier losses in the week. Notably, Japanese indexes had endured their worst trading day since 1987, which had added to the global sense of market instability.

UBS Global Wealth Management noted, “The [US] latest jobless claims data, though not normally a major market event, supports the view that recent pessimism may have been overdone.” This statement underscores the impact of the unemployment data on investor sentiment, which had been dominated by fears of an impending recession.

The official figures from the US Labor Department revealed that first-time claims for unemployment benefits had fallen more than expected, reaching 233,000 last week. This development was a welcome surprise for many who had been bracing for worse news, given the ongoing uncertainty in the global economy.

However, despite the apparent recovery in global markets, analysts caution that the period of instability is far from over. The prevailing sentiment suggests that trading is likely to remain volatile in the coming weeks.

Peter McGuire from trading platform XM.com remarked, “The market volatility is creating trading opportunities for investors over the short term.” This comment reflects a view that, while the recent fluctuations have been unsettling, they also present opportunities for those willing to navigate the choppy waters.

McGuire also highlighted the significance of the upcoming US Federal Reserve policy decision in September, noting, “It will be a bumpy ride over the election season and we all await the [US Federal Reserve] policy decision in September.” The Federal Reserve’s actions are closely watched by investors as any changes in interest rates can have a profound impact on market dynamics.

Last week, the Federal Reserve chose not to cut interest rates, a move that often stimulates economic growth. This decision stood in contrast to actions taken by other central banks, such as the Bank of England, which have been more proactive in adjusting rates in response to economic conditions.

This week’s market upheaval has only fueled further speculation about when—and by how much—the Federal Reserve will adjust borrowing costs. Jun Bei Liu, portfolio manager at Tribeca Investment Partners, suggested, “[The] Fed is now likely to cut rates up to 50bps in September which in turn supports expanding valuation for the market.” Liu’s insight points to the possibility of a significant rate cut, which could serve as a catalyst for continued market gains.

The recent volatility in the stock markets has been closely tied to broader concerns about global economic health, particularly in relation to the US. Investors have been grappling with mixed signals from various economic indicators, which have made it difficult to gauge the true state of the economy.

On one hand, the resilience of the US labor market, as evidenced by the latest unemployment claims data, suggests that the economy may be more robust than some had feared. On the other hand, there are still looming concerns about potential slowdowns in growth, especially given the ongoing trade tensions and geopolitical uncertainties that continue to weigh on investor confidence.

The global economic landscape remains complex, with multiple factors influencing market movements. The interplay between monetary policy decisions, economic data releases, and broader geopolitical developments creates a challenging environment for investors to navigate.

In this context, the recent uptick in the FTSE 100 and other global indexes can be seen as a positive sign, but one that is tempered by caution. Analysts and investors alike are keeping a close eye on upcoming events, particularly the Federal Reserve’s policy meeting in September, which could provide further clarity on the direction of interest rates and their impact on the markets.

As the election season in the US approaches, the stakes are even higher, with political developments adding another layer of uncertainty to the already volatile market environment. The outcome of the elections could have significant implications for economic policy and investor sentiment, further complicating the outlook for the global economy.

In the meantime, market participants are likely to remain on edge, with volatility expected to persist as new information emerges and as key events, such as the Federal Reserve’s decision, draw nearer.

The road ahead for global financial markets is uncertain, and while recent gains offer some reassurance, they also serve as a reminder of the fragility of the current economic environment. Investors will need to remain vigilant and adaptable as they navigate the challenges and opportunities that lie ahead in this ever-changing landscape.

INDIA Alliance Pushes for Caste Census Amid Political Tensions

In the May 2024 Lok Sabha elections, the INDIA Alliance made the demand for a caste census one of its key campaign issues. This strategy, among other factors, contributed to their electoral success, though it wasn’t enough to secure a majority for the coalition.

Nitish Kumar, a BJP ally, had already implemented a caste census in Bihar but has kept the findings under wraps for now. During a Lok Sabha speech responding to the Finance Minister’s budget, Rahul Gandhi revived the issue, making a compelling case for the caste census. Gandhi also criticized the current budget preparation process, stating, “Those elements who are preparing the budget at present belong to the upper caste mainly, and halwa is consumed by few upper layers only.”

Gandhi’s powerful argument was met with a sarcastic response from Anurag Thakur, known for his controversial remarks. Thakur mocked Gandhi, saying that someone who doesn’t know his own caste shouldn’t be demanding a caste census. Rahul Gandhi, with his mixed heritage—Hindu father, Christian mother, Hindu grandmother, and Parsi grandfather—represents the product of a free society, despite threats to such marriages from conservative forces. Though Thakur’s remarks were later removed from the official Lok Sabha records, Prime Minister Narendra Modi endorsed the speech by tweeting it.

The need for a caste census is increasingly urgent, given that reservation quotas were set decades ago, and the current population percentages might be quite different. The political ideology of Anurag Thakur and Prime Minister Modi is generally opposed to affirmative action designed to uplift marginalized castes. Although economic progress alone may not ensure social acceptance of Dalits, it is a critical component for achieving social equality for people from various caste backgrounds.

India’s deep-rooted caste system makes it challenging to achieve social justice and dignity for the system’s victims. The struggle for caste dignity and equality for Dalits has been long and arduous. Jotirao Phule was among the first to identify the caste system as a major weakness of Hindu society and initiated efforts to educate Dalits, who were historically denied access to education. Phule’s wife, Savitribai Phule, also contributed by opening a school for girls, recognizing the intertwined nature of gender and caste hierarchies. These pivotal steps towards caste and gender equality were taken nearly a century ago.

The movement gained momentum with B.R. Ambedkar, who raised awareness among Dalits and identified the landlord-priest combination, particularly in Maharashtra, as their main oppressors. This led to the Non-Brahmin Movement, which aimed to challenge upper-caste dominance. However, this movement faced resistance. Upper castes, already uneasy with Gandhi’s efforts for Hindu-Muslim unity, were further unsettled by Dalit demands for equality. This unrest contributed to the formation of the Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh (RSS), which advocates for a Hindu Rashtra based on the values of the Manusmriti, an ancient text that upholds the caste hierarchy.

The RSS opposed the Indian Constitution, arguing that it neglected the values of the ‘golden’ past. Despite this, reservations for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes began to slowly effect change in society. However, rumors began to circulate that those benefiting from reservations were unfairly advantaged, leading to resentment among the upper castes. Beneficiaries of the reservation system were derogatorily labeled as ‘son-in-laws’ of the government, and the system itself was criticized as a hindrance to merit.

This growing anger among the upper castes first became evident in Ahmedabad, Gujarat, following the success of Madhav Singh Solanki’s KHAM (Kshatriya, Harijan, Adivasi, and Muslim) alliance. The backlash led to anti-Dalit violence in Gujarat in 1981. Scholar Achyut Yagnik noted, “The educated middle class, mainly the Brahmins, Banias, and Patidars, reacted sharply by starting an agitation against the reservation system in 1981.” This tension escalated when caste-based job promotions were introduced, sparking another wave of anti-Dalit violence in Gujarat in 1985. During this period, the Vishwa Hindu Parishad (VHP) vigorously promoted the Ram Temple movement, which the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) later adopted. L.K. Advani launched his Rath Yatra from Somnath to Ayodhya, which further mobilized upper-caste Hindus.

V.P. Singh, whose government was supported by both the BJP and leftist parties, implemented the Mandal Commission recommendations, which allocated a 27% quota to Other Backward Classes (OBCs), who made up 52% of the population. The upper castes were strongly opposed to Mandal, but for electoral reasons, the BJP could not directly oppose it. Instead, they intensified their support for the Rath Yatra, which resonated strongly with the upper castes, who were against the Mandal Commission’s recommendations. Groups like ‘Youth for Equality’ emerged to oppose Mandal, and the politics of Mandal saw the rise of leaders like Sharad Yadav, Lalu Yadav, and Ram Vilas Paswan. BJP leader Atal Bihari Vajpayee articulated the party’s position by stating, “They brought Mandal, so we brought Kamandal” (religion in politics).

The BJP’s opposition to social justice was often cloaked in anti-Muslim rhetoric, culminating in the demolition of the Babri Mosque in a well-orchestrated plan. Their goal was to achieve Hindu unity while maintaining the caste hierarchy. Although the Mandal parties achieved some success, many eventually adopted the politics of Manu for narrow political gains.

However, the current INDIA coalition, particularly after the two Bharat Jodo Yatras, has seen Rahul Gandhi emerge as a strong advocate for the caste census. Gandhi argues that understanding the social composition of castes is essential for determining reservation percentages. The Supreme Court’s decision to allow sub-caste quotas is a positive step, and including the left-out castes is crucial for achieving genuine social justice.

While the INDIA coalition is clear in its demand for a caste census, the BJP, the driving force behind the NDA, is expected to obstruct this effort. The success of this much-needed step will depend on the strength of popular support, including agitations, protests, and other forms of public pressure.

Indian-American Lawmakers Condemn Violence Against Hindus in Bangladesh, Urge New Government to Uphold Rule of Law

Two influential Indian-American lawmakers have demanded an immediate cessation of the ongoing brutal violence against the minority Hindu community in Bangladesh following the departure of the Sheikh Hasina-led government.

The Congressmen also called on Nobel laureate Muhammad Yunus, the prime minister-designate of the interim government, to ensure that the rule of law is upheld as he takes control of the interim administration.

These statements from the two prominent lawmakers were made just a day after several Hindu American groups engaged with State Department officials in response to the rising violence against the Hindu minority and the destruction of Hindu temples in Bangladesh.

In a post on X, Congressman Ro Khanna stated, “Bangladeshi students had just human rights concerns against PM Hasina. It’s good she is gone. But the violence now targeting Hindus is wrong. PM Yunus must uphold the rule of law & prevent the targeting of temples or people of any political party or faith from violence.”

The lawmakers also criticized the failure of Congress and the administration to acknowledge and condemn the violence against Hindus and other religious minorities, labeling it as unacceptable.

Since Monday, when Sheikh Hasina resigned and fled to India, several Hindu temples, homes, and businesses have been vandalized, and at least two Hindu leaders associated with Hasina’s Awami League party were killed in the violence.

Congressman Raja Krishnamoorthi emphasized the need for action, saying, “As Bangladesh prepares to swear in its interim government, I urge all government officials, the new administration and police chief, and the people of Bangladesh to do all they can to end the violence that has emerged across the country, including the brutal targeting of the country’s Hindu minority, their homes, businesses, and their temples.” He added that the violence must end, and those responsible must be held accountable to help Bangladesh move forward as a nation. Krishnamoorthi also stated that he would continue to closely monitor the developments in Bangladesh in coordination with the US State Department.

On Wednesday, key figures such as Anita Joshi, Director of Policy Research at the Hindu American Foundation, Utsav Chakrabarti of HinduAction, Priya Saha, Executive Director of Human Rights Collective for Bangladesh Minorities, and geopolitical analyst Jay Kansara met with the US Ambassador for International Religious Freedom, Rashad Hussein, at the US State Department in Washington, DC.

The group urged the US government to take action and briefed Ambassador Hussein on the violence targeting Hindus and other religious minorities throughout Bangladesh. They shared documented incidents of violence against Hindus and the desecration of Hindu temples within 48 hours after Hasina’s departure amidst civil unrest.

Joshi criticized the lack of acknowledgment from Congress and the administration regarding the violence, stating, “The failure of Congress and this administration to acknowledge and condemn the violence against Hindus and other religious minorities is unacceptable.”

She also highlighted the urgency of the situation in Bangladesh, saying, “The situation on the ground in Bangladesh is urgent and dire. We implore the State Department to use its clout and resources to put an end to this rampant violence against religious minorities, violence rooted in decades of mistrust and maltreatment of Bangladesh’s Hindu minority.”

In a separate statement, the Foundation for India and Indian Diaspora Studies (FIIDS) called on the US President, the State Department, the IRF Ambassador, and presidential candidates to take immediate action to ensure peace is reestablished in Bangladesh and that minorities are protected to prevent another potential Hindu genocide. FIIDS also urged the United Nations to deploy observers and peacekeeping forces to manage the situation in Bangladesh and ensure the protection of vulnerable communities.

Similar appeals were made to Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi, Defence Minister Rajnath Singh, and External Affairs Minister S Jaishankar.

Since Sheikh Hasina fled the country on Monday, media reports from Bangladesh have indicated a surge in violence against minorities, including significant vandalism and destruction at the residence of popular folk band Joler Gaan’s frontman Rahul Ananda on Monday, forcing the singer and his family into hiding.

The violence, however, has not been limited to the Hindu community. At least 232 people have been killed in Bangladesh since the fall of the Hasina government on Monday, bringing the death toll to 560 since the anti-quota protests began in mid-July.

Meanwhile, upon his arrival in Dhaka from Paris on Thursday, Yunus pledged to establish a government that assures the safety of its citizens. He is expected to take his oath later in the evening.

Earlier, on Tuesday, the US expressed its deep concern about the ongoing violence in Bangladesh, including attacks on members of religious and political groups. A spokesperson from the State Department emphasized the importance of the new government conducting credible investigations into all instances of violence and ensuring justice for the victims. “We are deeply concerned about continued reports of violence in Bangladesh – including violence directed at members of religious or political groups. We are equally concerned about reports of violence against police and law enforcement,” the spokesperson said.

Asian American Demographics: Diverse Identities, Economic Divides, and Political Leanings

As of 2022, over 24 million Asian Americans resided in the United States, representing 7% of the total population, according to data from the U.S. Census Bureau. This group is noted for being the fastest-growing major racial or ethnic demographic in the country.

Asian Americans have roots in more than 20 nations across East and Southeast Asia, as well as the Indian subcontinent. However, a significant majority—77%—trace their ancestry to just six countries: China, India, Japan, the Philippines, South Korea, and Vietnam.

More than half of Asian Americans (54%) are immigrants, while the remaining 46% are born in the United States. Geographically, California is home to the largest number of Asian Americans, with more than 7 million, followed by New York and Texas, each with about 2 million.

In 2022, the median income for Asian American households was $100,000. This figure indicates that half of these households earned more and half earned less. The economic status of Asian American groups in the U.S. varies widely, making them one of the most economically diverse racial or ethnic groups.

Between 2022 and 2023, Pew Research Center conducted surveys involving over 7,000 Asian adults in the U.S. The surveys explored their identities, perspectives on the U.S. and their ancestral homelands, political and religious affiliations, and more. Here are some key insights from the findings.

Identity

Asian Americans identify themselves in various ways. When asked about their primary identity, some respondents mentioned their ethnic origins, such as “Chinese” or “Filipino,” while others used regional identities like “South Asian,” or the broader pan-ethnic term “Asian.” Some identified simply as “American,” and others combined their ethnic or racial identity with the term American, such as “Asian American” or “Vietnamese American.”

About 26% of Asian adults in the U.S. most frequently use their ethnicity alone to describe themselves, while a similar 25% combine their ethnicity with “American.” Another 16% often describe themselves as “Asian American,” 12% as “Asian,” and 10% simply as “American.” A small percentage (6%) identify with a regional Asian label like “South Asian.”

Knowledge of Asian American History

Around 24% of Asian American adults consider themselves extremely or very informed about the history of Asians in the U.S. Half of the respondents feel somewhat informed, while 24% feel they know little or nothing at all about it.

Among those who are at least somewhat informed, most have learned about U.S. Asian history through informal means—82% from the internet, 75% from media, and 63% from family and friends. Fewer respondents acquired this knowledge through formal education, with 37% learning in college or university and 33% during their K-12 schooling.

Views of the U.S. and Ancestral Homelands

A significant majority of Asian Americans (78%) have a favorable view of the U.S., surpassing their favorable opinions of any other places included in the survey. Japan holds the second-highest favorable rating at 68%, while only 20% of Asian American adults view China favorably.

Among the six largest Asian origin groups in the U.S., most hold positive views of their ancestral homelands, with the exception of Chinese Americans. Only 41% of Chinese adults in the U.S. have a favorable opinion of China.

While many in these large origin groups have favorable opinions of their ancestral homelands, most say they would not consider moving there. Overall, about 72% of Asian Americans would not move to their ancestral homeland, with U.S.-born Asian Americans being more likely to say this than immigrants (84% vs. 68%).

Achieving the American Dream

A substantial portion of Asian Americans believe they are either on their way to achieving the American dream (45%) or have already achieved it (26%). However, about 27% feel that the American dream is out of reach for them, with this sentiment being even more pronounced among Asian Americans living in poverty (47%).

Politics

Asian Americans tend to lean towards the Democratic Party. About 62% of Asian registered voters in the U.S. identify with or lean towards the Democratic Party, while about 34% align with or lean towards the Republican Party.

Most of the six largest Asian origin groups in the U.S. show a preference for the Democratic Party, with Vietnamese Americans being the exception. Among Vietnamese registered voters, 51% are Republicans or lean towards the GOP, while 42% identify with or lean towards the Democratic Party.

In 2022, there were approximately 14 million Asian Americans eligible to vote, comprising 5% of the total eligible voter population in the U.S. Pew Research Center estimates that this number will rise to around 15 million by November, marking Asian Americans as the fastest-growing racial or ethnic group within the U.S. electorate since 2020. Eligible voters are defined as those who are at least 18 years old and U.S. citizens either by birth or naturalization.

Religion

Reflecting trends seen in the broader American population, an increasing share of Asian Americans are not affiliated with any religion, while a declining percentage identify as Christian.

About 32% of Asian adults in the U.S. are religiously unaffiliated, an increase from 26% in 2012. Conversely, 34% of Asian adults are Christian, down from 42% in 2012.

Despite this decline, Christianity remains the largest religious group among Asian Americans. Smaller percentages identify as Buddhist (11%), Hindu (11%), Muslim (6%), or another faith (4%).

Religious affiliation varies significantly among Asian Americans based on their origin. For instance, more than half of Japanese Americans (47%) are religiously unaffiliated, while around three-quarters of Filipino Americans (74%) identify as Christian.

U.S. Congressman Urges Action to Address Rising Anti-Hindu Violence in Bangladesh

In response to the recent surge of violence targeting Hindus in Bangladesh, U.S. Congressman Raja Krishnamoorthi has called on Secretary of State Tony Blinken to take immediate action. In a letter dated August 8, released to the press on Friday, Krishnamoorthi emphasized the importance of engaging directly with the interim government to halt this outbreak of violence and hold the perpetrators accountable.

Krishnamoorthi’s letter highlighted credible reports from major media outlets, including the New York Times, Times of India, BBC, and Reuters, which have documented the extent of the violence against Hindus in Bangladesh. “I am writing to you regarding the fluid situation in Bangladesh and the rise of coordinated anti-Hindu violence in the wake of former Prime Minister Sheikh Hasina’s resignation,” Krishnamoorthi wrote. He stressed the urgency of U.S. intervention now that Muhammad Yunus has assumed the role of Chief Adviser for the interim government, urging Blinken to work with Yunus to end the violence and bring those responsible to justice.

Reports from the New York Times describe attacks occurring across various neighborhoods in the capital city of Dhaka, as well as in other major cities and numerous districts throughout the country. The Times reported that 60 people were killed in the violence following Hasina’s resignation. Meanwhile, the Bangladesh Hindu Buddhist Christian Unity Council informed Reuters that 45 out of 64 districts in the country had witnessed targeted attacks on mostly Hindu homes, businesses, and temples this week. Additionally, Reuters reported that hundreds of Hindus are attempting to flee Bangladesh into India due to the religious violence.

Krishnamoorthi pointed out that this isn’t the first time anti-government protests in Bangladesh have escalated into anti-Hindu violence. He recalled the anti-Hindu riots in October 2021, which resulted in the deaths of nine people and the destruction of hundreds of homes, businesses, and temples. He also referenced the violence in 2017, where more than 107 Hindus were killed and 37 went missing, according to Bangladesh Jatiya Hindu Mohajote. The anti-Hindu riots of 2013, following the International Crimes Tribunal’s conviction of Jamaat-e-Islami leader Delwar Sayeedi for war crimes, were particularly destructive, Krishnamoorthi noted.

“Instability in this region, fueled by religious intolerance and violence, is clearly not in the interest of the United States or our allies,” Krishnamoorthi stated. He urged Blinken to engage directly with Chief Adviser Yunus’ government, using U.S. influence to help end the violence and ensure that those responsible are brought to justice.

The letter was prompted by the recent political upheaval in Bangladesh, where Nobel laureate Muhammad Yunus was sworn in as the head of an interim government on Thursday. His appointment followed the abrupt resignation of Sheikh Hasina, who fled to India amidst deadly protests against her government over a controversial quota system in jobs. Yunus, 84, was administered the oath of office by President Mohammed Shahabuddin during a ceremony held at the presidential palace, Bangabhaban.

Neeraj Chopra Claims Silver in Paris Olympics 2024 Javelin Final as Arshad Nadeem Breaks Olympic Record

Neeraj Chopra secured a season-best throw of 89.45 meters, earning him a silver medal in the javelin throw event at the Paris Olympics 2024. The competition, which concluded early on Friday morning, saw Pakistan’s Arshad Nadeem make history by winning the gold medal with a record-breaking throw of 92.97 meters. This performance not only won Nadeem the gold but also made him the first individual Olympic gold medalist from Pakistan. Nadeem’s throw surpassed the previous Olympic record of 90.57 meters, set by Norway’s Andreas Thorkildsen at the 2008 Beijing Olympics. Anderson Peters from Grenada took home the bronze with a throw of 88.54 meters.

Neeraj Chopra, who had previously won gold at the Tokyo Summer Games three years earlier, had demonstrated his form earlier in the week by throwing 89.34 meters during the qualification round. His performance in the final, however, saw him outpaced by Nadeem’s exceptional throws, with Nadeem breaking the 90-meter mark twice in the event, throwing 92.97 meters and 91.79 meters in successive attempts.

Highlights of the Event:

In the final moments of the competition, it was evident that Neeraj Chopra was feeling the pressure. His final attempt resulted in a foul as he failed to secure a better mark than his earlier throw of 89.45 meters. Despite the setback, Chopra made history for India by becoming the first-ever Indian athlete to win both a gold and a silver medal at the Olympics.

The competition was fierce, with Nadeem’s performance stealing the spotlight. Before this event, the Olympic record for the javelin throw was held by Norway’s Andreas Thorkildsen, who threw 90.57 meters at the Beijing Olympics in 2008. Nadeem not only surpassed this mark but did so twice, proving his dominance in the event.

Neeraj’s silver-winning throw of 89.45 meters was his season-best, showing that he was in excellent form during the final. However, Nadeem’s outstanding performance, marked by throws of 92.97 meters and 91.79 meters, made it impossible for any other competitor to challenge his lead.

Final Standings:

The final standings saw Pakistan’s Arshad Nadeem taking the gold with his Olympic record-setting throw of 92.97 meters. Neeraj Chopra secured the silver with his best attempt of 89.45 meters, while Anderson Peters of Grenada rounded off the podium with a throw of 88.54 meters. The competition was intense, with several athletes putting in strong performances, but ultimately it was Nadeem’s night.

As the event progressed, the tension among the athletes was palpable. Chopra’s initial attempts saw him make a foul, followed by a throw that placed him in second position. Meanwhile, Nadeem continued to push the boundaries with his powerful throws. The final attempts were nerve-wracking, with Chopra aiming to surpass Nadeem’s record, but his final throw resulted in another foul, cementing his position as the silver medalist.

Neeraj Chopra’s Journey:

Neeraj Chopra’s journey in the Paris Olympics 2024 javelin throw event was nothing short of remarkable. After starting the competition with a foul, Chopra quickly recovered and threw 89.45 meters in his second attempt, securing the second position early on. His earlier foul did not deter him, as he continued to focus on improving his distance in subsequent attempts.

However, as the event reached its final rounds, Chopra faced immense pressure. His fourth and fifth attempts both resulted in fouls, which prevented him from challenging Nadeem’s lead. Despite this, Chopra’s earlier throw remained strong enough to secure him the silver medal, marking another significant achievement in his illustrious career.

Nadeem’s performance was consistent throughout the event, with his throws steadily surpassing the 90-meter mark. His final throw of 92.97 meters not only won him the gold but also set a new Olympic record, leaving a lasting impression on the competition.

Other Competitors:

The competition was not just between Chopra and Nadeem. Grenada’s Anderson Peters, who had been a strong contender throughout the event, secured the bronze medal with a throw of 88.54 meters. Peters had earlier taken the lead in the competition with an impressive throw of 87.87 meters but was soon overtaken by Nadeem’s record-setting performance.

Czech Republic’s Jakub Vadlejch also put in a strong performance, finishing in fourth place with a throw of 88.50 meters. Vadlejch, who had previously won silver in the 2020 Olympics, was a formidable opponent throughout the event, consistently throwing distances above 80 meters.

Finland’s Lassi Etelatalo, Germany’s Julian Weber, and Kenya’s Julius Yego were also among the competitors, each putting in strong performances but ultimately falling short of the podium. Etelatalo’s best throw was 82.02 meters, while Weber’s top throw was 84.09 meters. Yego, who had been one of the early favorites, finished with a throw of 81.58 meters.

Neeraj Chopra’s Future:

Neeraj Chopra’s performance at the Paris Olympics 2024 has further cemented his status as one of India’s greatest athletes. Having already secured a gold medal at the Tokyo Summer Games, Chopra’s silver in Paris adds another significant achievement to his growing list of accolades. His season-best throw of 89.45 meters in the final was a testament to his skill and determination.

Chopra’s journey in the world of athletics is far from over. At just 26 years old, he has already made history for India and continues to inspire millions with his performances. His next goal will undoubtedly be to breach the elusive 90-meter mark, a distance he has come close to on several occasions but has yet to achieve in a competition.

As the Olympics come to a close, Neeraj Chopra can take pride in his achievements and look forward to future competitions where he will undoubtedly continue to push the boundaries of the sport. His performance in Paris will be remembered as one of the highlights of the games, and his silver medal will serve as a reminder of his incredible talent and determination.

Israel to Enter Ceasefire and Hostage Negotiations Following Diplomatic Pressure

Israel has agreed to participate in another round of negotiations concerning a ceasefire and hostage release deal, following concerted diplomatic efforts by the United States, Egypt, and Qatar. These three nations issued a joint statement on Thursday, urging for the talks to take place between Israel and Hamas on August 15 in either Doha or Cairo. Hamas has not yet provided a response.

The statement indicated that a “framework agreement” has already been established, with only the final implementation details remaining to be resolved. This diplomatic push by the US and its partners appears to be aimed at preventing further escalation of regional tensions, especially in the wake of the assassination of Hamas leader Ismail Haniyeh in Tehran last week.

Iran has blamed Israel for the assassination and has vowed to retaliate, although Israel has not officially commented on the matter. The joint statement extended an invitation to both Israel and Hamas to resume negotiations, urging them to “close all remaining gaps and commence implementation of the deal without further delay.”

“As mediators, if necessary, we are prepared to present a final bridging proposal that resolves the remaining implementation issues in a manner that meets the expectations of all parties,” the statement emphasized.

The statement was endorsed by US President Joe Biden, Egyptian President Abdel Fattah el-Sisi, and the Emir of Qatar, Sheikh Tamim bin Hamad Al Thani. It mentioned that the “framework agreement” is based on “principles” previously outlined by President Biden on May 31, which suggested a deal beginning with a full ceasefire and the release of a number of hostages. The United Nations Security Council has also endorsed this framework.

European Union chief Ursula Von der Leyen expressed her strong support for the ongoing efforts to broker a ceasefire agreement. She stated, “We need a ceasefire in Gaza now. That’s the only way to save lives, restore hope for peace, and secure the return of hostages,” in a post on X, formerly known as Twitter.

UK Foreign Secretary David Lammy also voiced the UK’s support for the plan for talks, stating that the UK “fully endorses” the proposal and appreciates “the tireless efforts of our partners in Qatar, Egypt, and the United States.”

US Defense Secretary Lloyd Austin issued a statement on Thursday evening, revealing that he had discussed the situation with Israeli Defense Minister Yoav Gallant. Austin briefed Gallant on changes to US forces in the region and reiterated his “ironclad support for Israel’s defense.” He also highlighted “the importance of concluding a ceasefire deal in Gaza that releases the hostages.”

Despite multiple rounds of negotiations, reaching a ceasefire and hostage release agreement has remained a challenging task. In June, Hamas official Osama Hamdan indicated that the group was advocating for a “permanent ceasefire, a complete withdrawal [of Israeli troops] from the Gaza Strip,” along with a prisoner swap deal involving Israeli hostages and Palestinian prisoners currently held in Israeli jails.

However, Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu has maintained that the conflict can only be resolved once Hamas is defeated. On Thursday, Israel continued its military actions in the Gaza Strip, with Gaza’s Hamas-run civil defense force reporting that Israeli airstrikes hit two schools, resulting in the deaths of over 18 people. The Israeli military claimed that the strikes targeted Hamas command centers.

The proposed talks may face further complications following Hamas’ decision to appoint Yahya Sinwar as its new leader, succeeding Haniyeh. Sinwar is considered one of the group’s most extreme figures and is held responsible by Israel for orchestrating the attacks on October 7.

Amid growing concerns about a potential attack from Iran or its allies, Israel’s security cabinet held its meeting in an underground bunker on Thursday, as reported by Israel’s Channel 13. This shift from the usual meeting location underscores the heightened state of alert in the region.

As the situation remains fluid, the international community continues to watch closely, with hopes that the proposed negotiations will pave the way for a lasting ceasefire and the release of hostages, potentially easing the longstanding conflict between Israel and Hamas.

India Secures Consecutive Olympic Bronze in Hockey, Ending a Four-Decade Jinx

India broke a four-decade-long Olympic medal jinx in Tokyo and further solidified its position as a powerhouse in world hockey by clinching a second consecutive bronze medal at the Paris Olympics. The match, held on August 8, 2024, at the historic Yves du Manoir Stadium, marked a significant achievement for the Indian team, which showcased its resilience and determination under the scorching afternoon sun.

In a thrilling encounter, India, led by coach Craig Fulton—who took charge just three months before the Asian Games last year—adapted swiftly to a defense-first strategy. This approach proved successful as they edged past a tenacious Spanish team with a 2-1 victory in the bronze medal match. This triumph echoes India’s previous Olympic successes, with the last back-to-back medals dating back to the 1972 Munich Games.

Prime Minister Narendra Modi and other prominent figures extended their congratulations to the Indian hockey team for this remarkable achievement. This victory marked India’s fourth bronze and its 13th overall Olympic medal in hockey, serving as a fitting farewell to veteran goalkeeper P.R. Sreejesh. Sreejesh, who had a distinguished two-decade-long international career, retired from the sport with this crowning accomplishment, earning a well-deserved send-off.

From the start, India’s intent was evident, with the team displaying significant improvements throughout the tournament. The players’ determination and potential were on full display as they pushed through the challenges posed by their opponents.

The opening quarter saw both teams testing each other’s defenses, with midfielders from both sides working tirelessly to create scoring opportunities. However, it was in the second period that the match truly came alive. Spain, showing greater urgency, launched multiple attacks on the Indian defense. Their efforts paid off when Pepe Clapes was tackled inside the Indian circle, leading to a penalty stroke. Spanish captain Marc Miralles made no mistake, sending the ball to the top right corner and beating Sreejesh to give Spain a 1-0 lead.

Spain continued to pressure the Indian defense, earning three penalty corners in quick succession. However, India’s Amit Rohidas played a crucial role as a rusher, ensuring the Indian goal remained unbreached. Spain nearly doubled their lead when Clapes sent a cross from the left, but Borja Lacalle missed the connection in front of the goal, keeping the scoreline unchanged.

As the match progressed, India regained control and earned two short corners of their own. Just before halftime, Indian captain Harmanpreet Singh stepped up and delivered a fast and low drag-flick, leveling the score at 1-1.

The third quarter saw India taking the lead early, thanks to Harmanpreet’s brilliance in converting another penalty corner. His shot, delayed slightly to throw off the Spanish defense, found its way past goalkeeper Luis Calzado, putting India ahead 2-1. Harmanpreet’s skillful use of his wrists to maneuver the ball along the carpet was a highlight of the match.

Throughout the remainder of the game, India displayed excellent coordination and defensive discipline. The team earned three more short corners while Spain secured two, but India’s composed defense, clean tackling, and quick clearances helped them win crucial moments and fend off Spain’s attacks.

As the clock wound down, Spain made a bold move by removing their goalkeeper Calzado with three minutes remaining, hoping to capitalize on their numerical advantage. They earned four consecutive short corners in the 59th minute, but India’s defenders, led by the indomitable Sreejesh, stood firm. Their determination and skill ensured that Spain could not breach the Indian wall, securing the bronze medal for India.

The final whistle sparked jubilant celebrations among the Indian fans and players. The team gathered around a grounded Sreejesh, paying tribute to the legendary goalkeeper, often referred to as the “God of Indian hockey.” The significance of this victory, not just as an Olympic medal but as a testament to India’s resilience and growth in the sport, was palpable.

The result was a testament to the team’s hard work and strategic planning: India 2 (Harmanpreet 30-pc, 33-pc) defeated Spain 1 (Miralles 18-ps).

Urgent Need for Medicare Physician Payment Reform to Protect Healthcare Access and Quality

The Medicare physician payment system is becoming increasingly unsustainable, threatening the stability of both physicians and their patients. Despite years of advocacy for reform, physicians remain the only Medicare providers who do not receive an annual inflationary update. This lack of adjustment means that payment rates fall behind inflation, putting physicians at risk financially and making it difficult for them to manage rising medical costs. Without intervention, many physician practices may be forced to close, resulting in fewer options for all patients, not just those on Medicare, to receive high-quality care.

Reforming this system is urgently needed. Strong action from Congress is essential to establishing a fair and logical Medicare payment system that links compensation more closely to the quality of care provided. Such reforms would also eliminate the need for Congress to annually assess and prevent scheduled pay cuts. The Strengthening Medicare for Patients and Providers Act (H.R. 2474) proposes an annual inflationary update to Medicare physician payments, calculated using the Medicare Economic Index. Support for this bill from policymakers would help correct systemic flaws, protect physician practices, and ensure patients retain access to quality care.

Further reforms could also make the Medicare physician payment system more reflective of the current realities faced by medical practices. These changes could include revising the rules around budget neutrality calculations to prevent errors in future projections and reducing the financial and reporting burdens imposed by the Merit-based Incentive Payment System (MIPS). Additionally, reforms could encourage participation in alternative payment models (APMs), which reward providers for delivering high-quality, coordinated care.

There are several critical reasons why Congress needs to address this issue immediately:

Rising Practice Costs and Declining Physician Pay:

Since 2001, Medicare physician pay has fallen 29 percent behind inflation. During the same period, the cost of running a medical practice has increased by nearly 50 percent. This discrepancy has resulted in over two decades of stagnant payments in the face of rising costs.

Incorrect Assumptions Reduce Available Payment Funds:

When new services are added to the physician fee schedule, projections about the future workload of practices are made to comply with the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) budget neutrality rules. However, these projections are often inaccurate, leading to billions of dollars being permanently removed from the payment pool.

Temporary Fixes Are Not Sustainable:

At the beginning of 2024, Medicare physicians faced a 3.37 percent payment cut. While Congress intervened to limit the reduction, they only managed to reverse 1.68 percent of the cut. This action left physicians struggling to manage practice costs and consumer prices. This reduction followed a 2 percent pay cut in 2023.

Ongoing Pay Cuts Limit Options for Medicare Patients:

The U.S. is already seeing delays in access to care and challenges in scheduling appointments. With a projected shortage of up to 86,000 physicians by 2036, Medicare patients cannot afford to lose more options for care.

All Americans Risk Losing Access to Quality Care Without Reform:

Without significant long-term changes, physicians will struggle to afford staff salaries, purchase new equipment, or invest in their practices. If Medicare physicians are forced to close their doors, all Americans, not just Medicare beneficiaries, will be at risk.

APM Development Has Stalled:

While both Congress and the physician community have advocated for APMs to enable better care delivery at lower costs, most physicians still lack the opportunity to participate in these models. This lack of participation deprives both patients and physicians of the advantages offered by innovative healthcare delivery systems.

Healthcare Access in Rural and Underserved Areas Will Decline:

The annual cost of participating in MIPS is approximately $12,800 per physician. This cost is challenging for rural and small practices with limited resources to absorb. If Medicare physicians in these areas close, residents may struggle to find care at all.

A Rational Payment System Would Better Meet the Needs of Americans:

Reforming the current system would benefit both patients and physicians. It would provide financial stability and predictability, promote value-based care, and safeguard access to high-quality care. Additionally, it would allow practices of all sizes, in both rural and urban areas, to thrive.

Physicians have been pushing for reform for over a decade, but the system remains unchanged. The current situation has placed significant strain on the healthcare system, particularly for those on Medicare. As healthcare costs continue to rise, the lack of an inflationary update has put many practices at risk of closure, which in turn threatens the quality of care available to patients across the country.

One of the most significant issues is the failure to provide physicians with an annual inflationary adjustment. While other Medicare providers receive such updates, physicians are left behind, struggling to keep up with increasing costs. This gap between rising expenses and stagnant payments creates a precarious situation for many practices, especially smaller ones that lack the financial buffer to absorb these costs.

The Strengthening Medicare for Patients and Providers Act (H.R. 2474) offers a potential solution by proposing an annual update to Medicare physician payments based on the Medicare Economic Index. This adjustment would help align payments more closely with the realities of medical practice today, providing a much-needed lifeline for struggling physicians.

Moreover, addressing the systemic flaws that lead to inaccurate budget projections is crucial. When new services are added to the fee schedule, the assumptions made about future usage can lead to significant errors. These errors can result in billions of dollars being unnecessarily removed from the payment pool, exacerbating the financial challenges faced by physicians.

The temporary patches that have been applied to the payment system are no longer sustainable. At the start of 2024, physicians were confronted with a 3.37 percent payment cut. Although Congress intervened, they could only reverse a portion of the cut, leaving physicians unable to fully cover their rising costs. This situation is not new; it follows a similar reduction in 2023, highlighting the ongoing instability of the current system.

The continued decline in payment rates has broader implications for patient care. The U.S. is already grappling with delays in access to care, and with a projected shortage of up to 86,000 physicians by 2036, the situation could worsen significantly. Medicare patients, in particular, are at risk of having fewer options for care, which could lead to longer wait times and reduced access to the services they need.

Without comprehensive reform, all Americans stand to lose. Physicians will find it increasingly difficult to maintain their practices, particularly in rural and underserved areas where resources are already stretched thin. The high cost of participating in programs like MIPS further exacerbates these challenges, making it even harder for these practices to survive.

Reforming the payment system is not just about ensuring fair compensation for physicians; it is about protecting the healthcare infrastructure that millions of Americans rely on. A rational, stable payment system would support practices in providing high-quality care, encourage innovation through APMs, and ensure that patients, regardless of where they live, have access to the services they need.

Congress must act now to reform the Medicare physician payment system. The current system is unsustainable, and without change, both physicians and patients will continue to suffer. The Strengthening Medicare for Patients and Providers Act (H.R. 2474) and other proposed reforms offer a pathway to a more stable, equitable system that benefits everyone involved.

India’s Path to Becoming the Next Global Economic Power: Challenges and Opportunities

The Indian economy is under increasing scrutiny as discussions intensify over whether the country could become the “next China.” China played a crucial role in driving global growth for nearly three decades, contributing more than a quarter to global GDP expansion between 1990 and 2020. Specifically, from 2013 to 2021, China accounted for almost 39% of global GDP growth—13% more than the combined contribution of G7 countries.

For India to emulate China, it would need to sustain a near double-digit growth rate for close to three decades, integrate into the global manufacturing supply chain, become an export powerhouse, and attract substantial foreign investment. Although this is a formidable challenge, India finds itself at a critical juncture, similar to where China stood over 40 years ago.

China’s rise was shaped by key political and economic factors of the 1970s. During this period, the intensifying U.S.-Soviet rivalry and the Sino-Soviet split led the U.S.-led West to open up to China in 1971, creating favorable conditions for China as it launched economic reforms in the late 1970s.

Today, a similar inclination exists within the West toward India, driven by deepening strategic competition with China. Beijing’s growing diplomatic and economic influence, evident in its aggressive foreign policy and economic coercion, has raised concerns about overdependence and strategic vulnerabilities in the West. Consequently, the U.S. and its allies are reassessing their partnerships with China and exploring options for de-risking and diversification, with India emerging as a preferred partner.

Another factor that worked in China’s favor was the simultaneous emergence of global businesses seeking to increase competitiveness by offshoring operations to Asia. Following the Sino-U.S. rapprochement in the 1970s, China, with its vast pool of cheap labor, became an attractive destination for these businesses.

A similar shift is happening today. The deepening rivalry between the U.S. and China has prompted Washington to impose unilateral and multilateral export restrictions on Chinese companies, limiting their access to key technological goods. In response, China has introduced strict regulatory compliance requirements for foreign companies. Faced with regulatory challenges from both Washington and Beijing, foreign firms operating in China are looking to redirect their investments elsewhere. India, in turn, has emerged as a credible alternative.

The Indian government appears eager to capitalize on the opportunities arising from the global de-risking strategy. This is evident in its strong support for high-profile projects involving the manufacturing of iPhones and the assembly of semiconductors.

China also had the advantage of a rapidly growing consumer base, which none of its Asian competitors could match. Over time, this expanding consumer market became increasingly influential in shaping business decisions. The downsides of rising labor costs in China were offset by the skill competitiveness of its labor force and the growth of its consumer base.

India today has a similar advantage. The country currently boasts the second-largest consumer base—defined as people spending above $12 a day—of over 500 million, second only to China’s 900 million. Projections indicate that by 2030, India’s consumer base will grow to 773 million, trailing only China’s 1.062 billion. The gap between China and India will continue to narrow in the coming years.

Despite these advantages, India faces several significant challenges. One of the most pressing is the rise of protectionism globally and the resurgence of industrial policies even within the heart of liberal capitalist economies.

China’s economic success was largely driven by the wave of globalization that began around 1980 and continued until the 2008 global financial crisis. However, the economic rationale underlying globalization has come under severe stress in recent years. The trend of weaponizing trade has made nations increasingly wary of economic coercion.

Domestic political pressures have led countries to pursue some form of self-sufficiency. Even the strongest advocates of free trade have started offering subsidies to encourage the repatriation of investments. The slowdown in globalization is thus the biggest obstacle to India’s ambitions. This challenge is further exacerbated by India’s reluctance to fully embrace the remaining aspects of globalization, as seen in its higher import tariffs and skepticism toward multilateral trade agreements.

Nonetheless, India stands to gain from the ongoing de-risking and “China plus one” strategies, although not to the extent seen in the 1980s and 1990s. While India has emerged as a strong contender in this contest, it faces stiff competition from countries like Vietnam, Thailand, and Malaysia, which could limit its gains both in absolute and relative terms.

The EU Chamber of Commerce in China has noted that while India has performed better than any Southeast Asian country and has attracted 15% of European investment diversifying away from China, it still trails ASEAN as a whole, which has attracted 21% of these redirected investments.

Lastly, while a large consumer market can give India a significant advantage over its competitors, experience shows that this is a third-order factor in attracting inbound investments. This is evident from the fact that Singapore, Vietnam, Malaysia, and Thailand—all with much smaller domestic markets—have attracted significantly higher foreign direct investment (FDI) as a percentage of their GDP.

Openness to foreign investment and ease of doing business are crucial for driving growth. According to the OECD’s FDI Regulatory Restrictiveness Index, India is on par with or even better than its competitors in terms of openness to foreign investment. However, when it comes to ease of doing business, India lags far behind, preventing its consumer market from driving inbound investment.

Currently, India contributes 16% of global economic growth, compared to China’s 34%. The International Monetary Fund (IMF) predicts that India’s share will rise to 18% over the next five years. As China’s share declines due to its economic slowdown, India is strategically positioned to emerge as the leading engine of growth—provided it navigates the aforementioned challenges effectively.

Vinesh Phogat’s Battle Against the Odds Ends in Heartbreak at the Paris Olympics

Vinesh Phogat achieved what seemed impossible: she defeated an undefeated opponent, reached a pinnacle no wrestler before her had attained, and was poised to claim a gold medal that could have been the crowning moment of her career. Yet, her journey ended in a heartbreak that no one could have anticipated—disqualification by a rule that had never been so harsh to any Olympian. This was a fate Phogat didn’t deserve.

What should have been a historic moment for Indian sports—an underdog woman overcoming systemic challenges to become the country’s first female gold medalist—turned into a day of sorrow. While athletes across the globe were basking in their victories at the Paris Olympics, Phogat found herself in a somber corner, grappling with the emotional weight of her disqualification.

Phogat’s story is one of resilience. She had the determination to challenge Brij Bhushan Sharan Singh, a five-time BJP MP and the dominant force in Indian wrestling, forcing the court to address the sexual harassment charges against him. On the mat, she displayed an equally formidable resolve by defeating the seemingly invincible Japanese wrestler Yui Susaki.

It’s tempting to question the fairness of the situation, to rage against the rulebook or the cruel hand of fate. But at this point, that would serve no purpose. Outrage might offer some temporary relief, but it won’t change the fact that Phogat won’t be standing on the Olympic podium. The reason? She weighed more than her competitors, just a small amount—like the weight of a pinch of salt. But that slight difference was enough to end her gold medal dream.

In the days ahead, life will move on. Attention will shift to celebrating other victories, perhaps a javelin medal or the consistency of the hockey team. Phogat will receive sympathy and recognition. She’ll be invited to ceremonies, awarded prizes, and lauded as a winner. Yet, the events in Paris offer important lessons, not just for athletes but for those in positions of power.

Let’s start with Phogat herself. If anyone in Indian sports is capable of handling such a shock, it’s her. At the age of nine, she experienced a devastating loss when her father was shot dead by a mentally disturbed relative outside their home. Phogat later recounted that from that day, her mother, a young widow, lost the ability to smile. Despite this, she raised a daughter with an indomitable spirit, one who would never be easily intimidated.

Phogat’s cousins, who lived nearby in Balali, Haryana, were the more famous members of the family—wrestling royalty with a movie made about them. As a junior, Phogat was, at best, the fourth Phogat. But she was never content to be a side note. Her journey is more complex than her cousins’, as she faced greater challenges. If there were ever a sequel to the film *Dangal*, it wouldn’t be a Greek tragedy but an uplifting story. While it might not end with a podium finish, Phogat’s experience in Paris has placed her on a higher pedestal than any Olympic medal could have.

Phogat possesses qualities that many Indian athletes lack: courage and the conviction to challenge the system without concern for the consequences. Even among taller, stronger male wrestlers, she stands out, her eyes burning with determination. During the tense days of protest at Jantar Mantar, she was the backbone, the one with the strongest resolve. There were moments when others considered compromising, but Phogat’s anger and determination kept the fight alive.

Those who followed her Olympic journey in Paris noticed the same fierce spirit. After each victory, she wouldn’t linger for applause or appreciation. Her eyes ablaze, breathing heavily, she would stride into the tunnel, focused and driven.

Phogat had channeled her anger systematically, catching her opponents off guard. Susaki, who had never lost before, was defeated by Phogat. Perhaps Susaki had never faced an opponent with the kind of raw determination and pent-up anger that Phogat brought to the mat. No one wanted that medal more than Phogat. In one of her many defiant interviews during her battle against Singh, she declared, “I will look him (Singh) in the eye and medal leke aoongi main, tu dekh (I will bring a medal, you see).” While she might have missed the medal, she made an important point.

By reaching the gold-medal match, Phogat exposed the ignorance of the government and sports officials about the nation’s sporting icons. When she highlighted the importance of women’s safety in sports, she was dismissed as someone merely trying to blackmail the federation into meeting her demands. Not even the detailed accounts of sexual abuse in the police complaint, filed by the country’s top wrestlers, moved the authorities. She was branded a “has-been” and a “khota sikka” (worthless coin). Stories were planted against her: “She didn’t want to attend the trial, she is scared of young wrestlers,” or “This is politically motivated,” they would tell the media. But how wrong they were about the only woman in the world to defeat the great Susaki.

Phogat’s remarkable journey, until it took a nightmarish turn, highlighted the failures of those who remained silent when the wrestlers needed them the most. Memes and speculations circulated, and there were even unfounded rumors of an insider conspiracy. It’s an unhealthy “Us vs Them” atmosphere where a win is seen as vindication rather than a celebration of the sporting community. This is far from ideal for a nation that dreams of hosting the Olympics and climbing higher in the medal rankings.

Phogat channeled her personal rage into wrestling success, but now she faces an even tougher challenge. She must find a way to move past her Olympic heartbreak. Although she was denied a medal, she will always be remembered as the one who wasn’t intimidated by Singh or shaken by Susaki.

India’s Historic Success at the International Mathematics Olympiad: A Story of Collaboration and Dedication

Eighteen-year-old Ananda Bhaduri has always been fascinated by mathematics. Growing up in Guwahati, he immersed himself in advanced mathematical topics that were not part of the typical school curriculum. Last year, he delved into online archives of challenging math problems, carefully selecting the toughest ones to solve—sometimes working alone and at other times collaborating with friends online.

Earlier this year, in July, Bhaduri was ecstatic to learn that he had won a gold medal in the International Mathematics Olympiad (IMO).

Bhaduri was a member of a six-person Indian team that made history at this year’s IMO. Along with three other team members who also secured gold medals, one who won a silver, and another who received an honorable mention, the Indian team achieved the fourth position among 108 participating countries—India’s highest ranking since it first participated in the olympiad in 1989.

Mathematical success stories often highlight extraordinary talent, but in this case, it was the result of disciplined practice and international collaboration.

The Olympiad

The IMO, the oldest of the international science olympiads, has been an annual event since its inception in Romania in 1959. It has gained a near-mythical status, with many of its medalists going on to become renowned mathematicians, including some who have won the Fields Medal, the highest honor in mathematics. Notable IMO medalists include Terence Tao, considered one of the greatest living mathematicians, and the late Maryam Mirzakhani, the first woman to win the Fields Medal.

Each year, over a hundred countries send teams of six contestants to the IMO, accompanied by a team leader, a deputy leader, and a group of observers. This year, the IMO was held in Bath, U.K.

The Indian team comprised Adhitya Mangudy Venkata Ganesh (Pune), Ananda Bhaduri (Guwahati), Kanav Talwar (Noida), Rushil Mathur (Mumbai), Arjun Gupta (Delhi), and Siddharth Choppara (Pune). Ganesh, Bhaduri, Talwar, and Mathur won gold medals, Gupta secured a silver, and Choppara received an honorable mention.

The team was led by Krishnan Sivasubramanian, a professor of mathematics at IIT Bombay, and Rijul Saini, a visitor at the Homi Bhabha Centre for Science Education (HBCSE), Mumbai. The observers were Rohan Goyal, an undergraduate student at the Chennai Mathematical Institute, and Mainak Ghosh, a postdoctoral fellow at the Indian Statistical Institute, Bengaluru.

A Unique Examination

In India, science students are no strangers to competitive exams, but the IMO stands out due to its unique format and syllabus. Unlike exams such as the IIT-Joint Entrance Examination (JEE), which focuses on solving numerous problems in a short time, the IMO presents only six problems of increasing difficulty, to be solved over two days. Each problem is worth 7 marks, with a total possible score of 42 marks.

The problems are drawn from topics both familiar, such as algebra and combinatorics, and unfamiliar, such as number theory. Algebra involves the manipulation of variables, number theory explores the properties of whole numbers, and combinatorics deals with counting, selection, and arrangement of objects.

Importantly, contestants are not required to know calculus. According to the IMO’s Wikipedia entry, the problems are designed to “incentivize finding elegant, deceptively simple-looking solutions that require ingenuity.”

The Road to Selection

Bhaduri’s journey with the mathematics olympiad began four years ago when he first participated in the Indian Olympiad Qualifier for Mathematics (IOQM), the initial step toward being selected for the IMO team.

The next step is the Regional Math Olympiad (RMO), a three-hour exam with six challenging problems, described by the HBCSE as having a “high level of difficulty and sophistication.” Those who excel in the RMO move on to the Indian National Math Olympiad (INMO).

The top 65 performers in the INMO are invited to the International Mathematics Olympiad Training Camp (IMOTC), where they receive instruction from established mathematicians and practice solving complex problems.

Though Bhaduri was selected to attend the IMOTC in 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic disrupted his plans. When he was selected again this year to attend the camp at the Chennai Mathematical Institute, he was thrilled.

Recalling his experience at the camp, Bhaduri said, “It was the best experience of my life.”

At the IMOTC, participants undergo several selection tests, with the top six performers chosen to represent India at the IMO. Before heading to the competition, the team undergoes an additional 8-10 days of training at the HBCSE.

The Secret to Success

Prithwijit De, associate professor at HBCSE and national coordinator of the mathematics olympiad program, noted that students who attend the IMOTC typically already have a strong grasp of fundamental mathematical concepts. “This is probably because they have access to multiple sources on the internet,” he explained.

The training camp focuses on topics not usually covered in school syllabi and places students in a rigorous regimen of practicing difficult problems expected at the IMO.

A key factor in this year’s success was the collaborative effort between the Indian and Iranian olympiad teams in preparing the candidates. For the first time, trainers from both countries jointly developed practice test questions, which were then used by candidates from both teams. This “cross-cultural collaboration,” as Dr. De described it, was inspired by similar collaborations between other olympiad teams, such as those from the U.K. and Hungary, who “have been training together for a long time now.”

However, Dr. De cautioned that it is difficult to isolate the specific factors that contributed to the candidates’ performance, as many had already undertaken independent training before attending the camp.

For example, Ganesh, another gold medalist, credited his success to training with M. Prakash, founder of the Pune-based M. Prakash Institute, which prepares students for both the IIT-JEE and olympiads.

“I don’t know what percentage of our training helped them and what percentage of this cross-cultural training helped them. It’s very hard to distinguish between the effects of all these factors,” Dr. De remarked. “But this year, we tried something different.”

Looking Ahead

Other countries have expressed interest in collaborating with India’s olympiad program to jointly train their candidates, Dr. De revealed. The Indian team plans to continue its collaboration with Iran and expand its collaborative efforts.

A detailed training plan for the coming year is being developed by a “dynamic group full of young people,” according to Dr. De.

The HBCSE also aims to increase female participation in the IMO. The absence of women in this year’s team reflects a broader trend, with less than 10% of IMO participants between 2000 and 2021 being women.

In response, the U.K. launched the European Girls Mathematical Olympiad (EGMO) in 2012, now involving over 50 countries. Each country can send a four-member team to the EGMO.

India first participated in the EGMO in 2015 and initially struggled to field a full team. It is only in the last “three or four editions,” Dr. De said, “that we have had a full-strength team.”

A group of 16 girls has already been selected for the EGMO training camp, scheduled for December this year at the Chennai Mathematical Institute. From this group, four will be chosen to represent India at EGMO 2025. “We hope that this will inspire more girls to come forward and take interest in the IMO,” Dr. De added.

Aditya Agarwal’s Defining Challenge: Crafting Facebook’s Revolutionary Search Engine

In the early stages of Facebook, Aditya Agarwal was a relatively inexperienced engineer trying to find his place in the rapidly growing company. Just a week into his new role, Agarwal was still adjusting when a significant challenge was presented to him by none other than Mark Zuckerberg. This moment, which Agarwal recalls as the most defining 30 seconds of his life, was shared during the episode titled ‘Mark Zuckerberg on Llama, AI, & Minus One.’

Aditya Agarwal crossed paths with Mark Zuckerberg in 2005 through a shared connection. At the time, Zuckerberg’s vision for Facebook left a lasting impression on Agarwal, prompting him to join the company as one of its early engineers. Soon after joining, Agarwal was given a major task: to create Facebook’s search engine. This was no small feat, and Zuckerberg made it clear that Agarwal was expected to tackle the challenge on his own, without the support of a team.

Despite being new to the company and the immense pressure associated with such a critical project, Agarwal, who later ascended to the position of Facebook’s first Director of Product Engineering, managed to develop the search engine successfully. The search engine was an integral feature for Facebook, allowing users to locate and connect with others on the platform, thus playing a crucial role in the company’s growth and user engagement.

Agarwal initially proposed bringing in an expert from established tech giants like Google or Yahoo to develop the search engine. However, Zuckerberg was resolute in his confidence in Agarwal’s abilities. He responded with the motivational words that stuck with Agarwal: “Dude if I can build Facebook you can build a damn search engine.” This statement from Zuckerberg not only highlighted his belief in Agarwal’s potential but also served as a driving force behind Agarwal’s determination to succeed in this pivotal project.

Christian Leaders Urge U.S. State Department to Monitor India for Religious Freedom Violations

In an appeal to the U.S. State Department, over 300 Christian leaders from the United States have urged the inclusion of India on a watchlist for the world’s most severe violators of religious freedom. This request was articulated in a letter dated August 1, which was orchestrated by the Federation of Indian-American Christian Organizations in North America (FIACONA). The letter specifically calls for India to be classified as a “country of particular concern” (CPC).

The Christian leaders expressed their alarm over the escalating violence against Christians in India, which they assert has surged since Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s Hindu nationalist Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) rose to power in 2014. According to FIACONA’s data, there were 1,570 recorded attacks on Christians in 2023, marking an increase from the 1,198 attacks reported in 2022.

The letter’s signatories represent a wide spectrum of Christian denominations and organizations. Among them are 18 bishops, three archbishops, and 167 clergy members from a variety of denominational and nondenominational backgrounds. Additionally, the list includes eight current or former presidents and deans from five theological institutions and leaders from more than 40 Christian organizations.

Pieter Friedrich, a FIACONA board member and a journalist with expertise in South Asian affairs, voiced his concerns over the silence of the U.S. Church regarding the situation in India. “The U.S. Church is tragically silent as India becomes not only our nation’s greatest ally in Asia but also the most dangerous democracy in the world for Christians,” Friedrich remarked. He added, “It is encouraging to see the narrative shift as, finally, hundreds of Christian leaders from diverse backgrounds raise a voice for the persecuted Church in India.”

The letter has garnered support from leaders beyond the Protestant community. Notably, several Catholic priests and Bishop Mar Joy Alappat of the St. Thomas Syro-Malabar Catholic Eparchy of Chicago are also signatories. The Syro-Malabar Church, an Eastern Catholic church in full communion with Rome, is primarily based in the Indian state of Kerala.

The U.S. Department of State defines a “country of particular concern” as one that has been involved in or has tolerated particularly severe violations of religious freedom. For years, human rights activists and experts have advocated for India’s inclusion in the CPC list and have expressed their dismay over the country’s exclusion in recent years, alongside other nations like Nigeria.

Beyond requesting the CPC designation for India, the August 1 letter also implores the U.S. State Department to hold the Indian government accountable for upholding equal human rights for all religious communities. It further suggests that the U.S. consider imposing targeted sanctions on Indian government agencies and officials who are responsible for severe violations of religious freedom and human rights. Additionally, the letter calls for support of independent religious organizations and human rights groups both in India and the U.S. that have been targeted for their advocacy of religious freedom and human rights.

In its coverage, CNA highlighted several instances of attacks on Christians in India, often driven by anti-Christian, Hindu nationalist sentiments. A notable example includes the situation in the northeastern state of Manipur, governed by the BJP, where ongoing ethnic conflict has led to widespread chaos and the deaths of hundreds of Christians since the previous year. Furthermore, there have been reports of the persecution of Sikhs, a minority religious group in the northwestern state of Punjab, India.

The United States Commission on International Religious Freedom (USCIRF) has voiced its alarm over India’s growing transnational targeting of religious minorities and those advocating on their behalf. A 2023 USCIRF report listed India among the countries where religious persecution is most prevalent. The commission’s concerns were reiterated as recently as May, emphasizing the deteriorating conditions for religious freedom in India.

International Mediation is Hazardous in a Complex World, Says Former Ambassador T.P. Sreenivasan

Global Organization of People of Indian Origin (New York Chapter), Indian Diaspora Center and the Indian American Kerala Center organized a talk titled ‘India’s Role as a Peacemaker Since Independence,’ by former Ambassador T.P. Sreenivasan at the Dr. Thomas Abraham Library Hall at the Kerala Center to celebrate 77th Anniversary of India’s Independence. Community leaders representing several organizations participated in an exciting discussion after Sreenivasan’s presentation.

The program started with a welcome by the Kerala Center Secretary Raju Thomas. GOPIO Chairman Dr. Thomas Abraham, who chaired the session spoke on the accomplishments of GOPIO in the last 35 years and that its initial goal of bringing the Diaspora community to political mainstream has been achieved.

T P Sreenivasan, Dr Thomas Abraham and Raju Thomas
Photo from l. to r.: Kerala Center Secretary Raju Thomas, GOPIO Chairman Dr. Thomas Abraham and Ambassador T.P. Sreenivasan

T.P. Sreenivasan told the meeting that in the complex world of the 21st century, marked by the absence of a defined global order, international mediation to end conflicts was extremely hazardous. India had emerged on the world as a messenger of peace and it played a peace making role even in distant lands based on the principles of Panchsheel and by leading the Nonaligned Movement. India led the decolonisation and disarmament initiatives of the UN and was part of global efforts to settle disputes and to prevent war. But over the years, India unwittingly became a party to the conflicts with Pakistan and China and had to fight wars to protect its own sovereignty and national interests. Moreover, India had to keep out of the NPT, CTBT etc and eventually became a nuclear weapon state.

“India is seen today not as a pacifist state, but as an aspiring world power, said Sreenivasan.

According to Sreenivasan, India has been a strong supporter of the UN as the guardian of international peace and security, but in the context of the increasing irrelevance of the UN on account of the imbalance in the Security Council, it is struggling to maintain its strategic autonomy in a divided world. But India continues to be a responsible member of the international community, engaged in building a reformed global order to fight both conventional threats to security as well as the new and emerging dangers like terrorism, climate change and pandemics. It has steered clear of military alliances but has built strategic partnerships with like-minded countries.

China has emerged as an adversary and recent incursions across the Line of Actual Control and continuing claims on Indian territory are a major challenge. But through negotiations, strengthening of our defence, reducing our trade imbalance and strengthening cooperation with others, India is facing the Chinese challenge. Our relations with the United States and Russia are also being strengthened. The recent G 20 meetings in India increased our engagement with the Global South.

There have been demands for India to be a mediator in the two most serious conflicts, the Russia-Ukraine war and the Israel-Palestine war.  The fact that India has good relations with all the adversaries appears to give an opportunity for India to negotiate peace, but these wars are distinctly different from the wars of the twentieth century, because each side is fighting for a decisive victory in the context of creating a new global order. India itself has learnt a lesson from Tashkent and others that mediation is a double-edged weapon.

Particiupants at the talk
Participants at the Library at the Kerala Center

“We clearly believe in resolution of conflicts through bilateral discussions and that is what India is trying to achieve by keeping the dialogue open. The traditional peace-making efforts outlined in the UN Charter of preventive diplomacy, ceasefire, peace keeping and peace building do not seem to be effective in the present geopolitical situation,” Ambassador Sreenivasan concluded.

In the active and informed discussion that followed, many ideas were exchanged and India’s constructive engagement with the world was applauded.

The program ended with a conclusionary remarks and vote of thanks by Kerala Center Board Member May Philip.

GOPIO is a non-partisan, not-for-profit, secular organization with Individual Life Members and over 100 chapters in 35 countries. GOPIO’s volunteers are committed to enhancing cooperation and communication between NRIs/PIOs and the local communities, building networks, bonds, friendships, alliances, and the camaraderie of citizens and colleagues alike.  GOPIO volunteers believe that when they help network the global Indian community, they facilitate making tomorrow a better world for the Indian Diaspora and the countries they live in.

South Asian American Voters Energized by Kamala Harris’s Presidential Campaign as Racial Attacks from Trump Intensify

In the days leading up to President Biden’s decision to withdraw from the presidential race, a poll from Asian and Pacific Islander American Vote (APIAVote) indicated a 19 percent decline in support for him among South Asian Americans. Now, with an Indian American at the forefront of the Democratic presidential ticket, the response from South Asian organizers has been unprecedented.

“We’ve been inundated with interest that I have never seen before,” said Neha Dewan, who established South Asians for Biden in 2020. “Our phones have not stopped ringing. We have received hundreds of messages, and it’s just overwhelming.”

Anurima Bhargava, founder and director of Anthem of Us and an organizer of a “South Asian Women for Harris” Zoom call, noted the difficulty in energizing voters for Biden before Harris’s presidential run. “I think for, for young and old, it’s been a tough year to try and get people really energized. And I think what we’ve seen in the last two weeks is a real space for hope on multiple fronts,” Bhargava stated.

In just two weeks, South Asian organizers across the country have held numerous events, such as phone banking, door-knocking, and letter-writing to support Harris. Zoom calls hosted by both South Asian men and women saw tens of thousands of participants within days of Harris’s campaign launch.

“We’ve already launched a Pennsylvania phone bank that’s coming up this weekend that has nearly 300 phone bank and volunteer sign-ups,” remarked Chintan Patel, executive director of Indian American Impact. “The energy has been phenomenal.”

The formation of a multiethnic coalition around Harris has also been well-received by South Asians. Dibya Sarkar, a leader of They See Blue, a South Asian group aimed at increasing voter turnout in battleground states, expressed surprise at the positive response. “I actually didn’t think that people would react to Kamala the way they have. I mean, especially men, white men,” Sarkar said. “So that’s actually really, really, really surprised me in a good way, and I’m really glad.”

Former President Trump has escalated racial attacks on Harris, including claims that she is attempting to conceal her Black identity. Harini Krishnan, one of the co-directors of South Asians for Harris, condemned Trump’s actions. “We see you, Donald, for the racist xenophobe that you are, trying to pit one community against another with your divisive garbage,” Krishnan said. “Kamala Harris is a Black woman, a South Asian American woman and has spoken repeatedly with pride about both of her heritage and roots and represents all our communities in everything she is.”

South Asian organizers have dismissed Trump’s attacks, asserting that he is trying to divide communities of color but will not succeed. “Trump has been part of a concerted effort to either erase race or use race to divide America. Yesterday, he tried and failed once again,” Bhargava added. “Vice President Kamala Harris, and all of us in America, are so much more than the limits he imagines.”

South Asian voters are significant in the U.S., with the 2020 census showing approximately 6.5 million South Asians residing in the country. AAPI Victory Fund co-founder Shekar Narasimhan estimates that there are about 750,000 Indian American voters in swing states like Michigan, Pennsylvania, Georgia, and Wisconsin. In Michigan and Georgia, the number of eligible South Asian voters exceeds the margin of victory in the last election. In Pennsylvania, there are 85,000 eligible South Asian voters—Biden won the state by 80,555 votes in 2020, according to an August report from AAPI Data. Narasimhan added that close to 40 percent of those voters have never cast a ballot.

“What you saw in that poll was a lot of apathy,” Narasimhan told The Hill, referring to the APIAVote poll that indicated declining support for Biden. “The switchover at the top of the ticket, obviously, it’s a plus.”

Narasimhan emphasized the importance of drawing attention to the race, especially for those who were apathetic or unenthusiastic. “I think the question is, how do we ensure that for all that group that was apathetic or unenthusiastic or had sort of not paid attention that we do bring attention to this race and to make sure that people know that somebody who looks, who thinks like us, who … is a first-generation immigrant, is on the ticket,” he said. “That’s the effort that’s going on, and it’s very organic, and it’s completely spectacular what’s happening.”

Many of these organizing groups did not exist before Trump’s presidency, but within less than a decade, they have established themselves for a moment like this. According to Patel, South Asian organizers were “ready to hit the ground running.”

Rep. Ami Bera (D-Calif.) recalled that when he first ran in 2010, none of these groups existed. “There was very loose infrastructure within the South Asian or Indian American community. So a lot of it was just going out and trying to find a handful of folks that were involved in politics, more involved in the donor community and building some of that.”

Organizers and political strategists believe the key to maintaining Harris’s momentum is to emphasize how her identity helps her understand the challenges faced by common Americans.

While many South Asian political organizers value her heritage identity, they do not want Harris to center her campaign solely on that aspect. “We have to reintroduce her as the person that she is, this multidimensional American with this origin story, and how she understands your problems in your life situation,” Narasimhan said. “How are we going to make life better for Americans, including you? But the origin story is what I think will resonate.”

Pawan Dhingra, a South Asian studies professor at Amherst University, stressed the need for Harris to do more to convert support into votes. “She can talk about the issues that people care about, not as in a general policy way, but also lean into them in terms of how as, you know, an immigrant, a child, a child of immigrants, as an Indian American, how those issues matter to her.”

Rep. Raja Krishnamoorthi (D-Ill.) added that Harris should continue to address economic issues faced by South Asian entrepreneurs, as well as bottlenecks in legal immigration.

South Asians, especially young voters of color, have been leading efforts related to the Israel-Palestine conflict, according to Sree Sreenivasan, former president of the South Asian Journalists Association, who helped organize the “South Asian Men for Harris” Zoom call.

Palak Sheth, an organizer of the “South Asian Women for Harris” call, noted, “An area of particular importance for South Asians is the war in Gaza, and what’s happening with the genocide in Gaza.”

Nikil Saval, the first South Asian elected to serve as a state senator in Pennsylvania, pointed out the diminished support among South Asians concerned about Biden’s policies in Gaza.

Harris has not explicitly diverged from Biden’s strong support for Israel, but during a press meeting after speaking with Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, she raised concerns about the scale of civilian deaths in Gaza and has shown more empathy towards the Palestinian plight than Biden.

“What has happened in Gaza over the past nine months is devastating,” Harris said after the July meeting with Netanyahu. “The images of dead children and desperate hungry people fleeing for safety, sometimes displaced for the second, third or fourth time. We cannot look away in the face of these tragedies. We cannot allow ourselves to become numb to the suffering, and I will not be silent.”

Sree Sreenivasan commented on Harris’s stance, stating, “I have no illusions that she’s going to be able to say much necessarily, but I do think that it’s an issue that she has already shared a few sentiments on that feels slightly different than what has come up before in the Biden campaign.”

Neha Dewan mentioned that the youth team within South Asians for Biden had struggled to engage young voters due to apathy linked to the war in Gaza and Biden being the incumbent. However, this changed after Harris became the nominee.

“The reaction that we have gotten from the youth team is unbelievable. People who were never interested and hadn’t voted are suddenly coming out of the woodwork and saying how can we get involved,” Dewan told The Hill.

“There’s definitely been a shift because the biggest concern brought to us from youth organizers was that they didn’t like Biden administration policy on the war in Gaza,” said Bejay Chakrabarty, a youth organizer with South Asians for Harris. “More people are coming in now.”

“It feels like she is much more willing to listen to us,” Chakrabarty added.

Nobel Laureate Muhammad Yunus to Lead Interim Government in Bangladesh Following Sheikh Hasina’s Resignation

Days after Prime Minister Sheikh Hasina stepped down, Nobel laureate Professor Muhammad Yunus is set to lead an interim government in Bangladesh, according to Army Chief General Waker-Uz-Zaman. The swearing-in ceremony for the new administration is scheduled for Thursday, General Waker announced during a press conference on Wednesday.

General Waker informed the press that the interim government, headed by Professor Yunus, is expected to take its oath at 8:00 pm on Thursday, August 8, as reported by PTI. The advisory council supporting this interim government is anticipated to consist of 15 members.

Muhammad Yunus, the 84-year-old economist renowned for his work with the Grameen Bank, was appointed as the head of the interim government by President Mohammed Shahabuddin on Tuesday. This decision came just a day after Sheikh Hasina resigned and left the country following intense and violent protests against her administration, which were sparked by a contentious job quota system.

Yunus, who gained international recognition for his contributions to microfinance, now faces the task of stabilizing the country during a tumultuous political period. The sudden shift in leadership has left many in Bangladesh and beyond watching closely to see how the interim government will navigate the country’s challenges.

The departure of Sheikh Hasina, who had been in power for over a decade, marks a significant moment in Bangladesh’s political history. Her resignation followed a wave of deadly protests that erupted across the nation, driven by public anger over a job quota system that many felt was deeply unfair.

The job quota system, which allocated a certain percentage of government jobs to specific groups, had been a point of contention for years. Critics argued that it perpetuated inequality and discrimination, while supporters believed it was necessary to ensure representation for marginalized communities. The protests against the system escalated into widespread demonstrations calling for Hasina’s resignation, ultimately leading to her departure from office.

In the wake of these events, the interim government led by Professor Yunus is expected to play a crucial role in guiding the nation towards stability. Yunus, who is often referred to as the “Banker to the Poor” for his pioneering work in microcredit, brings a reputation for integrity and a commitment to social justice to his new role.

The advisory council, expected to include 15 members, will likely be composed of individuals with diverse backgrounds and expertise, reflecting the need for broad-based support and inclusive governance during this transitional period. The council’s composition will be closely watched, as it will provide insight into the direction the interim government intends to take.

Yunus’s appointment has been met with mixed reactions. While some see his leadership as a positive step towards restoring confidence in the government, others are skeptical about the ability of an interim administration to address the deep-rooted issues facing the country.

The international community is also keeping a close eye on developments in Bangladesh. The country’s stability is of regional and global significance, given its strategic location and economic potential. The transition to an interim government comes at a critical time, as Bangladesh grapples with economic challenges, social unrest, and geopolitical pressures.

Yunus’s track record as an economist and social entrepreneur will be tested in his new role. His ability to build consensus and implement reforms will be key to the interim government’s success. The swearing-in of the new government on Thursday will mark the beginning of what is likely to be a complex and challenging period for Bangladesh.

As the nation waits for the new administration to take charge, there is a sense of cautious optimism mixed with uncertainty. The interim government’s ability to manage the transition and address the underlying causes of the recent unrest will determine the country’s trajectory in the coming months.

General Waker’s announcement has set the stage for a significant moment in Bangladesh’s history. The eyes of the world will be on Dhaka as Professor Yunus and his advisory council take the oath of office and begin the difficult work of steering the country through this period of change. The path ahead is fraught with challenges, but there is hope that with Yunus at the helm, Bangladesh can emerge from this crisis stronger and more united.

In the meantime, the people of Bangladesh are watching closely, hoping that the interim government will be able to deliver the stability and reforms that the country so desperately needs. The task ahead is daunting, but with Professor Yunus’s leadership, there is a renewed sense of possibility for the future. The coming days and weeks will be critical in shaping the direction of Bangladesh’s political landscape and determining the legacy of this transitional government.

Kamala Harris Takes Command of 2024 Campaign, Poised to Challenge Trump

Following President Biden’s unexpected exit from the presidential race, Kamala Harris has swiftly assumed the role of the Democratic standard-bearer for the 2024 election.

Harris’s initial public move was a striking appearance at Biden’s Wilmington, Delaware headquarters, where she launched a strong offensive. Recounting her career, the vice president highlighted her experience prosecuting “predators who abused women, fraudsters who ripped off consumers, cheaters who broke the rules for their own gain.”

In a pointed remark, Harris added with emphasis, “So, hear me when I say: I know Donald Trump’s type.”

When Trump backed out of a scheduled ABC News debate in September, Harris responded with a sharp retort that quickly went viral: “Well, Donald, I hope you’ll reconsider meeting me on the debate stage. Because, as the saying goes, ‘If you’ve got something to say, say it to my face.’” The crowd’s enthusiastic reaction was instantaneous.

Kamala Harris is clearly setting the tone for the upcoming three months with each public appearance. Recognizing that successful candidates focus on the electorate and their future, she has incorporated into her campaign a resonant call-and-response line: “We’re not going back.”

Harris’s political acumen didn’t develop overnight. In 2019, she entered the presidential race with some hesitation, despite a promising start. However, her campaign ended prematurely, before any votes were cast.

Over her four years as vice president, however, Harris has sharpened her political instincts. After the Supreme Court overturned Roe v. Wade in 2022, she issued a scathing response to the court’s majority: “How dare they?” In the ensuing months of town halls and public forums, her growing confidence became increasingly evident.

A year later, following a tragic school shooting in Tennessee, Harris made another bold move. After the expulsion of two Black state legislators, Justin Jones and Justin J. Pearson, for advocating for gun control, and the silencing of another, Gloria Johnson, who is white, Harris altered her schedule to address the issue directly. She traveled to Tennessee with minimal preparation and delivered a powerful speech, telling the “Tennessee Three” that their voices deserved to be heard, and concluding with, “We march on.” The crowd’s reaction was electric, marking a defining moment in Harris’s political career.

For the past 17 months, Harris has been diligently advocating for Joe Biden’s reelection, often working behind the scenes. All the while, she has been honing her political strategy to be ready for this moment.

The development of political talent is often a gradual process. During his first congressional campaign in 1946, John F. Kennedy was described by a Boston politician as “not built for politics.” The reserved and hesitant Kennedy eventually transformed into the charismatic leader who announced his presidential candidacy 14 years later.

Similarly, Ronald Reagan spent years delivering speeches for General Electric before he became known as the “great communicator.” His years of practice on the speaking circuit turned him into a political phenomenon who won decisive victories in every general election he contested.

In the same vein, George W. Bush’s political talent was not immediately apparent. During his unsuccessful congressional campaign in 1978, his wife, Laura Bush, criticized his stump speech for its lack of impact, prompting Bush to crash his car into the wall of his house in frustration.

However, by 1994, Bush’s political abilities were undeniable. That year, he delivered a surprising defeat to Texas Governor Anne Richards, a seasoned political figure. Six years later, he was a dominant force in Texas politics, well on his way to securing the presidency.

Donald Trump has never faced an opponent with the raw political talent of Kamala Harris.

In 2016, Hillary Clinton was not known for her political charisma. For much of her life, she had supported her husband Bill Clinton’s political endeavors. When she entered politics herself in 2000, she won a U.S. Senate seat against a relatively weak Republican challenger.

By 2016, Clinton’s distrust of the media had made her a somewhat reserved and cautious public figure. In this regard, she bore similarities to another unsuccessful presidential candidate, Republican Thomas E. Dewey, who lost to Democrat Harry Truman in 1948.

Joe Biden, Trump’s opponent in 2020, campaigned during a period when the country was under lockdown due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Traditional campaigning was largely absent. For the first time in many years, the nation sought a return to normalcy and valued a candidate with substantial government experience. Biden fit this role perfectly.

With Kamala Harris now leading the Democratic ticket, Trump appears unprepared and off-message. His previously strong ability to captivate and hold the public’s attention seems to have diminished.

As Harris remarked in response to Trump’s attacks on her racial heritage, “It was the same old show.” It’s evident that Trump’s political instincts have dulled after four years out of office.

Moreover, Trump’s running mate, J.D. Vance, offers little in the way of political prowess to help bolster the GOP ticket.

For the first time, Donald Trump is up against a politically talented opponent. Kamala Harris is more than ready to take on Trump and engage in the cutthroat world of politics. It’s clear that Harris is not only aware of her capabilities but is also finding enjoyment in this challenging endeavor.

Donald Trump has never faced anything like this.

Surge of South Asian Support for Kamala Harris Following Biden’s Exit from Presidential Race

In the days leading up to President Biden’s withdrawal from the presidential race, a poll by Asian and Pacific Islander American Vote (APIAVote) revealed a 19 percent decrease in support for Biden among South Asian Americans. However, with Kamala Harris, an Indian American, now leading the Democratic presidential ticket, South Asian organizers have experienced a significant surge in enthusiasm.

“Our phones have not stopped ringing. We have received hundreds of messages, and it’s just overwhelming,” stated Neha Dewan, the founder of South Asians for Biden in 2020. According to Dewan, this level of interest is unprecedented.

Anurima Bhargava, the founder and director of Anthem of Us and one of the organizers of a “South Asian Women for Harris” Zoom call, noted that it had been a challenging year to motivate people to vote for Biden. However, Harris’s candidacy has dramatically altered the situation.

“I think for, for young and old, it’s been a tough year to try and get people really energized. And I think what we’ve seen in the last two weeks is a real space for hope on multiple fronts,” Bhargava commented.

In just two weeks, South Asian organizers have arranged numerous events nationwide, including phone banking, door-knocking, and letter-writing campaigns supporting Harris. The launch of Harris’s candidacy saw South Asian men and women hosting Zoom calls attended by tens of thousands.

“We’ve already launched a Pennsylvania phone bank that’s coming up this weekend that has nearly 300 phone bank and volunteer sign-ups,” said Chintan Patel, the executive director of Indian American Impact. “The energy has been phenomenal.”

South Asians have also appreciated seeing a multiethnic coalition form around Harris. Dibya Sarkar, a leader of They See Blue, a South Asian group focused on mobilizing voters in battleground states, shared, “I actually didn’t think that people would react to Kamala the way they have. I mean, especially men, white men… So that’s actually really, really, really surprised me in a good way, and I’m really glad.”

Amid this growing support, former President Trump has intensified his racial attacks on Harris, including claims about her allegedly hiding her Black identity. Harini Krishnan, one of the co-directors of South Asians for Harris, addressed these attacks: “We see you, Donald, for the racist xenophobe that you are, trying to pit one community against another with your divisive garbage. Kamala Harris is a Black woman, a South Asian American woman and has spoken repeatedly with pride about both of her heritage and roots and represents all our communities in everything she is.”

South Asian organizers have dismissed Trump’s remarks, viewing them as an attempt to divide communities of color that will ultimately fail. “Trump has been part of a concerted effort to either erase race or use race to divide America. Yesterday, he tried and failed once again,” Bhargava added. “Vice President Kamala Harris, and all of us in America, are so much more than the limits he imagines.”

The significance of South Asian voters in the upcoming election is considerable. According to the 2020 census, the U.S. has about 6.5 million South Asians. AAPI Victory Fund co-founder Shekar Narasimhan estimates there are around 750,000 Indian American voters in key swing states like Michigan, Pennsylvania, Georgia, and Wisconsin. In several of these states, the number of eligible South Asian voters exceeds the margin of victory from the last election. For instance, in Pennsylvania, there are 85,000 eligible South Asian voters, while Biden won the state by 80,555 votes in 2020.

Narasimhan noted that nearly 40 percent of these voters have never cast a ballot. Reflecting on the APIAVote poll showing declining support for Biden, Narasimhan explained, “What you saw in that poll was a lot of apathy… The switchover at the top of the ticket, obviously, it’s a plus.” He added, “I think the question is, how do we ensure that for all that group that was apathetic or unenthusiastic or had sort of not paid attention that we do bring attention to this race and to make sure that people know that somebody who looks, who thinks like us, who … is a first-generation immigrant, is on the ticket… That’s the effort that’s going on, and it’s very organic, and it’s completely spectacular what’s happening.”

Many of the organizing groups supporting Harris did not exist before Trump’s presidency. However, in less than a decade, they have mobilized for this moment. Patel emphasized that South Asian organizers were prepared to take swift action. Rep. Ami Bera (D-Calif.) recalled, “When I first ran in 2010 none of these groups existed… There was very loose infrastructure within the South Asian or Indian American community. So a lot of it was just going out and trying to find a handful of folks that were involved in politics, more involved in the donor community and building some of that.”

To sustain Harris’s momentum, organizers and political strategists believe it’s crucial to emphasize how her identity allows her to relate to the struggles of everyday Americans. Narasimhan stated, “We have to reintroduce her as the person that she is, this multidimensional American with this origin story, and how she understands your problems in your life situation… How are we going to make life better for Americans, including you? But the origin story is what I think will resonate.”

Pawan Dhingra, a South Asian studies professor at Amherst University, suggested that Harris “needs to do more to bring this support to the ballot box.” He explained, “She can talk about the issues that people care about, not as in a general policy way, but also lean into them in terms of how as, you know, an immigrant, a child, a child of immigrants, as an Indian American, how those issues matter to her.”

Rep. Raja Krishnamoorthi (D-Ill.) added that Harris should continue to address “economic issues” faced by South Asian entrepreneurs, as well as challenges in legal immigration.

South Asians, particularly young people of color, have been at the forefront of organizing efforts related to the Israel-Palestine conflict. Sree Sreenivasan, the former president of the South Asian Journalists Association and organizer of the “South Asian Men for Harris” Zoom call, highlighted this. Palak Sheth, an organizer of the “South Asian Women for Harris” call, pointed out, “An area of particular importance for South Asians is the war in Gaza, and what’s happening with the genocide in Gaza.”

Nikil Saval, the first South Asian elected to serve as a state senator in Pennsylvania, noted that there was “diminished support” among South Asians concerned about Biden’s policies in Gaza. Sheth added, “I think one of the strongest sentiments we heard from the folks joining and participating via the chat is that they want to see what she’s going to do about this more than none of us really feel comfortable and somewhat helpless about the genocide.”

Although Harris has not explicitly deviated from Biden’s strong support for Israel, she has expressed concerns about the scale of civilian deaths in Gaza. After a meeting with Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, she stated, “What has happened in Gaza over the past nine months is devastating… We cannot allow ourselves to become numb to the suffering, and I will not be silent.”

Dewan observed that the youth team within South Asians for Biden initially faced difficulties engaging young voters due to apathy related to the Gaza conflict and Biden being the incumbent. However, since Harris became the nominee, there has been a noticeable shift. “The reaction that we have gotten from the youth team is unbelievable,” Dewan said. Bejay Chakrabarty, a youth organizer with South Asians for Harris, remarked, “It feels like she is much more willing to listen to us.”

Astrology and the 2024 U.S. Election: Are the Stars Aligning for Kamala Harris?

Is the outcome of Election Day predestined by the cosmos? According to some astrologers, it might be. When political events and planetary movements intersect, the forecasts can be compelling.

In July, the political landscape was shaken when President Joe Biden unexpectedly announced he would not seek re-election, instead endorsing Vice President Kamala Harris as his successor. With less than four months until Election Day, this news was a bombshell in American politics — but not for many astrologers.

Some astrologers claim they foresaw this exact scenario in Harris’ and Biden’s natal charts, which are astrological tools based on the planetary positions at the time of a person’s birth. These astrologers have long been informing their audiences about Harris’ ascendant fortune and Biden’s waning influence. In fact, some even predicted the exact weekend of a major political shift, tied to a full moon. For these astrologers, the notion of Biden’s exit from the race was a long time coming.

“Astrologers have observed signs of illness in Biden’s chart for many years,” said astrologer Catherine Urban, who predicted in June that Biden’s health might deteriorate this year, potentially leading him to endorse Harris.

Predictive astrology involves various techniques to arrive at conclusions, many of which include analyzing a person’s birth date, time, and place to construct their natal chart. Astrologers then track planetary and star movements to predict how a person’s life might unfold, including critical moments in their career.

Mo, an astrologer who co-hosts the “Fixed Astrology” podcast and asked to keep her full name private due to her job, predicted Harris would be a “wartime president” back in May. She explained that Harris’ natal chart shows she would rise to power under challenging circumstances, due to an “enemies of the moon configuration” in her fall solar return. This configuration suggests that Harris will face slander and criticism, which is indicated by planets like Mars or Saturn forming a “difficult aspect” with the moon. A “difficult aspect” in astrology refers to the geometric angles between planets that suggest turmoil or conflict.

Even if you are skeptical of astrology, many others are captivated by the narratives it spins. A quick search on TikTok will reveal astrologers’ predictions about Election Day, including potential outcomes like candidate deaths and election results, drawing tens of thousands of views. One TikTok user, commenting on a video that accurately predicted Biden’s exit from the race, said, “This is my whole FYP [for you page] AND I CAN’T GET ENOUGH.”

The influence of astrology in politics is not a new phenomenon.

Urban attributes the growing interest in political astrology to the high stakes of this U.S. election, noting that “people often look to modalities like astrology to give us hope.”

However, the intersection of astrology and politics is far from new; it’s an ancient tradition. Alexander Boxer, a data scientist and author of *A Scheme of Heaven: The History of Astrology and the Search for Our Destiny in Data*, contends that astrologers were the first data scientists.

“Mapping the emotions of the stars onto politics is the original use of astrology. And it hasn’t ever really gone away,” Boxer told HuffPost.

During the reigns of Roman emperors like Augustus and Tiberius, astrologers wielded considerable power, as their predictions influenced who would become the next emperor and how long they were likely to live.

Astrologers have often been part of rulers’ inner circles. For example, Queen Elizabeth I had a court astrologer who advised her during her reign. In the U.S., Nancy Reagan famously consulted an astrologer after the 1981 assassination attempt on her husband, using astrology to determine auspicious dates for President Ronald Reagan’s trips and public appearances.

“Astrology, I’d say, both invented and in many ways perfected the art of taking a bunch of data, which maybe by itself is meaningless, and putting it together in a very compelling story,” Boxer explained.

Boxer compares ancient astrologers to modern-day election forecasters like Nate Silver. Using complex mathematical models that are difficult for the average person to understand, both astrologers and forecasters can craft a convincing narrative, even when their predictions are wrong. “There’s a particular seduction we have to a story told with data and numbers,” Boxer said.

As for who astrologers believe will win in November, the consensus points to a period of nationwide upheaval.

Pluto is returning to the same celestial configuration it held on July 4, 1776, the day the U.S. was founded. This means Pluto is moving toward the same position in the universe as it was during the nation’s birth. Urban explains that this final phase of the nation’s Pluto return marks a time of “massive death and rebirth,” signaling a restructuring of the current system.

Urban predicts Harris will win the election over former President Donald Trump by a “narrow margin,” based on how the planets and signs in her natal chart align with Election Day and the inauguration.

Both Harris and Trump have Jupiter — the planet associated with luck, opportunity, and abundance — near significant points in their natal charts. However, since Harris is a Gemini rising and 2024 is a “Gemini-ruled year,” she is expected to benefit more from Jupiter’s influence. “Jupiter helped her be in the right place at the right time,” Urban said.

Conversely, Urban forecasts that Trump will feel “crushed” around Election Day, but his influence won’t disappear. “There are signs in his chart that the things he becomes known for haven’t even happened yet,” Urban noted, adding that Trump’s chart appears “very authoritarian,” and he’s already leading a movement. The question remains, “What would happen to that movement?”

Mo adds that astrologers like herself consider the charts of both running mates when making predictions. Trump’s choice of Sen. JD Vance (R-Ohio) has not boosted his chances, according to her. “If Trump picked someone with better activations… maybe we would be having a different conversation,” she said, referencing the idea that Vance’s chart doesn’texhibit “taking the helm” energy. In astrology, “activation” refers to times when a zodiac sign or planet gains significance due to the timing of certain events.

Astrologer Lisa Stardust, who has long predicted Biden would be a one-term president, suggests the outcome of November’s election will hinge on the chart of Harris’ running mate.

Stardust predicts that by September 17, the winner of the November election should be clear, as Harris will experience a lunar eclipse in Pisces, affecting her 10th house of public image. This, she says, will be the “tipping point” for Harris.

Astrology can have as much meaning as you choose to give it. It can be entertaining, but it’s important not to let it dominate your life.

Mo notes that while astrology can provide themes, it cannot predict every detail of your life. “I can’t tell if you had a matcha latte for breakfast,” she said. “But I could say that maybe you had a very energetic start to your day Tuesday morning based on whatever [planetary] transits you were having.”

Boxer, who does not believe in astrology, warns against placing too much trust in predictions, especially regarding the November election. “Astrology is the template of data science and, in particular, the template for how we tell stories with numbers and data and how we can easily deceive others and ourselves.”

Jess Holt, an astrologer and licensed clinical social worker in New York, advises that astrology can be a helpful tool for coping with uncertainty. However, if reading election horoscopes “makes you feel anxious, if it compels you to constantly check for updates, or if it leads to despair, then it’s probably not the right tool for you.”

In essence, use astrology to align with your values, but don’t let it trap you in a cycle of endless information. As Holt said, “That’s not a helpful use of the tool.”

Moreover, don’t rely on astrological predictions to excuse yourself from political action. Urban emphasizes the importance of active participation in shaping the nation’s future.

“There are certain things that are written,” Urban acknowledged. “However, there’s also free will, and when it comes to deciding the fate of a nation, everyone needs to participate. Everyone’s will isparticipating.”

IIT Madras Receives Historic $27.1 Million Donation from Alumnus Krishna Chivukula

The Indian Institute of Technology Madras (IIT-M) has received a remarkable donation of $27.1 million (equivalent to INR 228 Crore) from Krishna Chivukula, an Indian-American alumnus. This generous contribution stands as the largest single donation ever made to the prestigious institute.

The substantial donation will be utilized to support various initiatives at IIT Madras. These initiatives include scholarships for international students, which will help attract and retain talent from around the world, and a Research Excellence Grant Program aimed at fostering cutting-edge research within the institution. Additionally, the funds will sponsor an undergraduate fellowship program specifically designed for incoming students, offering them financial support as they embark on their academic journey. Furthermore, a sports scholar program will be established, promoting sports and fitness among students. Another significant portion of the donation will go towards the development and maintenance of the Shaastra Magazine, which serves as a platform for showcasing student and faculty achievements, research, and innovations. In honor of this generous donation, one of the institute’s blocks will be renamed the “Krishna Chivukula Block.”

Krishna Chivukula, the founder and CEO of INDO-MIM Ltd, has a long-standing association with IIT Madras. He graduated with a Master of Technology in Aerospace Engineering from the institute in 1970. Over the years, Chivukula has made significant contributions to the engineering and manufacturing industry. He is particularly noted for introducing Metal Injection Molding (MIM) technology in India in 1997, through his company INDO-MIM Ltd. Under his leadership, the company has become a global leader in MIM technology, with a projected turnover nearing $120.2 million.

This donation from Chivukula is part of a record-breaking fundraising year for IIT Madras. The institute has successfully raised $61.5 million during the 2023-24 fiscal year, marking an impressive 135 percent increase from the previous year. This surge in funding reflects the strong support IIT Madras has received from its alumni, individual philanthropists, and corporate partners. Notably, 48 donors have each contributed over $120,000, demonstrating the deep commitment of the institute’s community to its continued growth and success.

A significant portion of the funds raised came from alumni contributions, which alone totaled $44 million. This represents a staggering 282 percent increase compared to the previous year’s alumni donations. The remarkable fundraising efforts by IIT Madras are a testament to the strong connection between the institute and its alumni, as well as the broader community’s belief in the institute’s mission to drive innovation and academic excellence.

The funds raised through these donations will not only support the institute’s current initiatives but also help to lay a strong financial foundation for the future. With this enhanced financial backing, IIT Madras is well-positioned to continue its trajectory of growth and development, paving the way for new innovations, academic advancements, and research breakthroughs. The institute’s commitment to fostering a supportive environment for students, faculty, and researchers alike is further strengthened by these contributions.

In light of the donation, IIT Madras has expressed its deep gratitude to Krishna Chivukula and other donors. The institute’s leadership has highlighted the impact of such generous contributions on its ability to pursue its strategic goals, enhance the quality of education, and continue to be a leader in engineering and technology education in India and globally.

Overall, the landmark donation by Krishna Chivukula, along with the impressive fundraising achievements by IIT Madras during the 2023-24 fiscal year, underscores the institute’s enduring appeal and the strong bonds it maintains with its alumni and supporters. As IIT Madras continues to receive such support, it remains steadfast in its commitment to advancing knowledge, fostering innovation, and nurturing the next generation of leaders in science and technology.

IndiGo Introduces Feature Allowing Women to Choose Seats Away from Men on Flights

India’s largest airline, IndiGo, has introduced a new feature that allows women to avoid sitting next to men on their flights, offering greater comfort and security. This feature, available during online check-in, displays pink icons indicating seats occupied by other women. Female passengers can then select their seats accordingly to ensure they are seated next to other women instead of men. This feature is only visible to female passengers.

IndiGo’s CEO, Pieter Elbers, explained that the introduction of this feature is a response to customer feedback and advancements in technology that have made such a feature possible. Speaking to CNBC’s *Street Signs Asia*, Elbers stated, “Part of our philosophy really is a courteous and hassle-free service. We brought it up as a test … and actually it has resounded very, very well. I think it speaks to the innovation of IndiGo and the fact that we move forwards and not only have affordable and low costs, but also put a lot of emphasis on our customer experience.”

While IndiGo currently lacks data on the exact number of women utilizing this feature, Elbers emphasized the strong positive responses they have received from individual customers. Operating approximately 2,000 flights daily, IndiGo carried 28 million passengers in the most recent quarter, underscoring the airline’s significant market presence. The airline told CNBC that this feature aims to “make the travel experience more comfortable for our female passengers.”

IndiGo, which dominates India’s domestic flight market, noted that the feature is currently in a pilot phase and is aligned with the airline’s “#GirlPower ethos.” Although IndiGo did not immediately respond to Fortune’s request for further comment, the airline’s initiative has sparked varied reactions.

On social media platform X (formerly Twitter), opinions are divided. Some users have expressed appreciation for the feature, citing personal discomfort on flights as a reason for its necessity. Others, however, have questioned whether such a measure is needed. The U.S. State Department has warned that women face a heightened risk to their personal security while traveling in India, advising against solo travel for women. Their recommendations for women travelers include avoiding the use of titles when booking accommodations and familiarizing themselves with nearby police stations and hospitals in case of emergencies.

The need for caution extends beyond the ground, with evidence suggesting risks exist in the air as well. Data on sexual assaults during flights is sparse. The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) tracks reports of “unruly” passengers, but these reports do not detail the nature of the incidents. This data peaked in 2021, following the COVID-19 pandemic, with 5,973 reports that year. The number dropped to 897 for the year to date. Additionally, data from the National In-Flight Sexual Misconduct Task Force, established in 2019, indicates that the number of incidents nearly doubled from 2017, with 63 incidents, to 2020, with 119 incidents.

Although more recent data is not readily available, the FBI issued a warning in April this year that in-flight sexual assault, a “serious federal crime,” is on the rise. An FBI study from 2022 highlights the gravity of the issue, stating that sexual crimes, generally perpetrated by males, also occur on airplanes. According to Special Agent Wess Brooker, “Generally, sexual crimes are committed by males, and the same holds true when they happen on airplanes. Most often, an assailant sits immediately next to the victim and takes advantage of this proximity. Victims likely sit in a middle or window seat, with the offender closer to or on the aisle, effectively barricading her so she will have to walk past the perpetrator to get out.”

Some might wonder how such an assault could occur in the confined and monitored environment of an airplane, surrounded by other passengers and flight attendants, within the limited timeframe of a flight. However, Brooker emphasizes that this environment can actually accelerate the grooming and assault process. He cited an example where an individual assaulted two female passengers by sitting beside them in unassigned seating. Both incidents occurred on a flight lasting less than two and a half hours, demonstrating the assailant’s ability to quickly identify and target victims.

This new feature by IndiGo has introduced a fresh layer of security and comfort for women traveling alone or with companions. It reflects the airline’s commitment to enhancing customer experience while acknowledging the concerns of female passengers. As the feature is still in its pilot phase, the full extent of its impact remains to be seen. Nevertheless, IndiGo’s move is a step towards addressing the unique challenges faced by women travelers in India and potentially setting a precedent for other airlines in the region.

The debate over the necessity of this feature and its implications for broader social norms continues to unfold on platforms like X. However, for many women, the ability to choose a seat away from men may provide an added sense of comfort and safety during their travels. IndiGo’s initiative, therefore, is not just about seat selection; it’s about recognizing and responding to the concerns of women, ensuring that their travel experience is as comfortable and stress-free as possible.

Spirituality vs. Religion: Understanding the Fundamental Differences

A wise person once described spirituality as “Religion minus Fear.” By stripping religion of fear, commandments, retribution, and concepts of hell, what remains is a more humorous and lighter essence of God—this is spirituality.

Books often suggest that spirituality is a subset of religion, while experience might suggest the opposite, with religion being a subset of spirituality. The two are not entirely distinct; they overlap significantly. Although no explanation can fully capture the essence of spirituality, explanations help initiate the journey of understanding. It’s important to remember that these explanations are imperfect, varied, and not the actual experience itself. However, they serve as a starting point for personal exploration. Like navigating through a dense forest, the goal is to reach home, not to get lost in the details. By trusting one’s inner guidance, one can avoid endless debates about different concepts and instead focus on the ultimate goal.

Religion is a structured system of beliefs and practices that evolves within different geographical and socio-cultural contexts, allowing it to adapt to external conditions. On the other hand, spirituality is an expression of one’s true self, independent of external adaptations. Religion often serves as a set of guidelines for those who need external definitions of right and wrong, who seek guidance on what to do and what to avoid. In contrast, spirituality is for those who are completely honest with themselves and attuned to their inner voice.

Religion can impose dogmatic rules aimed at maintaining societal order, while spirituality encourages individuals to reason, question, and seek to understand even the disorder. Spirituality liberates the mind, whereas religion can constrain it. Religion may invoke fear and threats of punishment for non-adherence, but spirituality is governed by the ability to reason, which brings inner peace.

Religion often speaks of sin, guilt, and the need to avoid transgressions, whereas spirituality emphasizes continuous learning, adapting to one’s environment, and understanding humanity through reason. Religion asks questions but discourages questioning itself; it often adheres strictly to customs and traditions without allowing for doubt. For example, questioning why a Muslim prays Namaaz five times a day or what would happen if Jesus hadn’t been crucified can be met with harsh criticism. Religion often focuses on identity, asking if one is proud to be part of a particular faith.

In contrast, spirituality encourages constant inquiry, understanding different perspectives, and seeking truth with objectivity and honesty. It prompts individuals to question everything, including their own thoughts, and to doubt even the doubter to discover the truth. Spirituality might ask not about pride in belonging to a particular religion, but rather about the true essence of those beliefs.

Religion is a human-made organization, bound by rules created by men, while spirituality is divine, free from human-made rules. Spirituality can take on countless forms, each unique to the individual. Religion often speaks of life after death, sin, and punishment as interpreted by scriptures, whereas spirituality seeks true independence, freedom, peace, and solace within oneself during this life.

Religion often promises glory, luxury in paradise, or the threat of hell, while spirituality teaches that our minds can create either heaven or hell in our lived experience. Religion is closely tied to the teachings of specific books, deities, and rituals, whereas spirituality seeks purity of thought across all sources of wisdom. It is itself a divine ritual that radiates knowledge, understanding, and insight into humanity’s role in the world.

Religion can lead to divisions, with different faiths often opposing each other. Islam, Christianity, and other religions can be seen as exclusive, each claiming a monopoly on truth. In contrast, spirituality is a unifying force, transcending religious boundaries. There is no such thing as “Islamic spirituality” or “Christian spirituality”; spirituality is simply about clarity of thought and understanding oneself.

Religion often functions as a community-based belief system, bringing together people with similar beliefs. Those who do not conform to these beliefs are often seen as outsiders. For instance, Islam, with its belief in a formless Allah, may see statue worshipers as enemies. Christianity, which views Jesus as the only son of God, often dismisses other prophets and their teachings. Modern Hinduism, with its emphasis on worshiping everything, may view religions focused on a single belief as incomplete. Religion thus tends to form groups, excluding those who doubt or question its teachings.

Spirituality, on the other hand, welcomes all seekers, regardless of their religion, beliefs, or methods. It even embraces atheists who exhibit humanity and kindness, recognizing their spiritual nature. While religion is based on a fixed belief system, spirituality is experiential, focusing on personal growth and liberation.

Religion is often tied to the teachings of a particular founder—Christianity to Jesus, Islam to Muhammad, Buddhism to Gautama Buddha, Jainism to the Tirthankars. However, it is crucial to remember that these founders were not followers of the religions that later developed from their teachings. Jesus was not a Christian, Muhammad was not a Muslim, Gautama was not a Buddha—they were spiritual beings whose teachings laid the foundation for religions.

Religion relies on followers and grows through adherence to its rules and doctrines. It imposes strict guidelines on how to live, what to wear, eat, and even what to think. This is how religions maintain control and expand their influence.

In contrast, spirituality is a solitary journey, not necessarily lonely, but focused on the individual’s progress toward discovering the ultimate truth. Even in a crowd, a spiritual person may feel a sense of solitude, as the journey is deeply personal. While spiritual seekers may share their experiences with others, they do so with an open mind, always ready to question and adapt as they continue their quest for understanding.

Being in love is a spiritual experience, while attraction often follows a societal protocol, culminating in marriage according to religious norms. Spirituality allows love to exist freely, without preconditions, while religion may impose conditions and expectations.

We are not merely human beings having a spiritual experience; rather, we are spiritual beings having a human experience. Religion provides a path, a method, a way to live life, but spirituality is about the realization of life’s purpose and the value of existence. Religion enables existence, while spirituality allows us to truly live. Most people, however, merely exist.

Vice President Harris Selects Minnesota Governor Tim Walz as Running Mate for 2024 Election

Vice President Kamala Harris has officially chosen Minnesota Governor Tim Walz as her running mate for the upcoming November election, where they will face off against former President Donald Trump. Harris made the announcement on Tuesday, both through an Instagram post and a text message to her supporters, highlighting Walz’s commitment to middle-class families and his diverse background, which includes service in the National Guard and experience as a teacher.

Harris praised Walz in her Instagram post, emphasizing his strong background and how it has shaped his political career. She wrote, “I share this background both because it’s impressive in its own right, and because you see in no uncertain terms how it informs his record.” Harris was particularly struck by Walz’s dedication to his family, naming his wife Gwen and their children, Gus and Hope. “But what impressed me most about Tim is his deep commitment to his family: Gwen, Gus, and Hope,” she noted. Harris also mentioned her husband, Doug Emhoff, expressing their eagerness to collaborate with Walz and his family in building an administration that reflects shared values. “Doug and I look forward to working with him and Gwen to build an administration that reflects our shared values.”

The vice president also shared her excitement about the upcoming campaign, stating, “We are going to build a great partnership. We are going to build a great team. We are going to win this election.”

Walz, who is 60 years old, was not initially seen as a frontrunner for the vice-presidential spot. The early stages of the selection process were dominated by speculation around more prominent figures like Pennsylvania Governor Josh Shapiro and Arizona Senator Mark Kelly. However, Walz’s standing improved significantly over the past week, especially after a viral cable news interview where he criticized some Republicans as “weird.” This comment resonated with national Democrats, who soon adopted this line of criticism.

The selection of Walz comes after a rapid and intense two-week period that began with President Joe Biden announcing the end of his reelection bid. Harris quickly consolidated support within the Democratic Party, becoming the presumptive nominee, and her team moved swiftly to vet potential running mates.

The choice of Walz has been met with approval from both progressive and moderate Democrats. Progressive leader Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez of New York expressed her approval on social media, stating, “Vice President Harris made an excellent decision in Gov. Walz as her running mate. Together, they will govern effectively, inclusively, and boldly for the American people. They won’t back down under tight odds, either – from healthcare to school lunch.” This sentiment was echoed by Rep. Lloyd Doggett of Texas, who was the first House Democrat to suggest that Biden should not seek reelection. Doggett described Walz as a “solid, decent former colleague with good humor, a former teacher and veteran, who represented a Minnesota district usually represented by the GOP.” He further added, “You can’t not get along with no-nonsense Tim. As Governor, he offers a straight-talking, compassionate leader delivering the progress we need.”

Harris took her time finalizing her decision on a running mate, with reports indicating that she had not made up her mind until late Monday night, only hours before the announcement. Walz was ultimately seen as a safe choice, especially when compared to other potential candidates who had faced criticism from various factions within the Democratic Party. Shapiro, for example, had been under scrutiny for his handling of pro-Palestinian protests following the Israel-Hamas war, and both he and Kelly had drawn criticism from union leaders.

Another factor that made Walz an appealing choice is his Midwestern roots. Trump has increasingly focused on flipping Midwestern states like Minnesota, a state that Biden won by seven points in 2020. Although no Republican has won Minnesota in a presidential election for more than 50 years, Trump and his running mate, Ohio Senator JD Vance, have intensified their efforts to campaign in the state.

However, Walz is not without potential weaknesses. Republicans are expected to use his stances on issues like abortion and LGBTQ rights to portray him as a radical liberal, a tactic they have previously used against Harris. Walz’s tenure as governor during the riots that erupted after George Floyd’s murder in Minneapolis will likely be a focal point of Republican attacks. The Trump campaign has already linked Harris to the unrest, criticizing her for supporting a bail fund for protesters arrested during the unrest in Minnesota.

Trump campaign press secretary Karoline Leavitt issued a statement attacking the Harris-Walz ticket, saying, “It’s no surprise that San Francisco Liberal Kamala Harris wants West Coast wannabe Tim Walz as her running-mate – Walz has spent his governorship trying to reshape Minnesota in the image of the Golden State.” Leavitt went on to criticize Walz’s policies, including his support for a carbon-free agenda, stricter emission standards for gas-powered cars, and voting rights for convicted felons. “From proposing his own carbon-free agenda, to suggesting stricter emission standards for gas-powered cars, and embracing policies to allow convicted felons to vote, Walz is obsessed with spreading California’s dangerously liberal agenda far and wide,” she said. Leavitt also warned voters about the Harris-Walz ticket, saying, “If Walz won’t tell voters the truth, we will: just like Kamala Harris, Tim Walz is a dangerously liberal extremist, and the Harris-Walz California dream is every American’s nightmare.”

Despite the criticism, Harris and Walz are moving forward with their campaign, with plans to visit several battleground states this week. Their first stop is in Philadelphia on Tuesday evening, followed by visits to Wisconsin, Michigan, Arizona, and Nevada. Scheduled trips to North Carolina and Georgia have been postponed due to the impact of Hurricane Debby in the Southeast.

The Harris-Walz campaign is expected to be a closely watched race as they prepare to challenge Trump and Vance in what promises to be a highly contested election.

Market Watcher Ed Yardeni Draws Parallels Between Current Selloff and 1987 Crash, But Remains Optimistic on Economy

Veteran market analyst Ed Yardeni recently noted that the current global equities selloff bears similarities to the infamous 1987 market crash. Despite investor anxieties back then, the economy managed to avoid a downturn, a scenario that Yardeni believes could potentially repeat itself today.

“This situation is very reminiscent of 1987,” Yardeni remarked during an interview on Bloomberg Television’s *Bloomberg Surveillance*. “We witnessed a crash in the stock market — which essentially occurred in just one day — and the assumption was that we were either in a recession or about to enter one. However, that didn’t happen. The crash had more to do with the internal dynamics of the market rather than the broader economy.”

One of the factors attributed to the current steep decline in equities is the unwinding of bets that leveraged near-zero funding costs in the Japanese yen to invest in various other assets. This strategy, known as the carry trade, was destabilized by the Bank of Japan’s recent interest rate hike and its indication of potential further actions. Traders have also pointed to the unwinding of investments in major U.S. technology companies as contributing to the market selloff.

“I believe there’s a similar situation happening now as in 1987, concerning internal market dynamics,” Yardeni, who leads Yardeni Research, explained. “Much of this selloff is related to the unwinding of the carry trade.”

Back in 1987, then-Federal Reserve Chair Alan Greenspan responded by lowering interest rates and injecting liquidity into the financial system. Yardeni anticipates that today’s monetary policymakers will likely respond to the current market conditions, although he did not forecast an emergency rate cut.

“This is turning into a global financial panic,” Yardeni said, expressing his belief that central banks would act in response. His comments came before U.S. stocks recouped some of their losses by midday Monday on Wall Street.

By noon in New York, the S&P 500 index had dropped approximately 2.3%, having earlier declined by as much as 4.3%. Meanwhile, Japan’s Topix Index experienced a steep decline of more than 12%. U.S. Treasury yields surged before retracing some of the move.

Yardeni suggested that policymakers’ initial response might be to “ease concerns about the U.S. economy” and to counter the possibility of the Federal Reserve initiating its easing cycle with a substantial 50 basis-point rate cut. He added, “But another couple of days like Friday and this morning’s futures selloff, and I think the central bank will switch to providing liquidity — and that could very well mean a 50 basis-point cut.”

The risk, according to Yardeni, is that the market’s steep decline could become self-perpetuating and evolve into a credit crisis. “It’s conceivable that this carry trade unwind could trigger a financial crisis that, in turn, leads to a recession,” Yardeni warned, although he emphasized that this is not his primary expectation.

Despite recent volatility, Yardeni pointed out that the labor market remains robust. Even after a weaker-than-expected U.S. jobs report last Friday, which showed a significant slowdown in payroll growth and an unexpected rise in the unemployment rate, Yardeni remains cautiously optimistic. The report fueled concerns that the Federal Reserve might be lagging in its efforts to reduce interest rates from their highest levels in over two decades.

“The U.S. economy is still growing,” Yardeni observed. “I think the service sector is performing well. Overall, I believe this will be more of a technical market aberration rather than a development that leads to a recession.”

Yardeni, who is well-known for coining the term “bond vigilantes” in the 1980s — referring to investors who influence policymakers by driving up interest rates due to concerns about fiscal policies — continues to monitor the situation closely.

In summarizing his outlook, Yardeni maintained a relatively positive stance. He argued that while the current market selloff may be alarming, it is not necessarily indicative of an impending economic downturn. Instead, he suggests that the recent market turmoil could be attributed more to technical factors than to underlying economic weaknesses.

“The market has a tendency to react strongly to specific catalysts, but that doesn’t always mean there’s a fundamental problem with the economy,” Yardeni elaborated. “We’ve seen similar scenarios before where markets corrected sharply only to stabilize once the initial panic subsided.”

Yardeni’s analysis reflects a broader debate among economists and investors about the potential impact of recent market trends on the global economy. While some fear that the current selloff could foreshadow a more significant economic downturn, others, like Yardeni, believe that the market’s internal mechanics are primarily to blame and that the broader economy remains on solid footing.

As central banks around the world monitor the situation, the next steps in monetary policy will likely be critical in determining whether the market’s recent volatility is a temporary blip or the beginning of a more sustained downturn. Yardeni’s insights, drawing on historical parallels and his understanding of market dynamics, suggest that while caution is warranted, there is also reason to believe that the worst-case scenarios may not materialize.

Yardeni’s perspective offers a nuanced view of the current market selloff. While acknowledging the potential risks, he remains hopeful that the economy will weather this storm, much like it did in 1987. His emphasis on the importance of central bank intervention and his belief in the resilience of the U.S. economy provide a counterbalance to the more pessimistic outlooks that have emerged in response to recent market developments. As always, the future remains uncertain, but Yardeni’s analysis provides valuable context for understanding the forces at play in today’s financial markets.

Kamala Harris Officially Secures Democratic Nomination with Overwhelming Delegate Support

Vice President Kamala Harris has officially secured the Democratic presidential nomination after receiving the overwhelming majority of delegate votes in a virtual roll call, as confirmed by the Democratic National Committee (DNC) in a statement released late Monday.

The roll call, which concluded on Monday evening, still requires certification by Convention Secretary Jason Rae, but the announcement has made Harris’s historic nomination virtually certain. The DNC highlighted the significance of this achievement, emphasizing the broad support Harris has garnered within the party.

“With the support of 99% of all participating delegates in the virtual roll call, Vice President Harris has historic momentum at her back as we embark on the final steps in officially certifying her as our Party’s nominee,” said Jaime Harrison, the DNC Chair, and Minyon Moore, the Chair of the Democratic National Convention Committee, in a joint statement. “We thank the thousands of delegates from all across the country who took seriously their responsibility throughout this process to make their voices – and the voices of their communities – heard.”

According to the DNC, Harris received 4,567 delegate votes, solidifying her position as the party’s nominee. This milestone marks Harris as the first Black and South Asian woman to lead a major party ticket, underscoring the historic nature of her candidacy.

Harris’s status as the party’s nominee was effectively secured last Friday when DNC Chair Jaime Harrison announced during a livestream call that Harris had garnered enough delegate votes through the virtual roll call to clinch the nomination. This confirmation was anticipated as Harris had been the only candidate who actively campaigned to succeed President Joe Biden following his withdrawal from the race. Moreover, she was the sole candidate who obtained the necessary delegate signatures to advance to the virtual roll call.

The convention delegates began voting virtually via email or phone from 9 a.m. ET on Thursday, with the process culminating at 6 p.m. ET on Monday. This extended virtual roll call was organized by the DNC to adapt to the evolving circumstances surrounding the nomination process.

Initially, the DNC had decided in May to conduct a virtual roll call due to uncertainties related to the deadlines for getting on the ballot in Ohio. Although the state legislature eventually addressed the issue, the DNC maintained that Republican lawmakers in Ohio were acting in bad faith, asserting that it was crucial to nominate the Democratic candidate earlier than the convention to avoid potential legal complications. Ohio leaders, however, have denied these allegations.

The roll call results reflect the strong backing Harris has within the Democratic Party, reinforcing her position as a unifying figure for the upcoming general election. With this near-unanimous support, Harris is poised to lead the party into the final phase of the campaign, with a focus on mobilizing voters and building on the momentum from her historic nomination.

As the first woman of Black and South Asian descent to be nominated by a major party for the presidency, Harris’s candidacy carries profound significance for the Democratic Party and the country at large. Her nomination represents a momentous step in American political history, highlighting the increasing diversity within the nation’s leadership ranks.

The DNC’s decision to proceed with a virtual roll call, despite the earlier uncertainties, allowed for a smooth and inclusive nomination process. This approach ensured that delegates from across the nation could participate fully, even amidst the logistical challenges posed by the current political landscape.

Looking ahead, the Democratic Party will now focus on officially certifying Harris’s nomination and rallying support for the general election. The party’s leadership, including Chair Jaime Harrison and Convention Chair Minyon Moore, expressed confidence in Harris’s ability to unite the party and lead it to victory in the upcoming election.

The final certification of Harris’s nomination is expected to be a formality, given the overwhelming delegate support she has already received. This formalization will mark the culmination of a nomination process that began with uncertainty but ended with a historic achievement.

As Harris prepares to embark on the next stage of her campaign, she will carry the weight of history on her shoulders, along with the hopes and aspirations of millions of Americans who see her nomination as a beacon of progress and change. The Democratic Party, unified behind its nominee, is poised to move forward with renewed energy and determination.

In the coming weeks, Harris will likely focus on outlining her vision for the country, building on her record as Vice President and her previous role as a U.S. Senator. The campaign will also work to galvanize voters, particularly those who are inspired by the historic nature of Harris’s candidacy.

With the official certification of her nomination on the horizon, Kamala Harris stands ready to lead the Democratic Party into the general election, carrying with her the support of a diverse and energized base. As the party’s nominee, she will seek to build on the momentum generated by her historic nomination, aiming to secure victory in November and chart a new course for the nation.

Remembering Yamini Krishnamurthy

Condoling the death of Bharatanatyam and Kuchipudi veteran Yamini Krishnamurti, PM Modi said according to India Today, that she left an indelible mark on India’s cultural landscape and inspired generations.

Yamini Krishnamurthy debuted in 1957 in Madras. I must have been very young when I first saw her dance, but I do recall being swept away by the clarity and finesse of her movements. Yamini and her younger sister performed Bharata Natyam (as it was known then) and Kuchipudi solos, while their erudite father gave the introductions. As time progressed Yamini was established as the queen of Bharatanatyam in India. Although she was born in Karnataka, and Tamil by training Yamini chose to relocate to New Delhi. When asked why Delhi? She is said to have replied, ‘Delhi’ really stands for the Sanskrit ‘Dehali’, which means the ‘threshold’. ‘a lamp hung over the threshold illuminates both outer and the inner precincts, making them one household. Yamini Krishnamurti was steeped in Sanskrit aesthetic literature. She was not alone in her strategic relocation. New Delhi had by then become a hub where dancers could meet diplomats and get invited to perform abroad. Given the imbalance of the rates of exchange at the time, performances abroad were more lucrative than local performances and brought with it higher acclaim as one was sent officially as a cultural ambassador of India.

Yamini, with Sonal Mansingh, and several dancers from Delhi came together with other prominent dancers from Delhi, to hold a press conference at the India International Centre, in March 1977. They argued that the cultural institutions of the nation, including the Sangeet Natak Akademi, were quite blind to the needs of dancers. This was reported widely but I am not clear as to the extent that it changed cultural policy. However, it did impress the bureaucrats, that dancers of Delhi were a force to be contended with!i By this time when I saw her dance it was almost militant in bhava, commanding attention and as if daring her audience to catch her out on one rhythmic misstep or fault. And as before her dancing was brilliant.

In January 1984, Yamini Krishnamurthy participated in the East-West Dance Encounter in Bombay. As a participant and consultant for this event, I saw her group choreography there, where she was dancing along with her disciples. Personally, this time I was underwhelmed but the work turned out to be extremely provocative, inciting fervent discussion the following morning about norms, departures and the multiplication of norms!

Yamini Krishnamurthy’s dancing career brought her many highly coveted awards, including the Padma Shree (1968), Padma Bhushan (2001), and Padma Vibhushan (2016), which are among the highest civilian awards of the Republic of India. She was highly respected and a lively contributor to the culture around her. As perhaps the earliest post-Independence soloist dancer to reach such heights in her career, and negotiate her tours, she paved a pathway that is now well-travelled.

Indo-American Arts Council community mourns her loss deeply.

Uttara Asha Coorlawala

Indo-American Arts Council, Erasing Borders Dance Festival Senior Curator

Stock Market Turmoil Erases $134 Billion from the Fortunes of the World’s Richest

The financial landscape experienced a significant shake-up as the world’s 500 wealthiest individuals saw a staggering $134 billion wiped from their collective fortunes in a single day, driven primarily by a sharp decline in Amazon’s stock price.

On Friday, the Nasdaq 100 Index, which is heavily weighted towards technology companies, fell by 2.4%. This drop significantly impacted the net worth of the world’s top 10 richest individuals, each of whom saw at least $1 billion disappear from their wealth—at least on paper. The index has now dropped more than 10% from its most recent peak, signaling a broader market correction.

Tech billionaires, who constitute a significant portion of the world’s richest, were particularly hard hit. According to Bloomberg’s estimates, these individuals lost a collective $68 billion in just one day. Among the hardest hit were Mark Zuckerberg, Sergey Brin, and Larry Page, each of whom saw more than $3 billion evaporate from their fortunes on Friday alone.

Elon Musk, the world’s richest person, saw his net worth plummet from $252 billion on July 31 to $235 billion by August 2, as reported by Bloomberg’s billionaire index. Musk’s wealth, largely tied to Tesla and SpaceX, has proven to be highly sensitive to fluctuations in stock market performance.

Oracle’s Larry Ellison had a brief moment of gain amidst the market turmoil, seeing his wealth increase by $3 billion on paper overnight. However, by the following day, all those gains had vanished, and he ended up losing an additional $3 billion.

The most significant loss among tech magnates occurred for Jeff Bezos, Amazon’s founder, whose wealth shrank by nearly $16 billion after Amazon’s shares fell nearly 9% in a single day on August 2. This drop marks the third-largest financial hit Bezos has experienced, following his 2019 divorce settlement, which cost him $36 billion. Bezos’s net worth now stands at approximately $191 billion.

Despite these recent losses, Bezos has been gradually reducing his Amazon holdings throughout the year. At 60 years old, he sold around $8.5 billion worth of shares over nine trading days in February. He recently announced plans to sell an additional 25 million shares, valued at around $5 billion.

The sharp decline in U.S. tech stocks can be attributed to several factors. Foremost among them is the uncertainty surrounding the future of artificial intelligence (AI), Federal Reserve rate cuts, and fears of a potential recession. Additionally, disappointing earnings reports from some of the sector’s biggest players have contributed to the downward trend, dragging the tech-heavy Nasdaq 100 Index into correction territory.

The downturn was sparked by Amazon’s announcement during an earnings call that it would prioritize heavy investments in AI over immediate profit. This decision led to investor concerns about whether the gains from AI might be overestimated, triggering the steepest decline in Amazon’s shares since April 2022, when they dropped by 14%.

Concurrently, Microsoft reported slower growth in its Azure cloud-computing division and indicated that it plans to continue substantial spending on data centers. These revelations further rattled investors who had hoped for stronger performance. Adding to the sector’s woes, Tesla failed to meet earnings expectations for the second quarter, and Alphabet’s YouTube advertising revenue fell short of forecasts.

Broader economic indicators have also played a role in the stock market’s volatility. A report from the Labor Department revealed that the U.S. economy added about 61,000 fewer jobs last month than anticipated. This shortfall in job creation, coupled with the unemployment rate climbing to 4.3%—its highest level since October 2021—has intensified fears of an impending recession.

These converging factors have created a challenging environment for investors, particularly those with significant holdings in technology stocks. The market’s reaction to these developments underscores the vulnerability of even the wealthiest individuals to rapid changes in the economic landscape.

As the situation continues to evolve, it remains to be seen how these billionaires will navigate the ongoing market volatility and what strategies they might employ to safeguard their fortunes in the face of such uncertainty.

Second Random Selection from Previously Submitted Registrations Complete for FY 2025 H-1B Regular Cap

USCIS recently announced that we would need to select additional registrations for unique beneficiaries to reach the fiscal year 2025 H-1B regular cap numerical allocation. Our projections indicate we have now randomly selected a sufficient number of registrations for unique beneficiaries as needed to reach the regular cap from the remaining properly submitted FY 2025 registrations. Additionally, we have notified all prospective petitioners with selected registrations from this round of selection that they are eligible to file an H-1B cap-subject petition for the beneficiary named in the applicable selected registration.

Only petitioners with selected registrations may file H-1B cap-subject petitions for FY 2025, and only for the beneficiary named in the applicable selected registration notice. We did not conduct a second selection for the advanced degree exemption (the master’s cap), as enough masters cap registrations had already been selected and sufficient petitions were received based on these registrations as projected to meet the masters cap numerical allocation.

An H-1B cap-subject petition must be properly filed at the correct filing location or online at my.uscis.gov and within the filing period indicated on the relevant selection notice. The period for filing the H-1B cap-subject petition will be at least 90 days. Petitioners must include a copy of the applicable selection notice with the FY 2025 H-1B cap-subject petition.

Registration selection only pertains to eligibility to file an H-1B cap-subject petition. Petitioners filing H-1B cap-subject petitions must still establish eligibility for petition approval based on existing statutory and regulatory requirements.

On Jan. 31, 2024, USCIS published a final rule that adjusted the fees required for most immigration applications and petitions. The new fees are effective as of April 1, 2024. Petitions must include the new fees, or we will not accept them. Additionally, there is a new 04/01/24 edition of Form I-129, Petition for a Nonimmigrant Worker. We will only accept the 04/01/24 edition of this form.

As a reminder, we recently announced a final premium processing fee rule that increased the filing fee for Form I-907, Request for Premium Processing Service, to adjust for inflation, effective Feb. 26, 2024. If we receive a Form I-907 postmarked on or after Feb. 26, 2024, with the incorrect filing fee, we will reject the Form I-907 and return the filing fee.

For more information, visit the H-1B Electronic Registration Process page.

Advisory regarding travel agents overcharging for consular services

Several instances have come to the notice of the Consulate General that various travel agents have overcharged applicants for assistance in getting Consular services(OCI, Visa, passport, Emergency Certificate, etc.). Often the fee charged is manifolds higher than the fees stipulated by the Consulate for a particular Consular service and in many cases, false and baseless assurances of expeditious delivery of Consular services has also been given by such agents. Details of fees charged by the Consulate for various Consular services are available at Annexure I. It may be noted that no additional fee is charged by the Consulate or VFS.

2. The Consulate has also come across fake documents pertaining to identity, residential address, utility bills, etc. submitted by agents on applicants’ behalf, often without the knowledge of the applicants. This not only causes undue avoidable delay but is also a violation of prescribed Indian rules and puts the applicants on wrong side of the law in the US.

3. It has also been brought to the Consulate’s notice that a number of fake E-visa websites, claiming to provide E-visas services, are active on the internet. In order to mislead the applicants, some of these websites have created images and home page templates mimicking the Government of India’s websites. List of such websites may be seen at https://www.indiainnewyork.gov.in/pdf/fake_visa_website_28apr2023_NF.pdf. It is advised that the correct website for E-visa is https://indianvisaonline.gov.in. Applicants are requested not to apply on any other website for E-visa services.

4. The Consulate organizes an Open House on first Wednesday(10 am to 1 pm) and third Wednesday(2 pm to 5 pm) of every month. Applicants can walk in without prior appointment and meet the Consular Officers for any query they may have regarding Consular services.

5. Applicants are, therefore, requested to exercise extreme caution and avail the services directly through :

a) Consulate’s website (https://www.indiainnewyork.gov.in) – For Miscellaneous Services, PCC for non-Indian passport holders and Emergency Travel Documents.

b) VFS Global website (https://visa.vfsglobal.com/usa/en/ind/), which is the authorized service provider for CGI New York – for all Visa, Passport, OCI, GEP, PCC for Indian passport holder and Renunciation of Indian citizenship.

Link to Fee Structure: https://files.constantcontact.com/0dea6edd601/8aebdb91-622d-4847-ad1f-2f40d9b46f01.pdf

HinduPACT Condemns Violence Against Hindus in Bangladesh, Calls for Global Action

HinduPACT has strongly condemned the recent surge of violence targeting the Hindu community in Bangladesh, marked by the murder of two councilors and the desecration of the sacred Kali temple and ISKCON temple during anti-government protests. This horrific act is viewed not merely as an attack on individuals but as a direct assault on the Hindu community for their pluralistic beliefs. In response, HinduPACT has expressed its solidarity with the Hindu community in Bangladesh and has called on the Bangladeshi government to take immediate action to bring the perpetrators to justice and to ensure the safety and security of all citizens, regardless of their religious beliefs.

HinduPACT has also urged the international community to take notice of these grave crimes and to support measures aimed at protecting religious minorities worldwide. They have called on human rights organizations and governments around the globe to condemn these actions and to work towards safeguarding the rights of all minority communities.

Deepti Mahajan, co-convenor of HinduPACT, highlighted the severity of the situation by stating: “With the coup in Bangladesh, the 10 million Hindus are sitting on a ticking bomb of genocide. Reports are coming in from inside Bangladesh of unimaginable torture, killings, and burning of Hindi temples.” She emphasized that the instability in the region poses a significant threat to democracies like India and represents an inevitable danger to Hindus in Pakistan as well. Mahajan stressed the need for Western countries to pay attention to this instability in Asia and to demand the safety of minorities in Bangladesh.

Ajay Shah, President of the World Hindu Council of America (VHPA) and co-convenor of HinduPACT, drew a historical parallel to the current situation, stating: “This incident is a grim reminder of the atrocities committed against Hindus during the 1971 genocide, where an estimated 300,000 Hindus were brutally killed.” He noted that these echoes of past horrors underscore the urgent need for vigilance and protection of religious minorities.

HinduPACT remains steadfast in its commitment to advocating for the rights and safety of Hindus globally. The organization has vowed to continue working tirelessly to ensure that justice is served in this grievous matter.

About HinduPACT:
HinduPACT is an initiative of the World Hindu Council of America (VHPA) focused on the advocacy and policy research of issues concerning the American Hindu community. The organization promotes human rights, voter education, and policies affecting American Hindus, with the aim of fostering peace and understanding through informed policy initiatives and grassroots advocacy. HinduPACT’s dedication to protecting the rights and safety of Hindus worldwide reflects its broader commitment to ensuring justice and safeguarding the interests of vulnerable communities.

Indian Rupee Hits Record Low Amid U.S. Recession Fears and Foreign Outflow Concerns

On Monday, the Indian rupee plunged to an unprecedented low at the market’s opening, triggered by escalating concerns that the risk aversion sparked by fears of a U.S. recession could result in foreign capital outflows. The rupee commenced trading at 83.78 against the U.S. dollar, down from its previous close of 83.75, and breached its previous all-time low of 83.7525, which had been reached just the previous Friday.

The decline in the rupee’s value is closely linked to the broader selloff observed in U.S. and Asian stock markets, which followed a disappointing jobs report. This negative economic indicator has intensified worries that international investors might withdraw funds from India and other emerging markets in search of safer assets.

Given the sharp depreciation, there is speculation that the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) may allow the USD/INR exchange rate to increase further, possibly reaching 83.90. A trader from a public sector bank commented, “The sharp selloff may prompt the Reserve Bank of India to let USD/INR move higher to 83.90.”

As the rupee continues to weaken, the possibility of continued foreign outflows and further depreciation remains a significant concern for investors and policymakers alike.

Indian and Black, Hindu and Baptist: The multiplicities of Kamala Harris

Kamala Harris’ hyphenated identity has become a chance for Americans to discuss how one person can represent multiple religions and races at once.

(RNS) — When former President Donald Trump startled a live audience at the National Association of Black Journalists convention on Wednesday (July 31) with a dubious claim about Vice President Kamala Harris’ multiracial identity, he also, likely unwittingly, tapped into the profound pluralistic theology of Harris’ mother’s Hindu faith.

“She was always of Indian heritage, and she was only promoting Indian heritage,” said Trump in response to a question about Harris’ being called a “DEI hire” by Republican opponents. “I didn’t know she was Black, until a number of years ago, when she happened to turn Black, and now she wants to be known as Black.”

The former president and current GOP candidate’s accounting of Harris’ racial identity was curious, given that American Hindus have at times felt that the vice president has muted her Indian and Hindu heritage in favor of her identity as a Black Baptist, wishing perhaps that Harris would take to heart a reminder she’d heard her immigrant mother, Shyamala Gopalan, that she did not “fall out of a coconut tree.”

But many Americans have long been conscious of Harris’ racial background, as well as her religious identity as a Baptist in an interfaith marriage with a Jew, and regard it as exemplary of modern American religious belonging. This commitment to diversity in her own home arises, some religious observers say, from the deep-rooted pluralism that for many defines Hinduism.

“One of the things that distinguishes the Hindu tradition is its ability to hold multiplicities,” said the Rev. Abhi Janamanchi, senior minister at Cedar Lane Unitarian Universalists in Bethesda, Maryland, who refers to himself as a “UU Hindu.” “The Hindu way of being in the world is both, not either-or. We don’t engage in binaries, which is why there’s really no strong belief in heaven or hell or sin and salvation, this life or the next life.

“That’s not how we are spiritually or theologically oriented, which to me, creates an openness and a holy curiosity toward other ways of being, which in turn, only enriches, not diminishes.”

Janamanchi, who draws from multiple religions’ scriptures in the pulpit, was raised in the reform Hindu tradition of Brahmo Samaj before finding Unitarian Universalism as a young adult. Brahmo Samaj, he explained, developed in the 19th century hoping to “eradicate some of the superstitious practices, rituals and customs that sought to run counter to the values of the Hindu tradition.”

Vice President Kamala Harris speaks before President Joe Biden at an event on the campus of George Mason University in Manassas, Va., Tuesday, Jan. 23, 2024, to campaign for abortion rights, a top issue for Democrats in the upcoming presidential election. (AP Photo/Susan Walsh)
Vice President Kamala Harris speaks at George Mason University in Manassas, Va., Jan. 23, 2024. (AP Photo/Susan Walsh)

His own history, he said, allows him to “understand and relate to (Harris’) ability to live and move with integrity in that hyphenated space.”

Harris’ mother came to the U.S. from Tamil Nadu, in southern India, in 1958 as a breast cancer researcher looking for a higher degree at the University of California, Berkeley. There she met Jamaican American economist Donald J. Harris, and after they married Gopalan converted to her husband’s Christianity. But in addition to regularly attending church, she instilled in her two daughters a reverence for Hindu temples.

This combinaton is less radical than it may seem to anyone unfamiliar with Hinduism, said Anantanand Rambachan, a religion professor at St. Olaf College and author of “Pathways to Hindu-Christian Dialogue.”

“In so many of the leading teachers and organizations is a deep affirmation of the figure of Jesus, but a rejection of institutionalized Christianity,” said Rambachan, pointing to Swami Vivekananda, Ramakrishna and Mahatma Gandhi. “So Jesus as a great teacher, as a guru, many Hindus felt that we could identify with him, but not necessarily with Christianity.

“I’m wondering if her mom did not, in some way, absorb that approach,” said Rambachan, “and therefore didn’t see necessarily any contradiction or problem in having daughters attend the Christian church. She was perhaps not thinking of Christianity so much doctrinally, but as a spiritual religious tradition, and she wanted her children to have that kind of experience.”

Harris has been open about how her mother’s spirituality influenced her own, and Rambachan said it is up to Harris to choose “what that dimension of her identity means to her, and how it would appear in terms of her role as a political leader.”

Part of what she has drawn from her Hindu side is her commitment to social justice, Harris has said, recalling her maternal grandfather’s dedication to the freedom struggle against the British during the Partition of India in the 1940s.

The Rev. Neal Christie, a United Methodist minister who is executive director of the Federation of Indian American Christian Organizations, said many Indian immigrants “stand on the shoulders of the Civil Rights Movement,” during which new quotas for immigration were established that allowed Asians to come to the U.S. He points to the relationship forged between Black Americans and Indians schooled in Mahatma Gandhi’s ahimsa, the Sanskrit term for nonviolence.

It is especially significant, then, that Gopalan chose to adopt a traditional Black denomination, the Church of God, for herself and her children, said Christie.

Democratic vice presidential candidate Sen. Kamala Harris, D-Calif., speaks at Triumph Church, Sunday, Oct. 25, 2020, in Southfield, Mich. (AP Photo/Carlos Osorio)
Democratic vice presidential candidate Sen. Kamala Harris, D-Calif., speaks at Triumph Church, Oct. 25, 2020, in Southfield, Mich. (AP Photo/Carlos Osorio)

“This is where we want to celebrate Kamala Harris’ mother,” he said. “The fact that we need to build bridges around racial justice and identity, that her mother made an intentional decision as an upper-caste secular Hindu to choose the Church of God. That’s a prophetic choice.”

Identity politics will not win Harris the election, said Christie, who says it will be important for Harris explain to voters exactly how that background informs her policy toward justice.

“I’d like to think that as she leans into her Indian ancestral identity, she kind of pulls from the very best of what that identity was,” said Christie. “What created her grandfather that gave him the spirit to serve, what created her mother and gave her the opportunity to do the research that she was doing.”

Janamanchi said he finds Harris a refreshing candidate who is not “touting her faith,” or “carrying it like a badge of honor, pulling the religion card depending on who she is with.” Her various “Christian, Hindu and Jewish influences seem to provide her with a broad and inclusive perspective,” he said.

As voters get to know her, Rambachan believes, they will find that Hinduism’s tenet of inherent divinity within all human beings suits the American democratic ethos. “One of the most fundamental values of the Hindu tradition is articulated in that beautiful prayer, ‘Loka samastha sukhina bhuvantu: May all be happy.’ Public policy has to be focused on the good life for all.”

Bangladesh Prime Minister Sheikh Hasina Resigns Amidst Protests Over Job Quota Reforms

Bangladesh Prime Minister Sheikh Hasina has reportedly stepped down from her position after enduring weeks of intense protests concerning job quota reforms. This significant development was confirmed by Bangladesh High Commission officials speaking to Reuters in Delhi.

On the evening of the resignation, around 6 pm, Hasina and her sister, Sheikh Rehana, arrived at the Hindon Indian Air Force Base located in Ghaziabad. Their arrival in India marks a dramatic turn in the political situation.

According to the Daily Star, Hasina departed Dhaka on Monday seeking “a safer place” amidst the escalating unrest. This move came as protests over job quota reforms reached a peak, causing significant disruption and concern.

A source close to Hasina revealed to AFP that she had intended to deliver a speech but was unable to do so due to the tumultuous circumstances. The exact nature and content of this speech remain undisclosed, but its planned delivery highlights the gravity of the situation faced by the Prime Minister.

The Daily Star also reported a critical incident occurring around 3 pm when protesters breached Gono Bhaban, the official residence of the Prime Minister. This breach signifies the heightened level of unrest and the challenge to Hasina’s authority in the face of public dissent.

Violence erupted on Monday, particularly in the Jatrabari and Dhaka Medical College areas, leading to at least six fatalities. These clashes between the police and protesters reflect the severe tensions and the intensity of the conflict over the job quota reforms.

The resignation of Sheikh Hasina, following these dramatic events, underscores the profound impact of the ongoing protests and the widespread demand for change in the job quota system.

Kamala Harris Narrows Trump’s Lead, Ties in Key Swing States as Campaign Momentum Grows

Vice President Kamala Harris has significantly reduced former President Donald Trump’s lead since she assumed the role of Democratic presidential candidate from Joe Biden. According to recent polls, Harris is now tied with Trump in crucial swing states and leads him by a slim margin nationwide.

Key Facts

A CBS News poll released on Sunday reveals that Harris holds a one-point lead over Trump nationally, a shift driven in part by increased support from younger and Black voters, along with women who believe Harris will advocate for their interests (margin of error 2.1 points). The CBS News survey, conducted from July 30 to August 2, also shows a deadlock between Harris and Trump across seven key battleground states, namely Michigan, Pennsylvania, Arizona, Wisconsin, Georgia, North Carolina, and Nevada.

Further support for Harris emerges in an Economist/YouGov poll released on Wednesday, which places her two points ahead of Trump, 46% to 44%, in a five-way race that includes third-party candidates Robert F. Kennedy Jr., Jill Stein, and Cornel West. This trend is consistent with several other polls taken since Biden withdrew from the race. Harris is currently ahead in at least four more surveys, although Trump maintains a lead in at least eight others. Many of these polls, however, indicate that Harris has eroded Trump’s advantage over Biden and that her approval rating has improved since she launched her campaign.

Morning Consult’s weekly poll, conducted from July 26 to 28, shows Harris with a one-point lead over Trump, 47% to 46%, marking the second consecutive week she has outperformed Trump in their poll. Additionally, a Reuters/Ipsos poll released on Tuesday indicates Harris is leading by one point, 43% to 42%, although this is a slight decrease from her two-point lead in their previous survey conducted July 22-23.

In contrast, Trump led Harris by three points in a Harvard CAPS-Harris poll conducted from July 26 to 28 when respondents were given the option to choose “don’t know/unsure.” This marks a four-point drop from Trump’s seven-point lead over Biden in a June Harvard CAPS-Harris poll. In a two-way matchup, Trump maintains a four-point lead over Harris, consistent with his previous lead over Biden in June.

Other polls reflect a narrow advantage for Trump. A New York Times/Siena poll conducted from July 22 to 24 shows Trump with a one-point lead, 48% to 47%. Similarly, a Wall Street Journal poll from July 23 to 25 and a HarrisX/Forbes online survey released on June 26 both show Trump leading by two points, 49% to 47% and 47% to 45%, respectively.

Additional polls present a consistent, albeit slight, lead for Trump. He is ahead by three points, 49% to 46%, in an online CNN/SSRS survey conducted July 22-23, by two points, 47% to 45%, in another Morning Consult poll, by one point, 46% to 45%, in a NPR/PBS/Marist poll, and by three points, 44% to 41%, in an Economist/YouGov poll conducted from July 21 to 23. The latter poll also finds Kennedy with 5% support.

Despite these mixed results, polls consistently show that Harris outperforms Biden. Before Biden exited the race, he trailed Trump by six points in polls conducted by Morning Consult, CNN/SSRS, The Wall Street Journal, and Times/Siena.

Big Number

Trump leads Harris by an average of 0.8 points, according to the latest RealClearPolitics polling average. Conversely, FiveThirtyEight’s weighted average gives Harris a 1.5-point lead.

Surprising Fact

The New York Times/Siena poll highlights an increased voter engagement following the June 27 Biden-Trump debate, which was largely viewed as a poor showing for Biden. Since the debate, 64% of respondents reported paying close attention to the election, up from 48% before the debate.

Harris vs. Trump in Swing States

Harris leads Trump by one point overall in the seven battleground states that are likely to determine the election outcome: Michigan, Pennsylvania, Wisconsin, Nevada, Arizona, North Carolina, and Georgia, as indicated by a Bloomberg/Morning Consult poll conducted from July 24 to 28. Harris is ahead in Michigan, Wisconsin, Arizona, and Nevada, while Trump leads in Pennsylvania and North Carolina. The two are tied in Georgia.

Tangent

Democrats appear more enthusiastic about Harris than they were about Biden, as shown by the Times/Siena survey. Nearly 80% of Democratic-leaning voters express a preference for Harris as the nominee, compared to just 48% who said the same about Biden three weeks earlier. The contrast is also evident in perceptions of mental fitness, with 56% of voters in a Reuters/Ipsos poll stating that Harris is “mentally sharp and able to deal with challenges,” compared to 49% who said the same about Trump and only 22% for Biden. Moreover, a 19th News/SurveyMonkey poll found that 87% of Americans support Biden’s decision to end his campaign. More respondents believe this decision will benefit the Democratic Party (45%) rather than the Republican Party (29%).

The 19th News survey also indicates a divide in public opinion regarding Harris’ gender and race. Thirty-one percent of respondents think her being a woman will help her, while 33% believe it will hurt her, and 34% see no impact. There is more optimism regarding Harris’ identity as Black and Indian American, with 32% viewing it as a benefit, 24% seeing it as a disadvantage, and 41% expecting it to have no impact.

Contra

Tony Fabrizio, a pollster for the Trump campaign, predicted a temporary boost in Harris’ polling numbers, coining the term “Harris Honeymoon” in a memo released after the Reuters/Ipsos poll became public. Fabrizio suggested this surge would be short-lived as her entry into the race is expected to energize Democratic voters.

Global Indian Diaspora: Exploring the Top 20 Countries with the Largest Indian Populations in 2024

India, with its vast population of approximately 1.43 billion people, leads the world in emigration rates. Between 1990 and 2020, around 78.26 million Indians emigrated from the country, as per United Nations data. According to the Indian Ministry of Foreign Affairs, as of May 2024, the global Indian diaspora numbers approximately 35.42 million, comprising 15.85 million non-resident Indians (NRIs) and 19.57 million people of Indian origin (PIOs).

Overseas Indians have a significant impact on their home country’s economy, contributing approximately 3.5% to India’s GDP through remittances. In 2023, India received about $120 billion in remittances, nearly double the amount received by Mexico, which was $66 billion. This marked an increase of over 7.5% from the previous year, driven by high demand for both skilled and unskilled Indian workers in Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) countries. The United Arab Emirates (UAE) was the largest source of remittances, contributing nearly 18% of the total inflow, followed by the United States. The UAE, known for its favorable working conditions and zero income tax, is particularly attractive to Indian workers, most of whom belong to the working class and send a portion of their earnings back home.

Indians have made remarkable contributions in various sectors globally, including science, food, and business. Indian-origin executives head 24 Fortune 500 companies, according to *The Times of India*. In the U.S. alone, these executives employ over 2.7 million Americans and generate more than $1 trillion in revenue. Additionally, Indian-Americans have made a significant mark in the startup ecosystem, co-founding 72 of the 648 U.S. unicorns, which are valued at approximately $195 billion and provide jobs to more than 55,000 people. The presence of Indian-Americans is also strongly felt in small businesses across the U.S., with over 60% of all hotels being owned by Indians.

In terms of tax contributions, Indian-Americans play a vital role in supporting the U.S. economy, accounting for an estimated 5%-6% of all income taxes, which translates to approximately $250-$300 billion in revenue. The Indian diaspora has also been instrumental in driving research, innovation, and academic advancements in the U.S. The percentage of U.S. patents held by Indian-Americans increased from 2% in 1975 to nearly 10% in 2019.

One prominent example of an Indian leading a global company is Sundar Pichai, CEO of Alphabet Inc. (NASDAQ: GOOG). Pichai, originally from India, joined Google in 2004, where he spearheaded the development of Google Toolbar and later Google Chrome, which went on to become the world’s most widely used internet browser. By 2014, Pichai was leading product and engineering efforts for all of Google’s products and platforms, overseeing significant advancements in various applications. Under his leadership, Google has made substantial investments in emerging technologies such as machine learning, quantum computing, and artificial intelligence (AI). Google Cloud and YouTube have grown significantly, becoming leaders in their respective sectors. As of 2024, Alphabet Inc. (NASDAQ: GOOG) ranks as the third-largest cloud service provider, trailing only Microsoft and Amazon in market share.

Alphabet Inc. (NASDAQ: GOOG) recently released its earnings report for the second quarter of 2024, surpassing earnings-per-share (EPS) expectations by $0.05, reporting $1.89 per share. The company’s revenue was approximately $84.74 billion, exceeding projections by $445.49 million. This represented a 13.6% increase in revenue year-over-year, driven primarily by substantial growth in Google Cloud, which generated $10.35 billion in Q2, marking an almost 30% increase from the previous year and surpassing the $10 billion mark for the first time. Google’s Search platform continues to be its largest revenue source, bringing in approximately $48.51 billion, up by 13.8% year-over-year. AI has become a critical factor in Alphabet’s success, enhancing performance across Search, YouTube ads, Google Services, and other segments.

Sundar Pichai commented on the Q2 2024 earnings, highlighting key achievements: “In Q2, Cloud reached some major milestones. Quarterly revenues crossed the $10 billion mark for the first time, at the same time pass the $1 billion mark in quarterly operating profit. Year-to-date, our AI infrastructure, and generative AI solutions for Cloud customers have already generated billions in revenues and are being used by more than 2 million developers. As I spoke about last quarter, we are uniquely well-positioned for the AI opportunity ahead.”

He also discussed the importance of Alphabet’s AI advancements, stating, “Our AI product advances come from our long-standing foundation of research leadership, as well as our global network of infrastructure. In Q2, we announced our first data center and cloud region in Malaysia, and expansion projects in Iowa, Virginia, and Ohio. Our TPUs are a key bet here, too. Trillium is the sixth generation of our custom AI accelerator, and it’s our best performing and most energy efficient TPU to-date. It achieves a near 5 times increase in peak compute performance per chip and a 67% more energy efficient compared to TPU v5e. And the latest Nvidia Blackwell platform, will be coming to Google Cloud in early 2025.”

Considering Alphabet Inc. (NASDAQ: GOOG)’s overall performance and growth, the company is well-positioned to capitalize on AI development. It is projected to earn $7.65 per share in 2024, representing an increase of nearly 31% year-over-year. As of August 3, Alphabet’s stock is trading at a discount of approximately 14.77% compared to its 5-year average. The stock has an average price target of $205, indicating a potential upside of 22% from current levels, with 78% of 64 analysts giving it a ‘Buy’ rating.

With Sundar Pichai guiding Alphabet Inc. (NASDAQ: GOOG) to new heights, it is also essential to consider the broader context of the Indian diaspora. Below is a detailed look at the 20 countries with the highest Indian populations globally.

Using data from the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of India as of May 2024, here is a list of the top 20 countries with the largest Indian populations, ranked by the number of overseas Indians residing in each country:

  1. United States: With a population of 5,409,062 Indians, the United States tops the list. Indian-Americans have made substantial contributions to various sectors, including technology, business, and academia. Notably, Sundar Pichai of Alphabet and Satya Nadella of Microsoft are among the most prominent Indian-origin leaders in the U.S.
  1. United Arab Emirates: The UAE has a substantial Indian population of 3,568,848, drawn by the country’s favorable working conditions and zero income tax.
  1. Malaysia: Malaysia has an Indian population of 2,914,127, with a significant number of Tamil Indians.
  1. Canada: Canada is home to 2,875,954 Indians, with a large Punjabi community that has also made inroads into Canadian politics.
  1. Saudi Arabia: Saudi Arabia hosts 2,463,509 Indians, attracted by job opportunities in the kingdom’s growing economy.
  1. Myanmar: Myanmar has 2,002,660 Indians, with a mix of NRIs and individuals of Indian origin.
  1. United Kingdom: The U.K. has 1,864,318 Indians, forming one of the largest Indian communities in Europe.
  1. South Africa: With 1,700,000 Indians, South Africa has a significant Indian diaspora, primarily of South Indian origin.
  1. Sri Lanka: Sri Lanka’s Indian population stands at 1,607,500, mostly of South Indian descent.
  1. Kuwait: Kuwait has 995,528 Indians, encompassing a mix of unskilled, semi-skilled, and skilled workers.
  1. Australia: Australia is home to 976,000 Indians, involved in various sectors of the economy.
  1. Mauritius: Mauritius has an Indian population of 894,848, with deep historical ties dating back to the 1700s.
  1. Qatar: Qatar has 836,784 Indians, primarily non-resident workers.
  1. Nepal: Nepal’s Indian population is 700,004, benefiting from the open border between the two countries.
  1. Oman: Oman has 686,635 Indians, comprising various levels of skilled workers.
  1. Singapore: Singapore hosts 650,000 Indians, with a vibrant cultural presence, including the famous Little India district.
  1. Trinidad & Tobago: Trinidad & Tobago has 549,545 Indians, who are mainly engaged in the food industry.
  1. Bahrain: Bahrain’s Indian population is 327,807, with many employed in the construction sector.
  1. Guyana: Guyana is home to 321,500 Indians, descendants of laborers brought to replace African workers on plantations.
  1. Fiji: Fiji’s Indian population stands at 316,081, with many tracing their roots to laborers brought in for plantation work.

These countries reflect the global presence of the Indian diaspora, which continues to contribute significantly to the economies and cultures of their host countries.

Signs of Economic Slowdown Emerge Amid Post-Pandemic Expansion

Two years ago, nearly every reputable economist was predicting an imminent recession, a forecast that turned out to be incorrect. However, this doesn’t imply that economic risks have disappeared.

Overview:

Recent economic data has revealed a series of subtle yet concerning indicators suggesting cracks in the robust expansion seen after the pandemic. The July employment figures, released last Friday, are particularly alarming. The unemployment rate has now climbed almost a full percentage point from its recent low, reaching 4.3% in July compared to 3.4% in April 2023, and job growth has noticeably slowed down.

Analysis:

There is now a phenomenon akin to the “boy who cried wolf” in economic forecasting, where the incorrect recession predictions from two years ago have led to a sense of complacency about the potential for a significant downturn to occur soon.

The central question is whether the Federal Reserve’s likely interest rate cuts, expected at their mid-September policy meeting, will be sufficient to halt the emerging economic weakness before it deepens.

Current Situation:

It is important to note that the economy is not currently in a recession. In July, employers added 114,000 jobs, the Gross Domestic Product (GDP) grew at a 2.8% annual rate in the last quarter, and the unemployment rate, at 4.3%, remains lower than any month between June 2001 and May 2017.

However:

Historical patterns suggest that when the unemployment rate rises as it has this year (from 3.7% in January to 4.3% in July), it seldom stabilizes and more often indicates an impending recession.

In addition to the unemployment rate, other economic data and anecdotal evidence from major companies have signaled potential economic difficulties ahead in recent weeks.

Insights:

This situation is echoed in quotes from respondents to the Institute for Supply Management’s monthly survey of manufacturers, released on Thursday. The survey indicated a significant contraction in business activity.

“It seems that the economy is slowing down significantly,” noted a manufacturer in the machinery sector. A manufacturer in the mineral products sector observed, “Some markets that are usually unwavering are showing weakness.” Furthermore, a firm in the food, beverage, and tobacco products industry stated, “Sales are lighter, and customer orders are coming in under forecasts. It seems consumers are starting to pull back on spending.”

Conclusion:

At present, the U.S. economy remains on solid ground, but there are growing concerns for the future. Warning signals are increasingly evident, suggesting that while the immediate economic outlook may appear stable, challenges may lie ahead.

Paris 2024: Noah Lyles Secures 100m Gold in Nail-Biting Finish, Djokovic Triumphs in Tennis Showdown, and Team GB Shines with Multiple Medals

In one of the most thrilling and closest 100m finals in Olympic history, American sprinter Noah Lyles clinched the gold medal at the Paris 2024 Olympics. Lyles narrowly edged out Jamaica’s Kishane Thompson, winning by a mere 0.005 seconds. This razor-thin margin highlighted the intensity and competitive spirit of the race, capturing the attention of fans worldwide. Lyles, who had been a favorite to win, delivered on expectations but was pushed to his limits by Thompson in a race that will be remembered for its electrifying finish. “It was all about staying calm and executing my plan. I knew it would be close, but I kept my focus,” Lyles said after his victory.

The 100m final was not the only highlight of the day. Great Britain’s Keely Hodgkinson secured her place in the 800m final, continuing her journey towards a potential gold medal. Hodgkinson, who has shown exceptional form throughout the competition, ran a strategic race to ensure her qualification. “It’s all about peaking at the right time. I’m feeling confident, and I’m ready for the final,” she remarked after her semi-final performance.

In the shooting events, Team GB’s Amber Rutter earned a silver medal in the women’s skeet final. Rutter, who has consistently been a top performer in her discipline, demonstrated her skill and composure under pressure. The competition was fierce, but Rutter managed to secure second place, adding another medal to Great Britain’s tally. Reflecting on her achievement, Rutter said, “I gave it my all out there. The competition was tough, but I’m proud of my performance and happy to bring home a silver.”

Meanwhile, in the golf event, Tommy Fleetwood continued Team GB’s success by securing a silver medal. Fleetwood, known for his consistency and composure on the course, played a remarkable final round but fell just short of the gold. The golf event at Paris 2024 had been highly anticipated, and Fleetwood’s performance did not disappoint. He commented, “It’s always an honor to compete at this level. I would have loved to win gold, but silver is still a fantastic result.”

The day also saw a high-stakes showdown in men’s tennis, with Novak Djokovic facing Carlos Alcaraz in the final. Djokovic, known for his resilience and determination, once again proved why he is considered one of the greatest tennis players of all time. He defeated Alcaraz in a closely contested match, adding another Olympic gold to his illustrious career. After the match, Djokovic said, “Carlos is an incredible player, and it was a tough match. Winning another Olympic gold is a dream come true, and I’m grateful for the support I’ve received.”

Team GB also celebrated two bronze medals in the equestrian and gymnastics events. Lottie Fry, competing in dressage, delivered a strong performance to earn her spot on the podium. Fry, who has been a rising star in equestrian sports, showcased her talent and connection with her horse, which impressed the judges. “It’s a surreal feeling to win an Olympic medal. The competition was really strong, and I’m just thrilled to be part of this amazing journey,” Fry said.

In gymnastics, Harry Hepworth secured a bronze medal in the men’s vault final. Hepworth, who has been a consistent performer throughout the competition, executed a series of difficult vaults to claim his medal. The vault event was highly competitive, with each gymnast pushing the limits of their abilities. Hepworth expressed his excitement, saying, “Winning bronze at the Olympics is a dream come true. The hard work and dedication have paid off, and I’m incredibly proud of what I’ve achieved.”

Overall, the day at Paris 2024 was marked by intense competition, remarkable performances, and a series of close finishes that kept fans on the edge of their seats. The Olympic Games continue to deliver unforgettable moments, with athletes from around the world showcasing their talents on the global stage. The events highlighted not only the physical prowess of the athletes but also their mental toughness and determination to succeed.

As the games progress, the world watches with anticipation to see which athletes will rise to the occasion and make history. The spirit of the Olympics, with its emphasis on excellence, sportsmanship, and international unity, is alive and well in Paris, and the athletes are delivering performances that will be remembered for years to come.

The day’s events also set the stage for the remaining competitions, with many athletes still in contention for medals. The spotlight will continue to shine on stars like Hodgkinson as they pursue their dreams of Olympic glory. For the fans and athletes alike, the journey at Paris 2024 is one of passion, perseverance, and pride.

In addition to the individual successes, the overall performance of Team GB has been a point of national pride, with multiple athletes stepping up to deliver medal-winning performances. The medals in shooting, golf, dressage, and gymnastics underscore the depth and talent within the team. With more events on the horizon, Team GB hopes to add to their medal count and inspire the next generation of athletes.

As the day concluded, the sense of accomplishment was palpable among the athletes, coaches, and fans. The Olympics, with its rich history and tradition, continues to be a platform where dreams are realized, and legends are born. The stories of determination, hard work, and success from Paris 2024 will inspire not only those who witness them firsthand but also future generations of athletes who aspire to reach the pinnacle of their sports.

Paris 2024 has already provided numerous highlights, and the 100m race between Noah Lyles and Kishane Thompson will be remembered as one of the closest and most exciting finishes in Olympic history. The performances of athletes like Djokovic, Hodgkinson, Rutter, Fleetwood, Fry, and Hepworth have added to the excitement and drama of the games, making Paris 2024 an unforgettable chapter in Olympic history.

Japan Airlines’ Remarkable Revival: From Financial Ruin to Global Profit Leader

In the 1980s, Japan Airlines (JAL) was an aviation powerhouse, leading the world in both passenger and cargo transport. It boasted the largest fleet of Boeing 747s in the industry, symbolizing its dominance. For Japan, JAL was more than just an airline; it was a national icon, much like Singapore Airlines is for Singapore—a standard-bearer of service excellence.

However, JAL’s journey took a dramatic downturn, becoming a cautionary tale of corporate mismanagement. Initially state-owned, JAL enjoyed the protection and backing of government oversight, which insulated it from the competitive pressures of the open market. This environment fostered inefficiencies and a lack of urgency that would later cripple the airline after its privatization.

Without the safety net of government support, JAL struggled to adapt to the realities of a competitive market. The airline, plagued by self-inflicted issues and global crises, accumulated debts amounting to ¥2.32 trillion (S$28 billion) by the early 2000s. This debt load was more than 100 times its valuation, leading to its bankruptcy in 2010—the largest in Japan’s non-financial sector at the time.

The man credited with orchestrating one of Japan’s most significant corporate turnarounds was Kazuo Inamori, a 77-year-old retiree and Buddhist monk with no prior experience in the aviation industry. Despite his unconventional background, Inamori transformed JAL into the world’s most profitable airline within two years—a feat that many described as miraculous.

The story of JAL’s dramatic recovery is detailed in the series “Inside the Storm,” which explores how major corporations navigate crises and adapt to survive and thrive under pressure.

FROM INVESTMENTS TO DEBTS

Hiroshi Sugie, a former JAL pilot with nearly four decades of service, recalls the airline’s descent into trouble. The turning point, he noted, was the management’s aggressive expansion and investments outside the aviation sector during the airline’s peak. One notable example was the acquisition of the Essex House, a Manhattan hotel, for US$190 million (S$260 million) in the mid-1980s, followed by a costly US$100 million renovation.

“They bought a famous hotel in New York. It was incredibly expensive. Even if it was fully booked for the next 30 years, it would’ve been unprofitable,” said Mr. Sugie.

These costly investments left JAL overexposed just as Japan’s economy began to falter. In 1992, JAL posted a loss of ¥53.8 billion, the first since its full privatization in 1987. This marked the beginning of seven consecutive years of losses, forcing the airline to cut its workforce and sell assets, including the Essex House, to recover from the overspending of the previous decade.

Diversification beyond its core aviation business was just the beginning of JAL’s woes. A series of global events further exacerbated the airline’s problems. The Sept 11 attacks in 2001, followed by the Iraq War and the outbreak of Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS) in 2003, severely impacted passenger numbers, wiping out the airline’s already thin profit margins.

Hiroyuki Kobayashi, who served as a JAL pilot for 42 years, highlighted the significant challenges SARS posed for the airline’s management. “The SARS crisis posed a big challenge for the management, which subsequently led to various cost-cutting measures such as less marketing expenditure,” he said.

In response, JAL secured a ¥90 billion loan from the government-owned Development Bank of Japan, adding to a previous loan obtained after the Sept 11 attacks. These loans pushed the airline’s debt to over ¥240 billion, further straining its financial stability.

INEFFICIENCIES TO THE FORE

Amid these external challenges, JAL faced additional difficulties in its domestic market, where All Nippon Airways (ANA) had long been the dominant player. In 2002, JAL acquired Japan Air System (JAS), the country’s third major carrier, which primarily operated short-haul routes. However, this merger introduced further inefficiencies and costs due to the diverse fleet of aircraft types, including McDonnell Douglas and Airbus, operated by JAS.

Philip Zerrillo, a marketing professor at Singapore Management University (SMU), used JAL as a case study for his students. He explained, “All of a sudden you have multiple plane makers. That means you have to have multiple spare parts and multiple crews.”

Japan’s aviation regulations compounded these challenges. “In Japan, you weren’t allowed to have your crews be multiple-aircraft rated … So the ability to convert to smaller planes or shift crews between planes – all of that stuff was off the table,” he added.

JAL’s oversized fleet, especially its Boeing 747s, was ill-suited to many of its routes. Meanwhile, newer airlines were flying smaller, more efficient planes at full capacity, leaving JAL struggling with empty seats and high overheads.

Despite its mounting troubles, JAL continued to borrow heavily, seemingly confident that the government would bail it out. “It always thought the government would have its back,” said aviation enthusiast Keishi Nukina. “And it would spend money left and right.”

The global financial crisis of 2008-2009, however, was the final blow. In 2009, JAL sought yet another emergency loan, this time for ¥100 billion. This fourth bailout eroded confidence among customers and employees alike. “People were unhappy,” said Mr. Kobayashi, reflecting the growing sense of insecurity and the belief that failure was inevitable.

By this point, it was clear to all that JAL was riddled with inefficiencies. “There was a lot of bureaucracy, complacency, very slow decision-making and not really the guts and the energy to make deep-seated changes to the airline,” said Jochen Wirtz, Vice Dean of Graduate Studies at the National University of Singapore Business School.

A DIFFERENT KIND OF LEADER’

Kazuo Inamori, the man chosen to save JAL, was known for his unconventional approach to business. “If they didn’t change their way of thinking, JAL’s managers wouldn’t even be able to manage a grocery store,” he famously declared upon taking charge.

Inamori, the founder of the ceramics and electronics giant Kyocera, took the helm after JAL filed for bankruptcy protection. The airline underwent a drastic restructuring, slashing 15,700 jobs—nearly a third of its workforce—cutting salaries by up to 30 percent, and receiving a final bailout of ¥900 billion, with some of its debts forgiven.

But Inamori knew that financial restructuring alone wouldn’t save the airline. He needed to change the company’s culture. Hideo Seto, the former chairman of the Enterprise Turnaround Initiative Corporation of Japan (Etic), which oversaw JAL’s restructuring, explained why Inamori was the right choice: “We required a different kind of leader … who could instill a new set of values – someone who had the power and would augur well for the people on the ground.”

Despite being an ordained monk since 1997, Inamori’s approach to business was anything but traditional. He famously took no salary at JAL, believing that leading by example would inspire the staff. “The fact that I worked for no salary influenced the staff,” he said. “They could see that I was desperate to rebuild the company, even though I had no links to JAL previously.”

Inamori’s management philosophy placed a strong emphasis on employee welfare, believing that employees who felt valued and motivated would contribute to the company’s success. “This is Mr. Inamori’s management philosophy – the idea is the employees do their best, and as a result, they contribute to society,” Seto said.

THE AMOEBA EFFECT

To address JAL’s challenges, Inamori implemented the Amoeba management system, a method he had developed at Kyocera. This system decentralized decision-making, empowering small teams within the organization to take responsibility for their operations. This approach, which was a significant departure from traditional Japanese corporate culture, required a high level of trust in employees.

Terence Fan, an assistant professor of strategic management at SMU, observed that the Amoeba system involved employees understanding how their actions impacted the company’s bottom line. “People had taken for granted lifelong employment and a little bit of the fact that they were just serving their bosses. And there was a lot of inertia,” he said.

Inamori closely monitored each department’s performance, scrutinizing financial figures and demanding explanations for any lack of improvement. This approach eliminated the practice of passing the buck, ensuring that poor performance was addressed directly.

By the fiscal year 2011/12, JAL had become the world’s most profitable airline, posting a profit of ¥186.6 billion—far exceeding the ¥60 billion target. The final proof of JAL’s turnaround came in September 2012, when the airline’s initial public offering raised ¥663 billion, marking the second-largest IPO worldwide that year after Facebook’s.

JAL has since modernized its fleet with fuel-efficient Boeing 787s and expanded its route network to include destinations in North America, the Middle East, Africa, and Central Asia. However, the airline faces ongoing challenges from low-cost carriers, which are increasingly entering medium- and long-haul markets.

“We can’t afford to be an airline just for the Japanese people; everyone should use it … We can’t let the seats be empty,” said Seto.

Looking ahead, the Tokyo 2020 Summer Olympics presents an opportunity for JAL to boost its revenues. The airline is also set to launch a new international budget carrier to tap into the growing demand for affordable

With its workforce restructured and finances stabilized, Inamori stepped down from the JAL board in 2013, becoming an honorary adviser in 2015. Despite the uncertainties ahead, Seto remains optimistic about JAL’s future. “If the executives don’t forget [the financial crisis of] 2009, and stay vigilant, I think they’re able to overcome any challenges,” he said.

Traffic Woes on Connecticut’s I-95: Congestion, Commuter Frustration, and Calls for Infrastructure Improvements

Living near the Prospect-Cheshire line, Perrone faces a challenging commute to her job as a teacher in Greenwich, roughly 60 miles away. “I could travel almost all the way down to work, and I get to Norwalk, it may only take, like, 35 minutes,” Perrone, who also serves as the president of the Greenwich Education Association, explains. “And then from Norwalk to Greenwich, it could be an hour — just the large amount of traffic coming on there.”

Perrone tries to avoid the heavily congested Interstate 95, instead preferring the two-lane Merritt Parkway during the day. However, when darkness falls or icy conditions arise, she opts for I-95 because of its better lighting and reduced presence of animals.

INRIX, a traffic data and analytics company, recently released its annual Global Traffic Scorecard for 2023, highlighting the busiest corridors in the United States. The report revealed that three sections of I-95 in Connecticut — two northbound stretches and one southbound — were among the top 10 busiest corridors nationwide. A portion of the Merritt Parkway South also made it to the top 25.

In the 2022 report, the segment of I-95 South from the Sherwood Island Connector in Westport to Indian Field Road in Greenwich topped the list, surpassing a notoriously congested highway stretch in Los Angeles. The 2022 list also featured another section of I-95 North and segments of the Merritt Parkway South and North.

For 2023, the section of I-95 North from the Sherwood Island Connector to Warren Street in Bridgeport was ranked third nationally. During the peak hour of 4 p.m. to 5 p.m., drivers on this stretch lost an average of 29 minutes to traffic congestion. Over 240 workdays, this would amount to a staggering 116 hours lost in traffic over the course of a year.

The worst traffic in the nation for 2023 was found on I-4 West near Orlando and I-5 South in Los Angeles County, where drivers lost an average of 31 minutes per day. INRIX defines time loss as the difference between a trip taken with little to no traffic, typically at night, and one taken during peak commute hours.

Connecticut’s I-95 South from Compo Road South in Westport to Indian Field Road in Greenwich claimed the fourth spot on the list, with drivers losing an average of 28 minutes during the 8 a.m. peak hour. Another stretch of I-95 North ranked ninth, with traffic at its worst around 5 p.m., costing drivers an average of 17 minutes per day.

The Merritt Parkway South from Wilton Road in Westport to Taconic Road in Greenwich took the 25th spot, with drivers losing 13 minutes on average during the 7 a.m. hour. No section of the Merritt Parkway North was included in the 2023 list.

To avoid highway traffic, Perrone often takes the train to Greenwich, finishing her commute on foot. However, when she needs a car for meetings around town, she drives to work on Mondays and leaves her car there, taking the train back from Union Station. “It’s relaxing. You can do your paperwork. You can answer emails,” she says of the train commute.

Jim Cameron, founder of the Commuter Action Group and a columnist for the Connecticut Mirror, echoes the frustration felt by many commuters. He recalls former Governor Dannel P. Malloy’s characterization of the Merritt Parkway as a museum and I-95 as a parking lot. “That situation has not improved significantly,” Cameron states. “I’m as perplexed as the next person is, especially because…I-95 runs right alongside the Metro-North tracks, and I do not understand how somebody who’s making a daily commute to an office in Stamford or Greenwich can tolerate being in bumper-to-bumper traffic, especially in morning rush hour, and watching Metro-North trains come hurtling by at about 70 miles an hour and not figure out that the train would be a better alternative.”

Metro-North’s New Haven Line saw ridership reach 28.7 million in 2023, a 25% increase from 2022 but still 29% lower than in 2019. Cameron believes that many vehicles on I-95 don’t need to be there, not just because commuters choose driving over trains, but also because local drivers use the highway for short trips. “People treat it like a local road,” he notes. “Instead of getting on the Post Road, which parallels 95 as well, they’ll hop on 95.”

Cameron argues that reintroducing tolls could discourage such behavior. “If I had to pay a toll of even 25 cents to do (a short) drive, I would say to myself, being pretty cheap and parsimonious, is it worth 25 cents to get on the highway or should I take a local road?” he says. Tolls, he believes, would reduce traffic by encouraging people to “self-select out.”

However, there is little political will to bring back tolls, which were removed across the state in the 1980s following a tragic accident in Stratford where a truck crashed into vehicles at a toll booth, killing seven people. Governor Ned Lamont attempted to reinstate tolls for all vehicles and later just for trucks during his first term, but both proposals failed.

Cameron emphasizes that the congestion issue is not primarily caused by tractor-trailers but by personal vehicles carrying only the driver. “Trucks are not just driving up and down the highways to infuriate us,” he asserts. “They’re filled with…stuff that we want to buy in stores.”

John Blair, president of the Motor Transport Association of Connecticut, adds that trucks are limited in their route options compared to passenger vehicles. “The long-term relief for all of this is better infrastructure,” Blair suggests.

A spokesperson for the state Department of Transportation (DOT) shared with Hearst Connecticut Media that the agency is committed to a comprehensive, multimodal strategy to reduce congestion on I-95. “That strategy involves restoring and enhancing existing infrastructure, including the newly constructed two-lane interchange in Stratford, the new exit 27A in Bridgeport, and the multi-million-dollar repavement project currently underway along I-95,” DOT spokesperson Samaia Hernandez explains.

The DOT is also investing in Metro-North, expanding bus services for better first- and last-mile connections, and awarding grants to municipalities to improve area connections. “We’re also going to be constructing an auxiliary lane in Stamford between Exits 6 and 7 that will alleviate congestion,” Hernandez adds.

Additionally, the DOT is conducting “Planning and Environment Linkages” studies to improve mobility and safety on sections of I-95 in Greenwich, Stamford, Fairfield, and Bridgeport. According to the 2022 data, approximately 120,000 vehicles travel through Stamford via I-95 daily, with hundreds of crashes occurring annually on the stretch.

Cameron remains convinced that getting commuters off highways and onto trains is the best solution. “I think it’s just too much demand and limited supply, and we’re not doing anything to manage the demand,” he concludes.

Perrone also acknowledges the uncertainty that comes with her commute through Fairfield County. “If you’re working in that area and have a set time where you have a responsibility to be there, you get up early, hours early, to look at the weather, check if there’s accidents,” she shares. “Because, for example, my drive to work could be, on a good day, an hour and 10 minutes. But if there’s an accident or construction, that changes to three hours. That is very impactful.”

The unpredictability of traffic is a major stressor for Perrone. “You’re flying down there, and then all of a sudden an accident happens,” she says. “You thought you were going to be half an hour early, and now you’re going to be an hour late.”

This unpredictability also affects employers, particularly during times of labor shortages. “Everyone is trying to hire and retain employees,” Perrone notes. “And based on my experiences, we can get some really good qualified people, they come down for the interview and see the traffic, and then they say, ‘No, I can’t do this.’”

“Trap” Review: Shyamalan’s Latest Thriller is a Twisted, Fun Ride

In the middle of M. Night Shyamalan’s new thriller, Trap, a young girl gets the chance of a lifetime to dance onstage with her idol, a singer known as Lady Raven, portrayed by Shyamalan’s daughter Saleka. The girl is naturally nervous, but a stage manager reassures her, saying, “It’s not about being good; it’s about having fun!” This line also serves as advice for the audience, who may have certain expectations from a Shyamalan film—be it a chilling twist (The Sixth Sense), confusing plot elements (Lady in the Water), or something so absurd it becomes laughable (The Village). However, Trap invites viewers to enjoy the ride and laugh along with it rather than be frightened or confused.

Shyamalan himself described the film’s concept as “if The Silence of the Lambs happened at a Taylor Swift concert,” a terrifying scenario that also sounds like a dark joke, more likely to appear in a Batman comic than in real life. Consequently, Trap is more humorous than horrifying, with the plot shape-shifting between sinister and absurd—an approach that seems intentional. The movie doesn’t aim to be “good” in a traditional sense but rather aims to provide viewers with a wild and entertaining experience.

The film’s success largely hinges on Josh Hartnett’s performance. The actor, enjoying a resurgence in his career following his role in Oppenheimer last year, stars as Cooper, a father who takes his daughter Riley (played by Ariel Donoghue) to a Lady Raven concert. However, Cooper has a dark secret—he’s a serial killer known as “The Butcher,” a fact that’s only a surprise if you haven’t seen any of the film’s trailers. The concert is actually an elaborate trap set by authorities to capture Cooper, who must find a way to escape without arousing suspicion, especially from Riley. Hartnett shines as he navigates Cooper’s dual personas, moving seamlessly from an awkwardly affectionate father to a calm and calculated fugitive. As Cooper realizes the increasing difficulty of leaving the concert with his daughter, Hartnett infuses the character with subtle anxiety—his smiles become strained, his lies more convoluted, and his posture stiffens, enough for Riley to sense that something is wrong.

Hartnett’s portrayal is key to unlocking the film’s unique appeal. Trap may have its share of plot holes, but it’s far from mindless. Shyamalan skillfully balances tension and humor by keeping the story anchored in Cooper’s perspective. The film suggests that to a serial killer like Cooper, what most people see as normal is actually strange and perhaps even amusing. Cooper seems to relish the challenge of weaving through the arena, creating distractions that simultaneously delight him and disturb others, all while trying to navigate a crowd of concertgoers and law enforcement. His interactions with others are awkward and stilted, with strange pauses, as if he’s always one step ahead in a world that moves too slowly for him. The result is a film that’s oddly funny, right down to a mid-credits scene designed for laughs. Cooper’s ridiculous maneuvers in and out of restricted areas while returning to Riley are reminiscent of a heightened version of the restaurant scene in Mrs. Doubtfire, and the plot twists and turns in unexpected ways, each time revealing Shyamalan’s gleeful manipulation of the narrative.

Like Shyamalan’s recent work, Trap draws on everyday fears about parenting, embedding them in an otherwise outlandish story. Cooper’s psychopathy stems from a troubled relationship with his mother, yet he has managed to be a good father to Riley. At the concert, he’s frustrated that his identity as The Butcher threatens to spoil Riley’s fun, especially when she needed a break after being alienated by her friends. Trap explores the idea that while parents may know their children better than anyone else, they cannot always control what happens to them, protect them from harm, or avoid hurting them inadvertently. Despite the film’s efforts, this poignant message feels somewhat underdeveloped as the plot progresses. The tension surrounding whether Cooper will be caught overshadows the emotional weight of Riley’s strained relationship with her father.

Shyamalan once described his film Lady in the Water, which was a box office flop and widely panned by critics, as a kind of “jazz”—a chaotic mix of elements that doesn’t necessarily follow traditional narrative rules. This description also fits Trap, a film that embraces its disorderly nature, with offbeat, seemingly out-of-tune moments that might alienate viewers looking for a conventional horror movie. Yet, the film’s oddities come together to form a cohesive whole, and its peculiarities are strangely satisfying, especially at this stage in Shyamalan’s career. At its core, Trap is quintessentially Shyamalan—a film about a serial killer that ends up being endearingly ridiculous. Now, that’sa twist.

Kamala Harris: The Fight to Break the Glass Ceiling and Face Trump

Vice President Kamala Harris stands on the cusp of a historic opportunity: the chance to defeat former President Donald Trump and become the first female president of the United States. As she steps into the spotlight following President Joe Biden’s decision on July 21 to step aside, Harris’s path is both promising and fraught with challenges.

Despite the excitement among Democrats about Harris’s potential nomination, national polling averages suggest Trump holds a lead over her, particularly in key swing states. These leads, however, are narrower than those he held over Biden.

Prominent Democratic women are watching Harris’s rise with a mixture of hope and caution. Patti Solis Doyle, who managed Hillary Clinton’s 2008 presidential campaign, notes that Harris benefits from not having the same long-standing public scrutiny that Clinton endured. Doyle explained, “Clinton had been on the national political stage for more than a decade…You either loved Hillary Clinton or you hated Hillary Clinton and it was cemented.” In contrast, Harris, who has been on the national stage for a much shorter time, doesn’t carry the same burden.

However, Doyle acknowledges that Harris will still need to overcome voter biases that come with being a woman in politics. She remarked, “While we have come a long way, there is still work to do. It is 2024 and this country has not elected a woman president. I find that astonishing.”

Harris’s candidacy offers several unique advantages, particularly against Trump. Some of these advantages are demographic, such as her likely greater appeal to female voters. Others are issue-based, with Harris expected to emphasize Democratic arguments about reproductive rights. Moreover, as a Black, female former prosecutor, Harris is seen as uniquely positioned to challenge Trump, who has faced multiple allegations of inappropriate behavior towards women, including a civil case last year where he was found liable for the sexual abuse of writer E. Jean Carroll.

Yet, the possibility of a female president still evokes anxiety among some voters. While women have ascended to many powerful positions in politics, the presidency remains elusive. Beyond Clinton, other female candidates, including Harris herself and Senator Elizabeth Warren, fell short of expectations in the 2020 Democratic primary.

Observers anticipate a particularly harsh campaign ahead. Kristy Sheeler, a communication studies professor at Indiana University Indianapolis and author of “Woman President,” a book on political culture, predicts that the rhetoric will be “really ugly around gender and race.” Democratic strategist Julie Roginsky adds, “Having Harris as the nominee provides tremendous opportunity, and at the same time, it’s not a safe choice. We are still a very misogynistic country. Unlike Britain or India or Pakistan, the United States has never had a woman lead it.”

Republicans and conservatives, however, reject the idea that Harris’s gender should be a focal point. They argue that focusing on her gender is a form of identity politics and detracts from her ability to lead. Some in the GOP suggest that Harris’s race and gender have actually aided her career rather than hindered it, dismissing her rise as a result of diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) initiatives. Former President Trump himself alluded to this during an interview at the National Association of Black Journalists in Chicago, inaccurately claiming that Harris only “happened to turn Black” recently.

Karoline Leavitt, the national press secretary for Trump’s campaign, echoed this sentiment, stating, “Race and gender have nothing to do with why Kamala Harris is the most unpopular Vice President in history.” She criticized Harris for her performance as Border Czar and accused her of supporting Biden’s “disastrous policies,” while also accusing her of dishonesty regarding Biden’s cognitive abilities. Leavitt added, “She is weak, dishonest, and dangerously liberal.”

Leavitt also defended Trump’s treatment of women, asserting that the negative media portrayal of Trump in this regard is “entirely false.” She claimed that Trump is well-liked by millions of women and is known by those close to him as “supportive, generous, and kind.” In terms of policies, Leavitt pointed out that Trump’s first term was marked by efforts to uplift women economically and that he prioritized expanding childcare and paid family leave. She assured that in a second term, “President Trump will make America strong, safe, and prosperous again for all women.”

The complex dynamics surrounding female candidates in U.S. elections are undeniable. The 2016 election, for example, revealed surprising voting patterns, with exit polls showing that white women favored Trump over Clinton by a nine-point margin, despite the release of the infamous “Access Hollywood” tape shortly before the election. Meanwhile, Black and Latino women largely supported Clinton.

When it comes to issues like abortion, the gap between male and female perspectives is not as wide as often portrayed. A CBS News/YouGov poll conducted in June, which marked the second anniversary of the overturning of Roe v. Wade, found that 37 percent of women believed abortion should be illegal in all or most cases, compared to 43 percent of men who held the same belief.

As Harris prepares for the campaign ahead, Democrats, particularly women, are hopeful that she will be the one to finally shatter the glass ceiling. However, the road ahead is lined with obstacles, and she will need to overcome significant resistance to achieve this historic milestone.

India Nears Completion of Advanced Nuclear Reactor, Moving Closer to Energy Self-Reliance

India is on the brink of completing its most advanced nuclear reactor, a significant milestone in the nation’s nuclear energy ambitions. The Prototype Fast Breeder Reactor (PFBR), situated in Kalpakkam, Tamil Nadu, has been given the green light by India’s atomic regulatory body to start loading nuclear fuel. This development ushers in a controlled chain reaction in what is considered India’s most sophisticated and complex nuclear reactor.

The PFBR, a 500MW liquid sodium-cooled reactor, has been in development for two decades. Concerns have been raised about the use of sodium, a hazardous material, as a coolant. However, the Atomic Energy Regulatory Board (AERB) has conducted thorough safety reviews and inspections, ensuring the reactor’s safety. Once operational, India will join Russia as one of the only two nations with commercially operating fast breeder reactors.

“This is a monumental achievement for India’s self-reliant atomic energy program,” stated Dinesh Kumar Shukla, chairman of the AERB, as reported by NDTV. He emphasized that the PFBR is an “inherently safe reactor.”

The PFBR is entirely domestically designed and constructed, involving over 200 Indian industries, aligning with the government’s self-reliance push. Despite the technological challenges and the necessity for indigenous solutions, the project has experienced delays and cost overruns, now amounting to ₹68,400m (£651.43m).

The Department of Atomic Energy (DAE) describes the PFBR as a third-generation reactor featuring passive safety systems, ensuring it can safely shut down during emergencies. It also utilizes spent fuel from India’s nuclear program, thereby reducing nuclear waste and the need for long-term geological disposal.

Even with its advanced features, the PFBR’s capital and operational costs are comparable to those of other nuclear and conventional power plants. The reactor’s approval is also a significant step toward India’s utilization of plutonium as a nuclear fuel and opens the door for future thorium use—a resource India has in abundance.

India’s limited uranium reserves make thorium a critical element for the country’s long-term energy security, with experts suggesting that thorium could provide energy for over 300 years. Mastering thorium-based technology is seen as essential for securing India’s energy future.

Fast breeder reactors like the PFBR are unique because they generate more fuel than they consume, creating a nearly inexhaustible energy source. The term “fast” refers to the high-energy neutrons used in these reactors. India already operates a Fast Breeder Test Reactor (FBTR) at the same location, which has been in operation for 39 years.

With the AERB’s approval, the PFBR can now proceed with fuel loading and initial low-power physics experiments, and it is expected to become fully operational within a few months. Initially, the PFBR will use Uranium-Plutonium Mixed Oxide (MOX) fuel. A surrounding uranium-238 “blanket” will produce additional fuel through a process known as nuclear transmutation, which is the breeding mechanism that defines these reactors.

In the future, thorium-232 may also be used as a blanket material, producing fissile uranium-233 through transmutation, which will play a crucial role in the third stage of India’s nuclear program. This stage is essential for exploiting India’s extensive thorium reserves.

Nuclear energy is considered a reliable and low-carbon source of electricity, contributing to reduced greenhouse gas emissions and helping to diversify the energy supply. However, safety and waste management concerns persist, and researchers are exploring new technologies to address these issues.

China recently revealed the world’s first “meltdown-proof” nuclear power plant, highlighting the global focus on advancing nuclear technology. Currently, nuclear energy constitutes only 3.11 percent of India’s total power generation, but the country has ambitious plans to increase this share to nearly 9 percent by 2047, with significant investments being made in nuclear technology.

During the presentation of India’s latest annual budget, Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman informed parliament that nuclear energy would become “a very significant part of the energy mix” for India’s growth. The government aims to expand the nation’s nuclear power capacity from 6,780MW to 22,480MW by 2031, which will involve constructing 18 new reactors with a combined capacity of 13.8GW of electricity. Following the PFBR, two additional fast breeder reactors are in the planning stages.

Julien Alfred Claims Historic Gold Medal for St. Lucia in Olympic 100-Meter Final

Julien Alfred secured St. Lucia’s first-ever Olympic medal, and it was a gold in the 100-meter sprint. Competing against the highly favored Sha’Carri Richardson from the United States, Alfred, at 23 years old, sprinted across the finish line on a rain-soaked track, clocking an impressive 10.72 seconds. This time places her among the top sprinters globally. The achievement was particularly notable as it was the fastest time ever recorded by a St. Lucian athlete, and Alfred’s victory came as a surprise to many who had their eyes on Richardson as the potential winner.

Reflecting on her win, Alfred was initially in disbelief, but soon, she proudly held up her name bib and rang the victory bell, a gesture inspired by her idol, Usain Bolt. “You don’t ever see me celebrate like that ever,” she admitted, adding, “I’m just happy it happened in the biggest race of my career. I’m going to be honest. I watched Usain Bolt’s races this morning. I watched how he executed. I grew up watching him and I just enjoyed ringing the bell today.” Her celebration was a testament to the significance of her victory.

Richardson, who had a challenging start, finished with a silver medal, clocking in at 10.87 seconds. Melissa Jefferson, another American, earned the bronze with a time of 10.92 seconds. The race was further marked by the absence of Jamaican sprinter Shericka Jackson, who withdrew to concentrate on the 200-meter event after a recent injury. In an unexpected development, another Jamaican sprinter, Shelly-Ann Fraser-Pryce, who was a favorite to compete in the finals, did not start her semi-final race. The reasons for her withdrawal remain unclear, but her absence left a noticeable void in the competition.

Fraser-Pryce, a legend in her own right, had been a dominant figure in women’s sprinting for over a decade. She made history as the first Caribbean woman to win Olympic gold in the 100-meter event, claiming titles in Beijing and London, followed by a bronze in Rio and a silver in Tokyo. After her sudden withdrawal, she expressed her disappointment on Instagram, stating, “It is difficult for me to find the words to describe the depth of my disappointment.” She went on to express her gratitude to her supporters, adding, “The support of my fans, my country, and the larger community has rooted me in immense gratitude that has sustained me throughout my career.”

The focus leading up to the race had largely been on Richardson’s comeback and her quest for redemption after missing the Tokyo Olympics due to a suspension. The American sprinter, who was banned from competing in Tokyo after testing positive for THC, had cited the death of her mother and the pressures of competition as reasons for her marijuana use. While her comeback story garnered significant attention, Alfred’s consistent performance throughout the competition proved that she was a formidable contender.

Earlier in the day, during the qualifying rounds, Richardson narrowly beat Alfred by 0.01 seconds. However, Alfred turned the tables in the semi-finals, posting a faster time and signaling that she was ready to challenge Richardson in the final. This performance set the stage for an intense showdown in the final, where Alfred ultimately claimed victory.

St. Lucia first participated in the Olympics in 1996 at the Atlanta Games and has consistently sent athletes to every Summer Games since. Alfred’s gold medal is a monumental achievement for the small island nation. Following her victory, St. Lucia’s Prime Minister Philip Pierre took to social media to congratulate Alfred, writing, “You’re a world Champion Juju!” The pride in her accomplishment was palpable, not just for Alfred but for the entire nation.

Alfred, reflecting on the weight of her achievement, said, “It means a lot to me, my coach, my country, which I’m sure is celebrating now.” Her success is a source of national pride and is seen as a potential catalyst for the development of sports in St. Lucia.

In the aftermath of her victory, Alfred expressed hope that the spotlight on her accomplishment would lead to increased support and investment in athletics in her home country. She recounted her challenging journey, saying, “Growing up, I used to be on the field struggling, with no shoes, running barefoot, running in my school uniform, running all over the place. We barely have the right facilities. The stadium is not fixed. I hope this gold medal will help St. Lucia build a new stadium, to help the sport grow.”

Alfred’s Olympic journey is far from over. She is set to compete in the 200-meter event, where she will face off against Gabby Thomas, the bronze medalist from Tokyo. With her historic gold already in hand, all eyes will be on Alfred to see if she can continue her groundbreaking performance in the upcoming race.

Renowned Bharatanatyam and Kuchipudi Dancer Yamini Krishnamurthy Passes Away at 83

Yamini Krishnamurthy, an iconic figure in Indian classical dance, passed away on August 3 at Apollo Hospital in New Delhi at the age of 83. Known for her contributions to Bharatanatyam and Kuchipudi, Krishnamurthy had been suffering from age-related issues and spent the last seven months in the ICU, as confirmed by her manager and secretary, Ganesh.

Her mortal remains will be brought to her dance institute, Yamini School of Dance, in Hauz Khas on August 4. The details of her last rites have yet to be finalized. Krishnamurthy is survived by her two sisters.

Born on December 20, 1940, in Madanapalle, Andhra Pradesh, Krishnamurthy’s life was deeply intertwined with dance from a very young age. Her father, M. Krishnamurti, a Sanskrit scholar, enrolled her in the Kalakshetra School of Dance in Chennai at just five years old. There, she trained under the legendary Bharatanatyam dancer Rukmini Devi Arundale. Krishnamurthy’s dance repertoire expanded as she mastered Kuchipudi and later learned Odissi under the guidance of maestros like Pankaj Charan Das and Kelucharan Mohapatra. In addition to her dance skills, she was trained in Carnatic music and veena.

Her remarkable talent and dedication earned her the Padma Shri at 28, followed by the Padma Bhushan in 2001 and the Padma Vibhushan in 2016. In 1977, she was also honored with the Sangeet Natak Akademi Award, further solidifying her place in the world of classical dance.

Reflecting on her impact, Rama Vaidyanathan, one of Krishnamurthy’s first students and a veteran dancer herself, described her as someone who brought “power, beauty, and glamour” to Bharatanatyam. “Bharatanatyam is not going to be the same without her… She was so focused and dedicated to classical dance. I am so fortunate to have been her first student almost 40 years ago. She added the star quality to the dance form,” Vaidyanathan told PTI. She also recalled how Krishnamurthy seemed to be perpetually consumed by dance, once noting how during a train journey, she saw her teacher sitting in the dark, deep in thought about a dance composition, while everyone else slept around her. “She was doggedly and feverishly dedicated to Bharatanatyam,” Vaidyanathan added.

The news of Krishnamurthy’s passing prompted an outpouring of grief on social media. Former Rajya Sabha MP and Bharatanatyam dancer Sonal Mansingh mourned her passing, saying Krishnamurthy “blazed like a meteor in the sky.” In a heartfelt post, she shared, “Just got the sad news of the passing away of India’s great dancer Yamini Krishnamurthy, Padmabhushan and Padma Vibhushan awardee. She blazed like a meteor across the sky, the firmament of the Indian dance art. She was my senior. We all looked up to her.”

Several political figures, including Haryana Governor Bandaru Dattatreya, Andhra Pradesh Chief Minister N. Chandrababu Naidu, and former Chief Minister Y.S. Jagan Mohan Reddy, also expressed their condolences. Governor Dattatreya, in a statement from Hyderabad, praised Krishnamurthy’s contributions to classical dance and prayed for peace for her soul. Chief Minister Naidu highlighted her role as the ‘asthana narthaki’ (resident dancer) of the Tirumala Tirupati Devasthanam (TTD) and acknowledged her efforts in bringing fame to Kuchipudi dance internationally. Former Chief Minister Reddy also took to X, sharing, “I’m deeply saddened to hear of the demise of Yamini Krishnamurthy garu, the celebrated exponent of Kuchipudi and Bharatanatyam. My thoughts and prayers are with her family in these difficult times.”

Raja and Radha Reddy, a famous Kuchipudi dancing couple, reflected on her passing with deep reverence, stating, “The Bharatanatyam and Kuchipudi Prima Donna Yamini Krishnamurthy has attained the moksham at the feet of Nataraja the lord of dance…. A colossal loss to the dance world…. RIP dear friend Om Shanti.”

Another Bharatanatyam exponent, Jayalakshmi Eshwar, paid tribute to Krishnamurthy by acknowledging her global impact on the dance form, especially in Northern India. Eshwar recalled her encounters with Krishnamurthy and the confidence it gave her as a young dancer. “She made the dance form known globally, especially in the north. She was the most fantastic dancer with her beautiful expressions. It’s very sad. I have been to her classes a few times. I was her junior at Kalakshetra and the few times I met her she called me to take her practice, that gave me a lot of confidence as a young dancer. She was a very lovable and affectionate person.”

The Sangeet Natak Akademi also mourned her passing, posting from its official X handle: “Sangeet Natak Akademi and its associate bodies deeply mourn the sad demise of Yamini Krishnamurti, a leading Bharatanatyam exponent, Sangeet Natak Akademi Fellow, and Padma Vibhushan Awardee, who passed away today. Heartfelt condolences to the bereaved ones and prayers to the Almighty to give them enough strength to bear this irreparable loss.”

Yamini Krishnamurthy’s legacy as a pioneering figure in Indian classical dance remains indelible. Her contributions to Bharatanatyam and Kuchipudi, coupled with her dedication and passion, ensured that these traditional art forms gained global recognition. Her passing marks the end of an era, but her influence will undoubtedly continue to inspire generations of dancers to come.

Ulajh: A Spy Thriller That Falls Short Despite a Promising Cast

I eagerly anticipated Ulajh, a film starring a promising New Generation actor who seemed finally to have a role that matched her intelligence, supported by a solid and diverse cast. Unfortunately, this spy thriller, mostly set in the cold landscapes of London, ended up being a disappointment.

The movie begins with the ambitious young diplomat, Suhana Bhatia (Janhvi Kapoor), winning a seemingly losing battle in a neighboring country through a questionable move. The rationale is that it was in India’s best interest, emphasizing Suhana’s cleverness and her ability to think quickly. Her promotion to a prestigious overseas position suggests that this IFS blue-blood — her father Dhanraj (Adil Hussain) is a legendary figure in the service — is on a path to a trailblazing career.

Suhana soon encounters an avuncular chauffeur-cum-factotum (Rajesh Tailang), a suave senior (Alyy Khan), a few critical juniors (Roshan Mathew, Meiyang Chang), and a charming chef (Gulshan Devaiah) who can whip up mouth-watering dishes on the fly.

Then, the narrative takes a drastic turn: an indiscretion makes Suhana an easy target for the ISI (where there are patriotic Indians, how far behind can the sinister Pakistani secret service be), and suspicion starts to circle her, tightening the noose. Meanwhile, in Pakistan, a peacenik Prime Minister (Rushad Rana) is preparing for a visit to India. Will everything go as planned, or will it end in disaster? Are Suhana’s increasingly desperate colleagues innocent or complicit? Will she manage to extricate herself from the tightening grip?

The spy genre is well-worn territory, but there’s always room for a sleek film with characters who convincingly portray their conflicted beliefs and questionable actions. In *Ulajh*, however, believability is sacrificed for contrived situations and artificiality. How does Suhana, who is depicted as having sharp instincts from the start, fall for the oldest trick in the book? Why are her interactions with the mentor she idolizes so stiffly written? How does an antagonistic colleague suddenly switch sides in an instant?

These issues are particularly disappointing because Ulajh features a talented ensemble cast, yet they are left to fumble through an amateurish plot. The problem with Hindi films where heroines lead from the front is apparent in how Kapoor is positioned front and center, even when her character should have known better: sometimes she should step aside and let the experts do their jobs. When the lead is elevated at the expense of other characters, who feel underdeveloped, the film as a whole suffers.

Ulajh stars Janhvi Kapoor, Roshan Mathew, Gulshan Devaiah, Adil Hussain, Rajesh Tailang, Meiyang Chang, Rajendra Gupta, Alyy Khan, Jitendra Joshi, and Rushad Rana. The film is directed by Sudhanshu Saria and earns a rating of 2 stars.

Survey Reveals Rising Physician Dissatisfaction: Over One-Third Consider Leaving or Reducing Work Hours, AMA and Sanford Health Respond with Targeted Strategies

As retirement age nears, many physicians naturally begin to think about stepping down or reducing their workload. However, recent data from an AMA survey reveals a concerning trend: more than one-third of all physicians, including a significant number of younger or midcareer doctors, are considering leaving the profession or cutting back on their work hours. This trend raises alarms about the future stability of healthcare as experienced physicians contemplate early retirement or reduced workloads.

The American Medical Association (AMA) gathered over 12,400 responses from physicians across 31 states through the AMA Organizational Biopsy®, involving more than 80 health systems. The findings, exclusive to the AMA and not published elsewhere, reflect 2023 trends in six key areas: job satisfaction, job stress, burnout, intent to leave an organization, feeling valued by an organization, and total hours spent on work-related activities each week (referred to as “time spent”). These aggregated data aim to provide a national overview of organizational well-being and serve as a benchmark for other healthcare organizations, though the results are somewhat limited by the number of participating health systems.

From 2022 to 2023, 35.7% of doctors expressed a moderate interest in leaving their current jobs within the next two years or indicated they would like to or definitely would leave during that period, according to the national physician comparison report. Although this figure represents a slight decrease from 39.3% in 2022, the intent to leave remains highest among physicians who are 20 or more years out of training, at 40.8%. Part-time physicians also reported a high intention to leave, with 39.1% considering departure, compared to 34.9% of full-time physicians. Male physicians showed a slightly higher tendency to leave (35.9%) compared to female physicians (33.2%).

Specific specialties are more affected by this trend than others. Internal medicine physicians had the highest intent to leave at 39.1%, followed by family medicine at 37.3%, obstetrics and gynecology at 34%, hospitalist medicine at 32.9%, emergency medicine at 32.3%, and pediatrics at 30.2%. These figures highlight the growing dissatisfaction across a range of specialties, which could have significant implications for patient care and the healthcare system as a whole.

Furthermore, 35.9% of physicians surveyed stated they plan to reduce their work hours within the next 12 months, a slight decrease from 38.1% in 2022. The AMA, as a leader in promoting physician well-being, is actively working to reduce physician burnout by minimizing administrative burdens and offering practical solutions to help doctors rediscover the joy in their profession.

At Sanford Health in Sioux Falls, South Dakota, a member of the AMA Health System Program, the situation mirrors the national statistics, with 35.5% of physicians reporting an intention to leave within two years. Sanford Health is implementing several strategies to improve job satisfaction and reduce the number of physicians considering departure or reducing their work hours.

One of the key strategies Sanford Health has adopted is providing annual check-ins with physicians. Research shows a clear link between work overload and burnout or the intention to leave a job. Dr. Heather Spies, an obstetrician-gynecologist and physician director of clinician experience and well-being at Sanford Health, emphasized the importance of intentional and proactive conversations and investments in relationships between physicians and their leaders. “Why someone is considering leaving an organization can be complex—it may be different for everybody,” Dr. Spies explained.

To address this complexity, Sanford Health has instituted annual check-ins for physicians and other health professionals to meet with their department chair and directors individually, and offers additional opportunities to connect as needed. “Listening, understanding and building trusting relationships are essential to determining how best to help clinicians avoid burnout or alleviate it once it’s happened,” Dr. Spies noted. These conversations are crucial for early intervention if physicians are considering reducing their hours, leaving entirely, or retiring early.

Maintaining open communication is another critical component of Sanford Health’s approach. Solutions to physician dissatisfaction vary, and open communication helps leaders apply individualized solutions. This involves having deeper conversations to uncover the specific reasons why a physician may be considering leaving or reducing their work hours. “Is it because they are not able to keep up on their charts or their in-baskets? If it’s something operationally adjustable, then we could find ways to enhance teamwork within their clinic or their department,” Dr. Spies suggested. She added that tools like Epic signal data can help identify how much time physicians are spending on work-related tasks outside of regular hours, such as charting or managing their in-baskets. “If they’re high and their time spent outside of work on charting or the in-basket is an outlier, then we can talk to them about supporting them further with resources,” she said.

This data-driven approach allows Sanford Health to tailor solutions to individual physicians while also identifying broader trends that may impact multiple clinicians. “It’s really just looking at all the different things that they might need,” Dr. Spies explained. “Then the clinician and their leader can also work better together to have discussions on solutions—some of which may apply to and help other clinicians as well, and some of which may be more unique to a certain physician.”

At Sanford Health, the intent to leave is highest among physicians who are 20 years or more post-training, at 48.9%, and among obstetrician-gynecologists, at 46.1%. The upcoming Organizational Biopsy at Sanford Health aims to identify what physicians need to thrive in a high-stress, high-stakes environment. Previous data from Sanford Health’s Organizational Biopsy showed that “the highest turnover rate is in those first couple of years after joining a practice,” Dr. Spies mentioned.

In response, Sanford Health has heavily invested in new physician orientation and extended onboarding programs to ensure physicians feel integrated into the organization’s culture. These initiatives also help physicians adapt to the community where they live and connect them with mentors or coaches if needed. “Our goal with our clinician experience strategy is to continually look at ways to be intentional about assessing the needs of our clinicians so that if there is a need, we can try to be proactive and provide for that need rather than getting to the point where we’re retroactively trying to find out why people are leaving,” Dr. Spies said. She emphasized that data is a crucial part of understanding and addressing the well-being of clinicians at an organizational level, allowing Sanford Health to stay vigilant for red flags that might indicate potential issues.

“We want Sanford to be a place where clinicians come and a place where they retire,” Dr. Spies stated. “So, it’s really important to us that we’re looking at that whole career spectrum and what we can do in each phase of that spectrum to keep making it better.”

As leaders, Dr. Spies and her colleagues are committed to continuously finding ways to reduce administrative burdens and maintain a strong focus on patient care. They also strive to recognize clinicians for their hard work and to help them find joy in their profession. “We have to be ready as leaders in this work to pivot and keep finding ways to reduce administrative burdens and keep the focus on the care of the patient, keep finding ways to recognize clinicians for the great work they do and keep finding ways to help our colleagues have joy in their work,” she added.

Singapore Reclaims Title as World’s Most Powerful Passport in 2024

Have you ever considered the influence your passport holds? The latest 2024 rankings have revealed that Singapore has reclaimed its position as the holder of the world’s most powerful passport.

The Henley Passport Index, curated by Henley & Partners, relies on exclusive and official data provided by the International Air Transport Association (IATA). This data assesses the “power” of a passport based on the number of countries that can be accessed without a visa by the passport’s holders. In the latest index, Singapore has emerged as the leader, offering its citizens visa-free or visa-on-arrival access to 195 destinations globally. Japan, which had previously held the top spot, has now slipped to second place, sharing this position with France, Germany, Italy, and Spain, whose citizens enjoy visa-free entry to 192 countries. The third position is occupied by Austria, Finland, Ireland, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, South Korea, and Sweden, all of which allow their passport holders to travel to 191 destinations without a visa.

For US passport holders, 186 countries are accessible without the need for a visa, placing the United States in eighth place on the index. The UK, meanwhile, finds itself in fourth place, with its visa-free destination count having dropped slightly to 190 from the previous 191. It’s noteworthy that it has been a decade since both the UK and the US shared the top spot on this index, a position they last held in 2014.

Reflecting on the trends revealed in the July 2024 edition of the Henley Global Mobility Report, Dr. Christian H. Kaelin, Chairman of Henley & Partners and the originator of the passport index concept, pointed out a growing divide in global mobility. Dr. Kaelin remarked, “The general trend over the past two decades has been towards greater travel freedom, with the global average number of destinations travelers are able to access visa-free nearly doubling from 58 in 2006 to 111 in 2024. However, the global mobility gap between those at the top and bottom of the index is now wider than it has ever been, with top-ranked Singapore able to access a record-breaking 169 more destinations visa-free than Afghanistan.”

The widening mobility gap highlights the stark differences in global travel privileges. While the average number of countries that can be visited without a visa has seen significant growth over the years, the disparity between countries at the top and bottom of the list has also become more pronounced. Singapore’s passport, now the most powerful in the world, grants its holders access to an unparalleled 195 destinations, whereas at the other end of the spectrum, Afghanistan’s passport holders can only enter a meager number of countries without a visa.

The Henley Passport Index, which has become a reliable measure of global passport strength, continues to evolve, reflecting the changing dynamics of international relations and travel policies. While Asian and European countries dominate the top ranks, other nations are also making their presence felt on the index.

The following list provides an overview of the world’s most powerful passports for 2024:

  1. Singapore: 195 destinations
  2. France, Germany, Italy, Japan, Spain: 192 destinations
  3. Austria, Finland, Ireland, Luxembourg, Netherlands, South Korea, Sweden: 191 destinations
  4. Belgium, Denmark, New Zealand, Norway, Switzerland, United Kingdom: 190 destinations
  5. Australia, Portugal: 189 destinations
  6. Greece, Poland: 188 destinations
  7. Canada, Czechia, Hungary, Malta: 187 destinations
  8. United States: 186 destinations
  9. Estonia, Lithuania, United Arab Emirates, Iceland, Latvia, Slovakia, Slovenia: 184 destinations

This ranking underscores the considerable disparity in travel freedom across different nations. As Dr. Kaelin highlighted, while the overall trend has been towards more travel freedom globally, the gap between the most and least powerful passports continues to widen, with significant implications for international mobility and access. The Henley Passport Index, which is updated quarterly, serves as a vital tool for understanding global mobility trends and the geopolitical shifts that influence them.

With Singapore at the helm, the 2024 Henley Passport Index not only sheds light on the current state of global travel but also prompts reflection on the broader socio-economic factors that contribute to the varying degrees of travel freedom experienced by citizens around the world. As countries continue to negotiate travel agreements and visa policies, the rankings may shift, but the underlying factors driving global mobility disparities are likely to persist.

The 2024 Henley Passport Index presents a detailed snapshot of global passport power, with Singapore leading the charge and countries like Japan and Germany following closely behind. The index serves as a reminder of the privileges associated with certain passports and the challenges faced by those with less travel freedom. As Dr. Kaelin aptly put it, the widening global mobility gap is a significant trend that reflects the complexities of our interconnected world. The ability to travel freely is not just a matter of convenience but a reflection of broader geopolitical dynamics that continue to shape our world.

Mystery Deepens as American Woman Found Chained to Tree in Indian Forest

An American woman, Lalita Kayi, was found chained to a tree in the dense forests of Sindhudurg, Maharashtra, after her desperate cries for help were heard by local shepherds. The 50-year-old was discovered in a severely weakened state, and her case has since raised numerous unanswered questions, including the whereabouts of her husband, whom she accuses of leaving her to die.

The incident unfolded a week ago when cow herder Pandurang Gawkar ventured into the forest with his cattle. “I heard a woman screaming loudly,” Gawkar recounted to BBC Marathi. “The sound was coming from the forest on the side of the mountain. When I went there, I saw that one of her legs was tied to a tree. She was screaming like an animal. I called other villagers and the local police.”

Responding swiftly, police arrived on the scene, sawed off the chains binding Ms. Kayi, and rescued her. She was found in possession of a passport confirming her American citizenship, an Aadhaar card listing her address in Tamil Nadu, a mobile phone, a tablet, and 31,000 rupees ($370; £290). These items led the police to rule out theft as a motive.

Ms. Kayi was immediately taken to a local hospital before being transferred to a facility in Goa for further treatment. Dr. Shivanand Bandekar, dean of Goa Medical College, informed The Indian Express that she had wounds on her leg and seemed to be suffering from a mental health condition. “We do not know for how long she did not eat, but her vital signs are stable,” Dr. Bandekar reported.

After a week of recovery, Ms. Kayi’s physical condition had improved sufficiently to be moved to a psychiatric hospital in Ratnagiri district, Maharashtra. “Currently, her health is stable,” stated Dr. Sanghamitra Phule, the hospital’s superintendent. “She is taking medication, eating, and interacting with people. If she wants something, she can communicate it. She only knows English.”

In a written statement to the police, Ms. Kayi claimed that her husband had chained her to the tree, abandoning her without food or water in an attempt to kill her. She also alleged that she had been given an injection for extreme psychosis, which locked her jaw and prevented her from drinking water, requiring her to be fed intravenously. “I am a victim and survived. But he ran away from here,” she stated.

The police are currently searching for Ms. Kayi’s husband, whom they believe is in Tamil Nadu, based on the information she provided. He has not been located, nor has he made any public statements. A case of attempted murder has been registered against him, and teams have been dispatched to Tamil Nadu, Goa, and Maharashtra to further investigate the matter.

Ms. Kayi’s story, however, is shrouded in mystery, and several critical details remain unclear. According to the police, Ms. Kayi was once a ballet dancer and yoga practitioner in the United States, reportedly in Massachusetts. She moved to India approximately ten years ago to study yoga and meditation in Tamil Nadu, where she eventually met her husband. Although it is believed that the couple had a falling out, the timeline and circumstances leading to her being found in the forest remain elusive.

There are reports suggesting that Ms. Kayi stayed in a hotel in Goa for two days before traveling to Mumbai, but there is no clear explanation of how she ended up in the forest where she was discovered. Police have been unable to verify her claim that she survived for 40 days without food or water, and they consider it unlikely that such a feat is possible.

The police are also investigating the contents of the mobile phone and tablet found in Ms. Kayi’s possession, hoping to uncover more clues about the events leading up to her discovery. Despite the involvement of the US embassy in Delhi, which media reports claim has been exerting pressure on local authorities to expedite the investigation, the embassy has remained tight-lipped. A spokesperson informed the BBC that they could not comment on the case due to the US Privacy Act, which restricts the dissemination of personal information.

As the investigation continues, Ms. Kayi remains under medical care, recovering from both the physical and psychological trauma she endured. The case has drawn attention due to its bizarre and unsettling nature, leaving many to wonder about the true circumstances behind her ordeal and the role her husband played in it.

Locals who were near the site of Ms. Kayi’s discovery believe that her rescue was a stroke of luck. The forest in which she was found is vast and remote, and it is unlikely that anyone would have heard her cries had the shepherd not chosen that particular spot to graze his cattle. Her survival and the fact that she was found at all seem almost miraculous under the circumstances.

As the search for her husband continues, the authorities are working to piece together the events that led to Ms. Kayi’s harrowing ordeal. However, until more information is uncovered, many aspects of this disturbing case will remain unresolved, leaving both the police and the public in suspense.

Harris Surges Ahead of Trump in Multiple Polls Amidst Tight Electoral Race

Kamala Harris, the presumptive Democratic nominee for the 2024 presidential election, is now leading former President Donald Trump in eight recent national polls. These polls, conducted by various research firms, reveal a competitive race with Harris holding a slight edge over her Republican opponent.

The latest poll by RMG Research, released on Friday, shows Harris with a 5-point lead over Trump, with 47% of the vote compared to Trump’s 42%. This survey, conducted among 3,000 registered voters between July 29 and July 31, suggests a growing support base for Harris as the campaign intensifies.

Similarly, a Civiqs poll conducted between July 27 and July 30 indicates Harris leading Trump by 5 points. Out of 1,123 registered voters surveyed, Harris garnered 49% of the vote, while Trump received 45%. This poll’s margin of error is plus or minus 3 percentage points, meaning Harris’s lead is statistically significant.

In a poll conducted by Leger between July 26 and July 28, Harris leads Trump by 3 points. The poll surveyed 1,002 U.S. residents and showed Harris with 49% of the vote to Trump’s 46%. Notably, this represents a 4-point increase for Harris since Leger’s June poll. When third-party candidates were factored into this poll, Harris’s lead extended to 7 points, with 48% compared to Trump’s 41%.

Four other national polls show Harris with a narrower lead of 2 points over Trump. These include a poll by The Economist and YouGov, where Harris polled at 46% among 1,434 registered voters, within the poll’s margin of error of 3%. Other polls conducted by Redfield and Wilton Strategies, Angus Reid, and Florida Atlantic University, all conducted between July 23 and July 30, similarly showed Harris leading by 2 points, also within their respective margins of error.

The smallest lead for Harris was observed in a Morning Consult poll conducted between July 26 and July 28, where she led Trump by just 1 point. In this poll, Harris had 47% of the vote to Trump’s 46% among 2,223 registered U.S. voters. The margin of error for this poll is plus or minus 2 percentage points, indicating a very tight race.

The recent polling data reflects a positive trend for Harris since she officially launched her campaign two weeks ago. These polls suggest that Harris has managed to close the gap on Trump, a shift from when President Joe Biden was at the top of the Democratic ticket. Additionally, Harris is leading in multiple swing states, which could prove decisive in the upcoming November election.

However, despite these favorable polls for Harris, some experts still believe Trump remains the frontrunner to win the presidency. Election analyst and statistician Nate Silver has suggested that while Harris might win the popular vote, Trump could have the upper hand in the Electoral College.

Silver’s model gives Trump a 54.9% chance of winning the Electoral College, compared to Harris’s 44.6% chance. In the popular vote, Harris has a 53.5% chance of winning, while Trump’s chances stand at 46.5%. This model also shows a close contest in critical battleground states. For example, Harris is slightly favored to win Michigan with about a 54% chance, while Trump has a similar chance to win Wisconsin, another key state. In Pennsylvania, Trump has a narrow edge with a 53% chance of winning, compared to Harris’s 47%. Trump holds stronger leads in other swing states, including Arizona, Nevada, Georgia, and North Carolina.

Nate Silver is renowned for his accurate predictions, having correctly forecasted 49 of 50 states in the 2008 presidential election, which adds weight to his current projections.

While these national polls show Harris leading, aggregate polls from The New York Times, The Hill, and RealClearPolitics present a slightly different picture. These aggregates show Trump leading Harris by 1 to 2 points. However, it is noteworthy that Trump’s lead over Harris is smaller compared to his margin over Biden before the latter exited the race.

As the race heats up, Harris is expected to announce her vice-presidential running mate soon. Once the decision is made, Harris and her running mate will embark on a campaign tour across key swing states in an effort to maintain the momentum her campaign has built since she took over the Democratic ticket. The Democratic National Convention, where Harris will formally accept the nomination, is scheduled to take place next week in Chicago.

Meanwhile, Trump continues his campaign with planned events aimed at rallying his base. He is scheduled to hold campaign rallies in Atlanta, Georgia, on August 3, and in Bozeman, Montana, on August 9, according to his campaign website.

As both candidates intensify their campaigns, the polling data suggests a fiercely contested election ahead. With Harris leading in several national polls but Trump still maintaining a strong position in key swing states, the 2024 presidential election is shaping up to be one of the most competitive in recent history.

-+=